Precast Concrete Systems

A brief introduction to CFS

Quality, innovation, support However, the company is forever pushing to develop new
products to meet the needs of an ever-changing industry.
These three words are at the heart of everything CFS
Product quality is also key to CFS’ continued success, which
provides to the lift industry, and remain as true today as
is why the company is proud to be ISO 9001 certified.
when the business was first founded back in 2000 by
Tim Chart. Testing and technical support
The goal of CFS is simple: provide an enhanced level of CFS is a member of the LEEA Association (Lifting
service within the existing market, while always deliver Equipment Engineers Association) and fully understands
cost-effective, technically brilliant solutions that resolve the importance of on-site testing for both safety reasons
any application problem. Making this goal a reality is only and for peace of mind.
possible through the drive, passion and commitment of
CFS can also provide rapid technical backup for the
the whole CFS team, who for over a decade have held the
many products provided, while full AutoCAD drawing
company’s philosophy true:
services are available. Furthermore, CFS has the services of
Analysis – Discussion – Action – Result qualified engineers to assist with all projects and carries
professional indemnity.
Quality products you can trust
Recent CFS projects include: Central St. Giles / The Cube,
Ideally suited to concrete, steel or composite structures, Birmingham / Stratford Olympic Village / UCLH Hospital.
the highly innovative CFS product range includes lift
suspension eyes, lift frames, through bolts for guide rail
fixings, plus the newly created S-Fix secure bolt fixing.
Contents

1 Lifting Systems Design Criteria

2 Lifting Sockets

3 Fixing Sockets

4 Spherical Head Anchors

5 Quick Lift Anchors

6 Cast-in Lifting Loops

7 Double Wall Lifting Anchors

8 Reinforcement Continuity Systems

9 Cast-in Channels

10 Precast Panel Support and Restraint Systems

11 MOSO Precast Panel Suspension System

12 Precast Wall Connection Wire Rope Boxes

13 CVS Staircase Connectors

Precast Column and Wall Shoes,

14 and Other Connection Systems

15 Thermokorb Balcony Connector System

16 Well Void Tube

 ecostal Permanent Formwork for

R
17 Construction Joints

18 Magnetic Formwork Systems

[Link] 0-1
 Quality and CE Certification
Lifting Components Fixing Components
Machinery Directive 2006/42/EC Construction Products Regulation (CPR) 305/211/EC
Lifting anchors, loops, eyes and chains are all covered Fixing Sockets are covered
by the European Machinery Directive as they are lifting by the Construction Products
accessories and an ‘integral part of the load’. Regulation (CPR) as they are
structural steel construction
The requirements have been implemented in the
components for the permanent
UK by the Supply of Machinery (Safety) Regulations
works (ie not used temporarily
2008, as amended by the Supply of Machinery (Safety)
for construction purposes).
(Amendment) Regulations 2011.
The CE marking on our fixing products shows that the
The CE marking on our lifting products shows that the
item complies with the Construction Products Regulation
item complies with the Machinery Directive and that
and that they are safe to use. The Construction Products
they are safe to use. This same requirement has now
Regulation outlines the process for designing and
been implemented as national law in all countries in the
marking the steel. Manufacturing is in accordance with
European Economic Area and in Switzerland.
BS EN 1090.
The Machinery Directive outlines the process for
designing and marking the steel. Manufacturing is in Harmonised European Standards
accordance with BS EN 1090. The Machinery Directive
does not make any consideration of the failure of Most of our fixing products do not come under a
concrete and there is no UK or European Harmonised harmonised European standard. Alternatively the
Standard for considering the failure of lifting inserts. production standard EN 1090 is used. In addition, if
required for safety-critical applications perhaps for example
The best practice guidance in the industry in the rail and nuclear sectors, we have some products
currently is the Association of German have enhanced approval via European Technical Approval.
Engineers (VDI) Guidance Document for Lifting
Insert Systems VDI/BV-BS-6205 April 2012 This provides the highest possible product certification,
please contact CFS for advice if this is a requirement
This has not yet been adopted as a national or European for your application. All our sockets are designed in
Standard, however CFS products follow this guidance accordance with best practice, providing our customers
to ensure our sockets provide our customers with the with the highest quality standards available on the market.
highest quality standards available on the market. In
addition to this, we believe the technical support we
can provide is amongst the most comprehensive and
responsive in the market.

Association Best Practice

Machinery of German
Directive Engineers
Guidance
2006/42/EC
VDI/BV-BS-6205

0-2 [Link]
The CE Process
Our CE certified products follows a best-in-class process Factory Production Control Certificate
to provide safe products. Our high quality products are
The following is evidence of or socket manufacturer,
coupled with complete and well considered technical
Friedrich Schroeder GmbH & Co’s conformity to EN 1090.
information and support to ensure that the right lifting
We can provide certificates for each of our manufacturers
and fixing attachments and accessories are used in the
evidencing that our products meet BS EN 1090.
right situation.

Initial Type Testing - Steel and Concrete

Determination of load capacity

Verified by Independent Technical Bodies

Manufacturing under Certified Factory

Production Control (FPC) - EN 1090

Manufacturing using Certified Raw Materials

based on European Standards

Fixing and Lifting Instructions

Product Marking

Declaration of Conformity

[Link] 0-3
 Product Marking How do you know if the CE mark is genuine?
Product marking is required by the Machinery Directive Unfortunately even where products are marked with a CE
and the Construction Products Regulation. This is marking, further checks should be carried out as it may
stamped onto our products unless the product is too not be genuine. There is a similar CE mark that denotes
small, when it is provided as a certificate or tag. “China Export” for example, which will provide you with
none of the assurance of safety that a genuine European
It is difficult in the case of lifting equipment such as this
CE mark [Link] should be provided with a CE
as the loading that the product can take is dependent
mark which refers back to a Declaration of Performance
also on the element it is cast into.
from the manufacturer and to a Factory Production
Old marking used “load steps” where the same diameter Control (FPC) certificate and a welding certificate from
of socket had the same load step, independent of type. approved bodies. Please also check that the Execution
The new “load class” is now a category symbol and does Class is adequate for your application.
not include “kg” or “t” and is the same figure as the old
“load step”. Users should use the load tables published in
this catalogue and the safe lifting load may be greater or
less than the “load step” value.

M20 Socket with load class 2.0

Declaration of Conformity
This is a formal declaration by our manufacturers that the
products meet all relevant requirements of all product
safety directives applicable. It is a sign that a product
has been designed and constructed for compliance with
relevant essential requirements, and has been through
the appropriate conformity assessment processes.
Declarations of Conformity are available for all our
products where CE markings apply.

What are your responsibilities?

The CE mark is a passport that allows accurate description
of a product’s properties. It does not cover its fitness for
purpose in a particular application. The designer of the
element is responsible for considering all relevant load
conditions.
This information must be passed onto the person
responsible for the unit. Contractors and precasters must
only use CE certified products and should ensure that
they have copies of the Declarations of Conformity. The
precaster has to pass on all necessary information in a
written installation instruction to the contractor on site

0-4 [Link]
[Link] 0-5
 Lifting Systems
Design Criteria

1-1 [Link]
Contents
Lifting Systems Design Criteria 1-3

Applied Load on Each Anchor 1-5

LIFTING SYSTEMS DESIGN CRITERIA

10
[Link] 1-2
 Lifting Systems
Design Criteria
We have four main systems available for the lifting of
precast concrete units. The reasons for selection may
be technical, economic, or may be due to the lifting
equipment already owned.
CFS can supply all the accessories you need including
lifting loops, clutches and recess formers for each of
these systems.

Threaded Sockets
These are usually used for light to medium-weight units.
They are easy to install in the concrete element and may
be recessed if required.
Wavy tail anchors are particularly easy to fix as they may
require no further reinforcement. Tube and flat plate
sockets are also available, which depend on separate
reinforcement.

Spherical Head Anchors

These anchors may be used for any lift, up to very heavy
units. They are recessed into the concrete and may
require no additional reinforcement, depending on the
application.

Quick Lift System Cast-in Loops

This is an economic option These
a anchors requirec no further
available for lifting light to accessories as the loop is attached
medium-weight precast concrete. directly to the crane hook.
They are economic where smaller
numbers are required, as you do
not have to buy a lifting clutch.
b
They
d can be used for units where
the area around the lifting point
is not visible in their permanent
condition, as the loop is cast into
the top of the concrete.

1-3 [Link]
Selection of type within an anchor system
You must consider if the anchor is to be used in the edge of
walls as (1), in slabs (2) or in beams (3), and also whether the
unit will need to be tilted using the anchor, or simply be used
for vertical lifting.
With these factors in mind, review the different types of (1)
anchors within this catalogue to decide which is most
suitable for your application. If in doubt contact us for advice.

(2)

(3)

LIFTING SYSTEMS DESIGN CRITERIA

Load Cases
You must consider the unit over its life until it reaches its
permanent destination. The loadcases may have different
direction of action which must be considered as the anchors
have different capacities in axial, angled and shear lifting.

Axial Lift Angled Lift up to a spread of 90°, or 45° Shear Lift

from the vertical

Typically there are six possible load cases that may be critical:
1. Demoulding by vertical lift from formwork at precast yard
2. Demoulding by tilting to vertical from formwork at precast yard
3. Handling vertically at precast yard
4. Tilting onto transport or storage at precast yard
5. Tilting from transport or storage on site
6. Handling vertically on site
Typically handling at the precaster is with young concrete, but in a more
controlled manner. On site the concrete is more mature, but may receive
rougher treatment.

[Link] 1-4
 Applied Load
on Each Anchor
The way in which a unit is lifted influences the load that
is applied to the anchors. For each load case that applies
to your unit, the following factors must be considered:

Weight of the Unit, Fv Number of lifting points, N

This should be the unfactored weight. Two legged slings are statically determinate. N=2
Typically: Three legged slings are statically determinate provided
the anchors are not in one line. N=3
FG = V x γ FG = self weight [kN]
Four legged slings are statically indeterminate. It must be
V = Volume [m³]
assumed that only two anchors are holding the load at
γ = specific weight of the any one time. N=2
precast element [kN/m³]
A spreader beam of tri-plate can make a four legged sling
Typically γ =25 kN/m³ statically determinate. N=4

The use of two anchors is usual for beams and upright panels, and four anchors installed symmetrically to the load
centre is recommended for horizontal slabs.

Position of the Anchors

If the anchors cannot be placed symmetrically to the centre of gravity, the load on the anchors must to be calculated
according to simple static analysis.

1-5 [Link]
Chain Angles
If no spreader beam is used, the spread angle a depends
on the length of the suspending cable.
The spread angle, α depends on the arrangement and
length of the suspending cables.
The resulting horizontal component increases the tensile
force on the anchor.

Spread Angle Spread

Coefficient
α β z
0° 0° 1
15° 7.5° 1.01
30° 15° 1.04
45° 22.5° 1.08
60° 30° 1.16
75° 37.5° 1.26
90° 45° 1.41

LIFTING SYSTEMS DESIGN CRITERIA

Dynamic Factors
The dynamic process of lifting a unit adds load to the anchors. The magnitude of this dynamic effect is determined by the
choice of lifting equipment, the length and type of cable or chain, and the hoisting speed.
Cables made of steel or synthetic fibre have a damping effect that increases with cable length. The table below provides
typical values that you can use. If you are unsure as to which factor to apply please consult CFS.

Lifting Equipment Typical Dynamic Impact Factor, ψ

Stationary Crane, Mobile Crane, Rail-Mounted Crane 1.3
Lifting and transporting on even ground 2.5
Lifting and transporting on uneven ground ≥4

[Link] 1-6
 Demoulding Adhesion to Formwork
Adhesion forces between the formwork and the concrete vary according to the type of formwork used.
The following may be taken as guide:

Formwork Type Adhesion coefficient, qadh

(kN/m2)
Oiled steel formwork 1
Varnished timber formwork 2
Rough formwork 3

Fadh = qadh x A Fadh = Adhesion Force [kN]

qadh = Adhesion forces [kN/m2]
A = Surface area in contact with the formwork prior to lifting [m2]
Ribbed and waffle panels cause more adhesion. Please contact CFS for advice if required.

1-7 [Link]
Calculation of the Action for Each Load Case

Demoulding Vertically (Loadcase 1) – Axial or Angled Lift

E1=(FG + Fadh) x z E = Action (kN)
N FG = Weight of Unit (kN)
Fadh = Adhesion Force (kN)
z = Spread Coefficient
N = Number of Lifting Points

Demoulding by Tilting (Loadcase 2) – Shear Lift

E2=(FG + Fadh) x z E = Action (kN)
2N FG = Weight of Unit (kN)
Fadh = Adhesion Force (kN)
z = Spread Coefficient
N = Number of Lifting Points
In this situation half the weight is resting on the formwork.

Handling Vertically (Loadcases 3 and 6) – Axial or Angled Lift

LIFTING SYSTEMS DESIGN CRITERIA

E3 or E6 = FG x ψ x z E = Action (kN)
N FG = Weight of Unit (kN)
ψ = Dynamic Impact Factor
z = Spread Coefficient
N = Number of Lifting Points
Tilting (Loadcases 4 and 5) – Shear Lift
E4 or E5 = FG x ψ x z E = Action (kN)
2N FG = Weight of Unit (kN)
ψ = Dynamic Impact Factor
z = Spread Coefficient
N = Number of Lifting Points
In this situation half the weight is resting on the formwork.

Capacity of anchors
The capacity of each anchor (R) is determined by several factors. These include concrete strength, anchor distance to
edges and available reinforcement.
The capacities under commonly occurring situations are found in the tables, found in each section of this catalogue.
For panels that are to be tilted from the horizontal to the vertical additional reinforcement must be applied to the
anchor to achieve the capacities quoted. The tables provided within this catalogue provide the capacity, or load
resistance of each anchor in most conditions encountered.
If you have a situation outside the conditions in this catalogue, please contact CFS with a drawing and description of
your circumstances and we will provide advice.
For each load case, ensure that R ≥ E R = Capacity (kN)
E = Action (kN)

[Link] 1-8
 Lifting Sockets

2-1 [Link]
Contents
Socket Systems 2-3

Tube Cross-Hole Sockets 2-4

Solid Cross-Hole Sockets 2-5

Economy Cross-Hole Sockets 2-6

Lifting Capacities for Cross-Hole Sockets 2-7

Anchorage Reinforcement for Cross-Hole Sockets 2-8

Angled Pull Reinforcement for Cross-Hole Sockets 2-9

Shear Reinforcement for Cross-Hole Socket Anchors 2-10

Wavy Tail Socket Anchors 2-11

Lifting Capacities for Wavy Tail Socket Anchors 2-12

Angled Pull Reinforcement for Wavy Tail Socket Anchors 2-14

Shear Reinforcement for Wavy Tail Socket Anchors 2-15

Flat Steel Socket Anchors 2-16

LIFTING SOCKETS
Lifting Capacities for Flat Steel Socket Anchors 2-17

Anchorage Reinforcement for Flat Steel Socket Anchors 2-18

Angled Pull Reinforcement for Flat Steel Socket Anchors 2-19

Crown Foot Socket Anchors 2-20

Lifting Capacities for Crown Foot Socket Anchors 2-21

Anchor Reinforcement for Crown Foot Socket Anchors 2-22

Shear Reinforcement for Crown Foot Anchors 2-23

Crosspin Socket Anchors 2-24

Lifting Capacities for Crosspin Socket Anchors 2-25

Shear Reinforcement for Crosspin Socket Anchors 2-26

Lifting Loops 2-27

Rotating Eyes 2-28

Identification 2-29

Retro Eye 2-30

Accessories 2-31

Accessories 2-32

10
[Link] 2-2
 Socket Systems
Cross Hole Sockets

Tube Sockets Solid Sockets Economy Sockets

Crown Foot Socket Anchors Solid Crosspin Sockets Flat Plate Socket Anchors

Wavy Tail Anchors

Short Long

2-3 [Link]
Tube Cross-Hole Sockets
• Electroplated or stainless steel d
• Precision steel tube (S355)
• Rd thread
• The socket is anchored into the concrete unit using a

g
reinforcement bar threaded through the cross-hole.
• A pressed-plastic stopper prevents the penetration of
the concrete from below into the thread.

L
• Sockets can be used in a wide range of applications

e
due to the flexible way in which the reinforcement can
be applied; pipes, walls, slabs

Part No Part No Load Group Dimensions of socket

Zinc Plated Stainless Steel
d L g e
mm
CFS-LS-12 CFS-LSS-12 0.5 Rd 12 40 22 8
CFS-LS-16 CFS-LSS-16 1.2 Rd 16 54 27 13
CFS-LS-20 CFS-LSS-20 2 Rd 20 69 35 15
CFS-LS-24 CFS-LSS-24 2.5 Rd 24 78 43 18
CFS-LS-30 CFS-LSS-30 4 Rd 30 103 56 22
CFS-LS-36 CFS-LSS-36 6.3 Rd 36 125 68 27

LIFTING SOCKETS
CFS-LS-42 CFS-LSS-42 8 Rd 42 145 80 32
CFS-LS-52 CFS-LSS-52 12.5 Rd 52 195 97 40

Essential Steps:
Check Lifting Load Capacity Table page 2-7
Axial Pull – Include Anchorage Reinforcement page 2-8
Angled Pull – Include Anchorage Reinforcement page 2-8 and Angled Reinforcement page 2-10
Shear Pull – include Anchorage Reinforcement page 2-8 and Shear Reinforcement page 2-9

[Link] 2-4
 Solid Cross-Hole Sockets
• Precision Electroplated or Stainless Steel Solid Rod d
• M thread
• The socket is anchored into the concrete unit using a
reinforcement bar threaded through the cross-hole.

g
• This socket provides the highest corrosion resistance as
there is protection by solid stainless steel

L
• Sockets can be used in a wide range of applications
due to the flexible way in which the reinforcement can

e
be applied; pipes, walls, slabs
• These sockets may also be used as fixing sockets

Part No Part No Load Group Dimensions of socket Outside

Zinc Plated Stainless Steel Diameter
d L g e d
mm
CFS-LSRH-10 CFS-LSRHS-10 0.4 M 10 50 21 9 16
CFS-LSRH-12 CFS-LSRHS-12 0.5 M 12 50 23 11 16
CFS-LSRH-16 CFS-LSRHS-16 1.2 M 16 75 26 14 22
CFS-LSRH-20 CFS-LSRHS-20 2 M 20 75 33 16 27
CFS-LSRH-24 CFS-LSRHS-24 2.5 M 24 100 42 18 32
CFS-LSRH-30 CFS-LSRHS-30 4 M 30 125 54 22 40

Essential Steps:
Lifting – Check Lifting Load Capacity Table page 2-7
Fixing – Check Fixing Load Capacity Table page 3-4
Axial Pull – Include Anchorage Reinforcement page 2-8
Angled Pull – Include Anchorage Reinforcement page 2-8 and Angled Reinforcement page 2-9
Shear Pull – include Anchorage Reinforcement page 2-8 and Shear Reinforcement page 2-10

2-5 [Link]
Economy Cross-Hole Sockets
• An economical range of flat end lifting sockets
d
• Zinc plated or Stainless Steel
• M thread

g
• The socket is anchored into the concrete unit using a
reinforcement bar threaded through the cross-hole.
• Sockets can be used in a wide range of applications
due to the flexible way in which the reinforcement can

L
be applied; pipes, walls, slabs

e
Part No. Part No. Load Group Dimensions of socket
Zinc Plated Stainless Steel
d L g e
mm
CFS-LSE-12 CFS-LSES-12 0.5 M 12 60 25 10.3
CFS-LSE-16 CFS-LSES-16 1.2 M 16 79 27 13.3
CFS-LSE-20 CFS-LSES-20 2 M 20 99 37 15.3
CFS-LSE-24 CFS-LSES-24 2.5 M24 112 43 17.3

Essential Steps:

LIFTING SOCKETS
Check Lifting Load Capacity Table page 2-7
Axial Pull – Include Anchorage Reinforcement page 2-8
Angled Pull – Include Anchorage Reinforcement page 2-8 and Angled Reinforcement page 2-9
Shear Pull – include Anchorage Reinforcement page 2-8 and Shear Reinforcement page 2-10

[Link] 2-6
 Lifting Capacities for
Cross-Hole Sockets
Part No Load Group Typical Installation Conditions Axial Load Shear Load
Edge Distance Element Fv FQ
thickness
Ccr hcr Min Concrete Strength (N/mm2)
15 25 15 25
mm kN
CFS-LS*-10 0.4 140 80 8 9 3.7 4.8
CFS-LS*-12 0.5 140 80 11 12 4.1 5.3
CFS-LS*-16 1.2 180 100 17 18 6.2 8
CFS-LS*-20 2 250 120 30 36 12 15.6
CFS-LS*-24 2.5 300 120 37 40 12.8 16.6
CFS-LS*-30 4 350 160 48 52 20.8 26.8
CFS-LS*-36 6.3 400 160 63 76 20.8 26.8
CFS-LS*-42 8 500 200 80 102 20.8 26.8
CFS-LS*-52 12.5 600 200 125 140 35 45

LS* - LS, LSRH or LSE

These tables are for these sockets to be used as lifting devices. They should be compared the loads calculated using the
method outlined in section 1 of this catalogue and include consideration of dynamic factors, formwork adhesion etc.
These tables show a typical situation and you should check your situation is within these parameters. If your situation
falls out of these parameters, please contact CFS for bespoke advice and calculations.
Where two or more sockets are in use, they should be spaced at a minimum of 2xCcr apart.
Minimum reinforcement of two layers of 131mm2/m mesh.

15°

Fv Fv
Fs Fs
FQ
60°

hcr hcr
ds ds
D min

D min

CcrCcr hcr hcr

Ccr

CcrCcr
h cr
D min L1
L
Axial Pull – Include Anchorage Reinforcement Angled Pull – Include Anchorage Shear Pull – include Anchorage Reinforcement
page 2-8 Reinforcement page 2-8 and Angled page 2-8 and Shear Reinforcement page 2-10
Reinforcement page 2-9

2-7 [Link]
Anchorage Reinforcement for
Cross-Hole Sockets
Cross-hole sockets must be used with anchorage reinforcement.

Part No Load Group Reinforcement B500B (min)

ds G Dmin
mm
CFS-LS*-10 0.4 6 250 60
CFS-LS*-12 0.5 6 300 60
CFS-LS*-16 1.2 12 350 70
CFS-LS*-20 2 12 400 80
CFS-LS*-24 2.5 16 500 116
CFS-LS*-30 4 16 600 135
CFS-LS*-36 6.3 20 600 150
CFS-LS*-42 8 25 650 200
CFS-LS*-52 12.5 32 900 300

The legs of the reinforcement should be vertical

as shown here, or may be angled up to 60° from
the vertical depending on the application.

LIFTING SOCKETS
n
mi
D

ds

[Link] 2-8
 Angled Pull Reinforcement for
Cross-Hole Sockets
Where the lifting chains are angled greater than 15° from
the vertical, the additional reinforcement must be used
and placed on the opposite side of the socket, opposing
the pull force. This reinforcing bar should touch the
socket where it wraps around and be located as close to
the concrete surface as cover allows.

Part No Load Group Reinforcement B500B (min)

ds L Dmin
mm
CFS-LS*-10 0.4 8 130 32
CFS-LS*-12 0.5 8 130 32
CFS-LS*-16 1.2 8 170 32
CFS-LS*-20 2 10 220 40
CFS-LS*-24 2.5 10 240 40
CFS-LS*-30 4 16 265 56
CFS-LS*-36 6.3 16 285 56
CFS-LS*-42 8 20 350 140
CFS-LS*-52 12.5 20 370 140

LS* - LS, LSRH or LSE

Fv 15°
Fs
hcr
FQ

Ccr ds hcr
D min

Ccr
Ccr

hcr
L

15°

2-9 [Link]
FQ
 Shear Reinforcement for
Cross-Hole Socket Anchors
Where the unit is being tilted, or the lift is in the edge of
the element resulting in a shear pull on the socket, the
reinforcement shown here must be used. This reinforcing
bar should touch the socket where it wraps around and be
located as close to the concrete surface as cover allows.

Part No Load Group Reinforcement B500B (min)

ds L1 Dmin
mm
CFS-LS*-10 0.4 8 95 24
CFS-LS*-12 0.5 8 95 24
CFS-LS*-16 1.2 8 130 32
CFS-LS*-20 2 10 170 40
CFS-LS*-24 2.5 10 185 48
CFS-LS*-30 4 16 195 48
CFS-LS*-36 6.3 16 200 64
CFS-LS*-42 8 16 215 64
CFS-LS*-52 12.5 20 220 140

LS* - LS, LSRH or LSE

15°

31

LIFTING SOCKETS
15°

FQ

ds
60 °
D min

ds ds
Ccr
D min

D min

h cr
L
D min L1
L

31 15°

2-10
60 °

[Link]

ds ds
 ds

Wavy Tail Socket

L
Anchors d

• Zinc plated or Stainless Steel g

• Rd thread

0102• 6The socket is anchored into the concrete unit using

e i n i g u ng
its integral reinforcement bar. No need for anchorage

ch • Quick and easy to fix into unit

reinforcement ds

• Wavy Tail Short Anchors are typically used in beams L

• Wavy Tail Long Anchors are typically used in panels
and walls

a.
wicht Die Lasttabellen sind auf zwei Beton-
e Würfeldruckfestigkeiten aufgebaut:
Stück 15 N/mm2 und 25 N/mm2.
kg] Alle Lasten sind an Staatl. Material-
Part No
prüfungsämtern
Part No
in entsprechenden
Load Group
Ver-
Dimensions of socket
4,60 Zinc Platedsuchen Stainless
ermittelt worden, und des sind die
Steel
L ds g
2,60 Sicherheiten garantiert, die durch mm die
hes Gewinde „Sicherheitsregeln
Wavy Tail Short Types
Rundgewinde für Transportanker
mit ca.
4,80 CFS-WAS-12-108 CFS-WASS-12-108
und -systeme
0.5 Rd 12
von Betonfertigteilen“
metrischer Steigung der167
Gewicht
108 8 Die Lasttabellen
22 sind auf
0,90
CFS-WAS-16-167 CFS-WASS-16-167
Berufsgenossenschaften
CFS-WAS-20-187 CFS-WASS-20-187
1.2
2
Rd 16
gefordert
Rd 20 sind.je187
12
16
würfeldruckfestigkeiten
27
Würfeldruckfestigkeiten
35
a
2 2
CFS-WAS-24-240 CFS-WASS-24-240 2.5 Rd 24 100 Stück
240 20 15 N/mm43 und 25 N/mm
1,90 Die Gewindeteile
CFS-WAS-30-300 d x L sind
CFS-WASS-30-300 4 galvanisch
Rd 30 mit 4 –300 20 56

0,40 Bestell-Nr.
CFS-WAS-36-380 [mm]
6 µm Auflage verzinkt.
CFS-WASS-36-380 6.3 Bestell-Nr.
Rd 36 [kg]
380 25 Alle Lasten
69 sind an Staa
CFS-WAS-42-450 CFS-WASS-42-450 8 Rd 42 450 28 prüfungsämtern
80 in entsp
0
6,90 k3112lm SieTypes
Wavy Tail Long können
Rd 12 auch k3112lr
in rostfrei
x 300 oder 14,60 suchen ermittelt worden
0
7,10 k3114lm mechanisch
CFS-WAL-12-137
Rd 14verzinkt
x 310 geliefert
CFS-WALS-12-137 0.5
k3114lrwerden.22,60
Rd 12 137 8 22
Sicherheiten garantiert,
CFS-WAL-16-216 CFS-WALS-16-216 1.2 Rd 16 216 12 27
CFS-WAL-20-257 CFS-WALS-20-257 2 Rd 20 257 16 „Sicherheitsregeln
35 für Tr
0
8,90 k3116lm
CFS-WAL-24-360
Rd 16 x 320
CFS-WALS-24-360 2.5
k3116lrRd 24 34,80
360 20 und -systeme
43 von Beton
6,10 CFS-WAL-30-450 Rd 18 x 360
CFS-WALS-30-450 4 k3118lrRd 30 50,90
450 20
Berufsgenossenschaften
56
CFS-WAL-36-570 CFS-WALS-36-570 6.3 Rd 36 570 25 69

0 k3120lm In den Schroeder-Tabellen

CFS-WAL-42-620 Rd 20 x 400 8 k3120lr
CFS-WALS-42-620 ist die
Rd 42 61,90
620 28
Die Gewindeteile
80
sind ga
0 k3124lm Laststufe
CFS-WAL-52-880
Rdeine
24 xin
CFS-WALS-52-880
der Praxis
450
12.5
k3124lrübliche 90,40
Rd 52 880 28 90
6 µm Auflage verzinkt.
Belastungsangabe für Transportanker
0 k3130lm
Essential und -systeme,
Steps: Rd 30 xdie 600pro Gewinde
k3130lr für alle186,90 Sie können auch in rostf
0 Lifting – Artikelgruppen
k3136lm Check LiftingRd
Load36 x gleich
750
Capacity ist.
k3136lr
Table page 2-12 and 2-13 347,10 mechanisch verzinkt gel
Angled Pull – Include Angled Reinforcement page 2-14
0 k3142lm Tragfähigkeit Rd 42 istx 850die Höchstbelastung
k3142lr 498,90
Shear Pull – include Shear Reinforcement page 2-15
0 k3152lm nach den „Sicherheitsregeln
Rd 52 x 900 k3152lr für 756,10
Transportanker und -systeme von Beton-
fertigteilen“, wobei alle Sicherheits- In den Schroeder-Tabelle
faktoren für Seilbruch (4), Stahl- und Laststufe eine in der Pra
Betonbruch (3) enthalten sind. Belastungsangabe für Tra
und -systeme, die pro Ge
m] Artikelgruppen gleich ist
g Tragfähigkeit ist die Höc
nach den „Sicherheitsreg
252-11 [Link]
Transportanker und -syst
25 fertigteilen“, wobei alle S
faktoren für Seilbruch (4
 Lifting Capacities for Wavy
Tail Socket Anchors
These tables are for these sockets to be used as lifting devices. They should be compared the loads calculated using the
method outlined in section 1 of this catalogue and include consideration of dynamic factors, formwork adhesion etc.
These tables show a typical situation and you should check your situation is within these parameters. If your situation
falls out of these parameters, please contact CFS for bespoke advice and calculations. The capacities are the same for
both electroplated and stainless steel anchors.

Wavy Tail Short Types Table

Part No Load Typical Installation Axial Load Angled Load Shear Load
Group Conditions
Edge Element Min Concrete Strength (N/mm2)
Distance thickness
Ccr hcr 15 25 15 25 15 25
mm kN
Wavy Tail Short Types
CFS-WAS-12-108 0.5 95 140 5 7 5 7 4.3 5.6
CFS-WAS-16-167 1.2 135 195 14.4 18.5 12 15.5 13.4 14
CFS-WAS-20-187 2 170 215 20 26 20 26 15.8 20.3
CFS-WAS-24-240 2.5 220 270 27.6 36 25 32.2 18 23.2
CFS-WAS-30-300 4 275 330 40 50.4 40 50.4 35.7 46.1
CFS-WAS-36-380 6.3 300 415 63 81.3 63 81.3 35.7 46.1
CFS-WAS-42-450 8 400 480 80 103.3 80 103.3 45 58.1

LIFTING SOCKETS
Where two or more sockets are in use, they should be spaced at a minimum of 2xCcr apart.
Minimum reinforcement of two layers of 131mm2/m mesh.
15°

Fv Fv
Fs Fs
FQ
60 °

hcr hcr
ds ds
D min

D min

Ccr Ccr hcr hcr

Ccr

Ccr Ccr hcr

D min L1
L

Axial Pull Angled Pull – Angled Reinforcement Shear Pull – Shear Reinforcement page 2-15
page 2-14

15°

Fv Fv
Fs Fs
FQ
60 °

hcr hcr
ds ds
D min

D min

Ccr Ccr hcr hcr

Ccr

Ccr Ccr hcr

D min L1
L [Link] 2-12
 Wavy Tail Long Types Table

Part No Load Typical Installation Axial Load Angled Load Shear Load
Group Conditions
Edge Element Min Concrete Strength (N/mm2)
Distance thickness
Ccr hcr 15 25 15 25 15 25
mm kN
Wavy Tail Long Types
CFS-WAL-12-137 0.5 150 60 5 7 5 7 2.5 2.6
80 6.7 8.6 6.7 9.3 2.7 3.5
100 8.3 10.9 8.3 10.9 3.3 4.3
130 10.9 10.9 10.9 10.9 4.3 5.6
CFS-WAL-16-216 1.2 200 80 14.4 18.5 12 15.5 7.4 9.6
100 18 23.2 15 19.4 8 10.3
120 21.6 25.4 18 23.2 11.1 14
145 25.4 25.4 21.8 25.4 13.4 14
CFS-WAL-20-257 2 250 100 20 26 20 25.8 9 11.5
120 24 30.9 24 30.9 11.6 13.9
140 28 34.1 28 34.1 12.6 16.3
175 34.1 34.1 34.1 34.1 15.8 20.3
CFS-WAL-24-360 2.5 300 100 27.6 35.6 25 32.2 9 11.6
120 33.1 42.7 27 34.9 10.8 13.9
140 38.6 45.7 31.6 37.6 12.6 16.2
200 45.7 45.7 45.7 45.7 18 23.2
CFS-WAL-30-450 4 350 120 34.2 44.2 34.2 44.2 17.1 22.1
140 40 51.6 40 51.6 20 25.8
160 45.6 58.9 45.6 58.9 22.8 29.4
250 69.1 69.1 69.1 69.1 35.7 46.1
CFS-WAL-36-570 6.3 500 140 55.9 72.2 55.1 71.1 18.8 24.2
160 63.9 82.6 63 81.3 21.5 27.8
180 71.9 92.8 70.8 91.5 25.6 33.1
220 100.4 113 86.6 111 .8 31.5 40.6
250 113 113 98.4 113 35.7 45.1
CFS-WAL-42-620 8 500 160 86.8 112 80 103.3 22.4 29
180 97.6 126 90 116.2 25.2 35.5
200 108.5 138.5 100 129 28 36.1
240 130.2 138.5 106.7 137.7 40 51.6
300 138.5 138.5 133.3 138.5 45 58.1
CFS-WAL-52-880 12.5 600 200 146.6 180 125 161.4 38 49
240 175.2 180 150 180 45.6 58.8
280 180 180 175 180 62.5 62.5
300 180 180 180 180 62.5 62.5

Where two or more sockets are in use, they should be spaced at a minimum of 2xCcr apart.
Minimum reinforcement of two layers of 131mm2/m mesh.
15°

Fv Fv
Fs Fs
FQ
60 °

hcr hcr
ds ds
D min

D min

Ccr Ccr hcr hcr

Ccr

Ccr Ccr hcr

D min L1
L
Axial Pull Angled Pull – Angled Reinforcement Shear Pull – Shear Reinforcement page 2-15
page 2-14

2-13 [Link]
15°
Angled Pull Reinforcement for
Wavy Tail Socket Anchors
Where the lifting chains are angled greater than 15° from
the vertical, the additional reinforcement must be used
and placed on the opposite side of the socket, opposing
the pull force. This reinforcing bar should touch the
socket where it wraps around and be located as close to
the concrete surface as cover allows.

Part No Load Group Reinforcement B500B (min)

ds L Dmin
mm
CFS-WA*-12 0.5 8 130 32
CFS-WA*-16 1.2 8 170 32
CFS-WA*-20 2 10 220 40
CFS-WA*-24 2.5 10 240 40
CFS-WA*-30 4 16 265 56
CFS-WA*-36 6.3 16 285 56
CFS-WA*-42 8 20 350 140
CFS-WA*-52 12.5 20 370 140

WA* - WAL or WAS

LIFTING SOCKETS
Fv 15°
Fs
hcr
FQ

Ccr ds hcr
D min

CC
cr
cr

hcr
L

15°
Fv
Fs
hcr FQ
[Link] 2-14

ds
 Shear Reinforcement for
Wavy Tail Socket Anchors
Where the unit is being tilted, or the lift is in the edge of
the element resulting in a shear pull on the socket, the
reinforcement shown here must be used. This reinforcing
bar should touch the socket where it wraps around and be
located as close to the concrete surface as cover allows.

Part No Load Group Reinforcement B500B (min)

ds L1 Dmin
mm
CFS-WA*-12 0.5 8 95 24
CFS-WA*-16 1.2 8 130 32
CFS-WA*-20 2 10 170 40
CFS-WA*-24 2.5 10 185 48
CFS-WA*-30 4 16 195 48
CFS-WA*-36 6.3 16 200 64
CFS-WA*-42 8 16 215 64
CFS-WA*-52 12.5 20 220 140

WA* - WAL or WAS

15°

31 15°
FQ

ds
60 °
D min

ds ds
Ccr
D min

D min

hcr
L
D min L1
L

31 15°
15°

FQ
60 °

2-15 [Link]
ds ds ds
n
Flat Steel Socket Anchors
• Zinc plated or Stainless Steel
• Rd thread
• The flattest profile lifting socket available
• The socket is anchored into the concrete unit using
reinforcement over its flat plate.
• Sockets are typically used in slabs
aA

Part No Load Group

ar Dimensions of socket
d h e a b t
mm

LIFTING SOCKETS
CFS-FA-12 0.5 Rd 12 30 22 35 25 3
CFS-FA-16 1.2 Rd 16 35 27 50 35 3
CFS-FA-20 2 Rd 20 47 35 ar 60 60 5
CFS-FA-24 2.5 Rd 24 54 43 80 60 5
CFS-FA-30 4 Rd 30 72 56 100 80 6
CFS-FA-36 6.3 Rd 36 84 68 130 100 6
CFS-FA-42 8 Rd 42 100 80 130 130 8
CFS-FA-52 12.5 Rd 52 120 100 150 130 8

Essential Steps:
Lifting – Check Lifting Load Capacity Table page 2-7
Axial Pull - include Anchorage Reinforcement page 2-18
Angled Pull - include Anchorage Reinforcement page 2-18 and Angled Reinforcement page 2-19
Shear Pull - include Anchorage Reinforcement page 2-18 and Angled Reinforcement page 2-20

[Link] 2-16
 Lifting Capacities for Flat
Steel Socket Anchors
These tables are for these sockets to be used as lifting devices. They should be compared the loads calculated using the
method outlined in section 1 of this catalogue and include consideration of dynamic factors, formwork adhesion etc.
These tables show a typical situation and you should check your situation is within these parameters. If your situation
falls out of these parameters, please contact CFS for bespoke advice and calculations.

Part No Load Group Edge Distance Element Thickness Axial or Angled Load ≤ 45º
Min Concrete Strength (N/mm2)
Ccr hcr 15 25
mm mm kN
CFS-FA-12 0.5 180 80 5 6.5
CFS-FA-16 1.2 250 90 12 15.5
CFS-FA-20 2 300 110 20 25.8
CFS-FA-24 2.5 400 125 25 32.3
CFS-FA-30 4 500 150 40 51.6
CFS-FA-36 6.3 650 165 63 81.3
CFS-FA-42 8 650 180 80 103.3
CFS-FA-52 12.5 750 215 125 161.4

Where two or more sockets are in use, they should be spaced at a minimum of 2xCcr apart.
Include minimum slab reinforcement in slab as shown in the table on page 2-18

Axial Pull – Include Anchorage Reinforcement Angled Pull – Include Anchorage Shear Pull – include Anchorage
page 2-18 Reinforcement page 2-18 and Angled Reinforcement page 2-18 and Shear
Reinforcement page 2-19 Reinforcement page 2-19

2-17 [Link]
Anchorage Reinforcement for
Flat Steel Socket Anchors
If you have used the capacities described as “with
anchorage reinforcement” then the following
reinforcement must be included in the element you are
lifting. Please ensure that the reinforcement touches the
end plate of the socket.

Part No Reinforcement B500B (min) for Axial Load Min Slab

Reinforcement
n x ds Ls L0 Lges B500M
mm
CFS-FA-12 2x6 60 60 250 Q188A
CFS-FA-16 2x8 70 90 420 Q188A
CFS-FA-20 4 x 10 80 90 640 Q188A
CFS-FA-24 4 x 10 100 90 640 Q188A
CFS-FA-30 4 x 12 110 110 830 Q257A
CFS-FA-36 4 x 16 120 140 1140 Q335A
CFS-FA-42 4 x 16 120 140 1250 Q424A
CFS-FA-52 4 x 20 150 160 1530 Q524A

LIFTING SOCKETS

[Link] 2-18
 Angled Pull Reinforcement for
Flat Steel Socket Anchors
Where the lifting chains are angled greater than 15° from
the vertical, the additional reinforcement must be used
and placed on the opposite side of the socket, opposing
the pull force. This reinforcing bar should touch the
socket where it wraps around and be located as close to
the concrete surface as cover allows.

Part No Load Group Reinforcement B500B (min)

ds L Dmin
mm
CFS-FA-12 0.5 8 130 32
CFS-FA-16 1.2 8 170 32
CFS-FA-20 2 10 220 40
CFS-FA-24 2.5 10 240 40
CFS-FA-30 4 16 265 56
CFS-FA-36 6.3 16 285 56
CFS-FA-42 8 20 350 140
CFS-FA-52 12.5 20 370 140

15°

ds

dmin ds

dmin

L1

L1

2-19 [Link]
Crown Foot Socket Anchors
• Zinc plated
• Rd thread
• Easy to install requiring no anchorage reinforcement
• Economical solution
• Sockets are typically used in light to medium weight
beam applications

Part No Load Group Dimensions of socket

d L
mm
CFS-CRA-16-80 1.2 Rd 16 80
CFS-CRA-20-100 2 Rd 20 100
CFS-CRA-24-115 2.5 Rd 24 115
CFS-CRA-30-120 4 Rd 30 120
CFS-CRA-30-150 4 Rd 30 150

Essential Steps:
Lifting – Check Lifting Load Capacity Table page 2-22
For most applications no additional reinforcement will be required. Enhanced capacities may be achieved by using
additional reinforcement as guided by the capacity tables.

LIFTING SOCKETS

[Link] 2-20
 Lifting Capacities for
Crown Foot Socket Anchors
These tables are for these sockets to be used as lifting devices. They should be compared the loads calculated using the
method outlined in section 1 of this catalogue and include consideration of dynamic factors, formwork adhesion etc.
These tables show a typical situation and you should check your situation is within these parameters. If your situation
falls out of these parameters, please contact CFS for bespoke advice and calculations.

Part No Load Typical Installation Conditions Axial Load Shear Load

Group
without rebar with rebar without rebar with rebar
Edge Element Min Concrete Strength (N/mm2)
Distance thickness
C1, C2, C3, d 15 25 15 25 15 25 15 25
C4
mm kN
CFS-CRA-16-80 1.2 110 110 8.2 11.9 5.2 6.8 13.1 14.4
CFS-CRA-20-100 2 140 130 12.9 16.7 14.1 22.5 7.5 9.7 14.4 14.4
CFS-CRA-24-115 2.5 160 150 16.2 20.9 18.8 31.3 9.5 12.3 17.2 20.7
CFS-CRA-30-120 4 170 150 17.3 22.3 28.4 40.8 10.5 13.6 19 20.7
CFS-CRA-30-150 4 210 180 24.3 31.4 33.4 50.2 14.3 18.5 28.7 36.9

Where there is axial load and shear load at the same time, please ensure that the each of the axial and shear
components are less than the capacities and also that:

Axial Component Shear Component

+ ≤ 1.2
Axial Capacity Shear Capacity

Where two or more sockets are in use, they should be spaced at a minimum of 2xC apart.
Crown Foot Axial Reinforcement – See page 2-23
Crown Foot Shear Reinforcement – include hear Reinforcement page 2-24

b
N

V
V
C1
d

C2

C1 C2 C3 C4

2-21 [Link]
 U bars for axial
loads

Anchor Reinforcement for

Crown Foot Socket Anchors
e

Where the values with reinforcement have been

used from the load capacities table, the following
reinforcement must be included.

Lh
Part No Load Group n d Lb e
edge bars for mm U bars for axial
shear loads
CFS-CRA-20-100 2 4 10 loads 120 50
CFS-CRA-24-115 2.5x e
0,5 4 10 140 50
CFS-CRA-30-120 4 4 12 150 50
CFS-CRA-30-150 4 4 12 180 75
e

Lh
0,5 x e

LIFTING SOCKETS
If your element does not allow the inclusion of this reinforcement, please discuss with CFS as alternative solutions can
be designed for your particular problem.
e

[Link] 2-22
 Shear Reinforcement for
Crown Foot Anchors
Where the values with reinforcement have been
shearused
U barfrom the
shear
loadUcapacities
bar table, the following edge bars for edge bars for U bars for axial U bar
reinforcement must be included. shear loads shear loads loads

Part No Load Group U-Bars Standard Edge Bars

d Lb d e
mm
CFS-CRA-16-80 1.2 10 200 8 ≤ 100
CFS-CRA-20-100 2 10 200 10 ≤ 100
shear U bar shear U 2.5
CFS-CRA-24-115 bar 12 edge bars
200 for edge bars10for ≤ 100 U bars for axial U bar
shear loads shear loads loads

e
CFS-CRA-30-120 4 12 220 10 ≤ 100
CFS-CRA-30-150 4 16 250 10 ≤ 100

U-Bar Edge Bars

e
0,5 x e

0,5 x e

Lb Lb

If your element does not allow the inclusion of this reinforcement, please discuss with CFS as alternative solutions can
be designed for your particular problem.

Lb Lb

2-23 [Link]
Crosspin Socket Anchors
• Zinc Plated or Stainless Steel Solid Rod and Crosspin d

• M thread
• The socket is anchored into the concrete unit using a
crosspin provided through the cross-hole.

L
• In stainless steel, this socket provides the highest corrosion
resistance as there is protection by solid stainless steel
• Sockets used in axially require no further reinforcement
• These sockets may also be used as fixing sockets f

Part No Zinc Plated Part No Stainless Steel Load Group Dimensions of socket
d L F
mm
CFS-LSRB-10-50 CFS-LSRBS-10-50 0.4 M10 50 50
CFS-LSRB-12-50 CFS-LSRBS-12-50 0.5 M12 50 75
CFS-LSRB-12-75 CFS-LSRBS-12-75 0.5 M12 75 75
CFS-LSRB-16-75 CFS-LSRBS-16-75 1.2 M16 75 75
CFS-LSRB-20-75 CFS-LSRBS-20-75 2 M20 75 90
CFS-LSRB-24-100 CFS-LSRBS-24-100 2.5 M24 100 100

Essential Steps:

LIFTING SOCKETS
Lifting – Check Lifting Load Capacity Table page 2-26
Fixing – Check Fixing Load Capacity Table page 3-9
For most applications no additional reinforcement will be required. Enhanced capacities may be achieved by using
additional reinforcement as guided by the capacity tables.

[Link] 2-24
 Lifting Capacities for
Crosspin Socket Anchors
These tables are for these sockets to be used as lifting devices. They should be compared the loads calculated using the
method outlined in section 1 of this catalogue and include consideration of dynamic factors, formwork adhesion etc.
These tables show a typical situation and you should check your situation is within these parameters. If your situation
falls out of these parameters, please contact CFS for bespoke advice and calculations. If you wish to uses these sockets
for permanent fixing, please consult the table on page 3-9.

Part No Part No Load Typical Installation Conditions Axial Load Shear Load
Zinc Plated Stainless Steel Group
without rebar with rebar
Edge Distance Element Min Concrete Strength (N/mm2)
thickness
C1, C2 C3, C4 d 15 25 15 25 15 25
mm kN
CFS-LSRB-12-50 CFS-LSRBS-12-50 0.5 90 55 80 5 6.4 1.8 2.3 4.3 5.2
CFS-LSRB-12-75 CFS-LSRBS-12-75 0.5 125 90 100 9.4 12.2 3.7 4.8 7.5 9.2
CFS-LSRB-16-75 CFS-LSRBS-16-75 1.2 120 80 100 8.4 10.9 3.3 4.3 7.5 9.2
CFS-LSRB-20-75 CFS-LSRBS-20-75 2 120 75 100 8.3 10.7 3.1 4 7.5 9.2
CFS-LSRB-24-100 CFS-LSRBS-24-100 2.5 160 100 130 12 15.5 4.9 6.3 17.2 20.7

Where there is axial load and shear load at the same time, please ensure that the each of the axial and shear
components are less than the capacities and also that:

Axial Component Shear Component

+ ≤ 1.2
Axial Capacity Shear Capacity

Where two or more sockets are in use, they should be spaced at a minimum of 2xC3 apart.
Crosspin Shear Reinforcement – where required, please see page 2-27

2-25 [Link]
Shear Reinforcement for
Crosspin Socket Anchors
Where the values with reinforcement have been
used from the load capacities table, the following
reinforcement must be included. This U-Bar should be
touching the socket and placed as close to the surface as
concrete cover allows.

Part No Zinc Plated Part No Stainless Steel Load Group U-Bars

d Lb
mm
CFS-LSRB-10-50 CFS-LSRBS-10-50 0.4 8 100
CFS-LSRB-12-50 CFS-LSRBS-12-50 0.5 8 100
CFS-LSRB-12-75shear U bar CFS-LSRBS-12-75 0.5 edge
8 bars for 130 U bar
CFS-LSRB-16-75 CFS-LSRBS-16-75 1.2 shear
8 loads 130 l
CFS-LSRB-20-75 CFS-LSRBS-20-75 2 8 130
CFS-LSRB-24-100 CFS-LSRBS-24-100 2.5 12 200

LIFTING SOCKETS
Lb

Lb

[Link] 2-26
 Lifting Loops
The CFS lifting loop is designed for use with CFS threaded
socket systems. Loops are available from 12 to 52 mm
sizes in both Rd & M thread types. The load capacity for
each application is to be taken from the corresponding
tables. The CFS loops can be subjected to a diagonal
lift up to 45°. If a transverse loading is to be applied, a
rotating eye should be used.
Loops should be discarded immediately if a wire strand
has broken. Loops carry an individual number identifiable
to a certificate. The loops also have a tag indicating the
load group of the loop. The tag is colour coded showing
which load category threaded anchor the loop should be
used with. All tags are CE marked.

M and Rd Thread Compatibility

Rd thread loops should only be used in Rd sockets. M
thread loops can be used in either Rd or M thread sockets
with no reduction in load capacity.

Part No Load Group Dimensions of socket Colour Tag

d L g s
mm
CFS-LL-12 0.5 M/Rd 12 130 22 6 Orange
CFS-LL-16 1.2 M/Rd List
16 170 27 8 Red
CFS-LL-20
CFS-LL-24
CFS-LL-30
2
2.5
4
42
M/Rd 20
M/Rd 24
M/Rd 30
210
260
340
35
43
56
10
12
16
Light Green
Black
Dark Green
CFS-LL-36 6.3 M/Rd 36 380 68 18 Blue
CFS-LL-42 8 M/Rd 42 420 80 20 Grey
CFS-LL-52 12.5 M/Rd 52 550 97 26 Yellow

The lifting capacities of the loops exceed those of the sockets they fit, so please refer to the load capacity table for the
sockets to make selections for your application.
h

45° minimum angle

for lifting
l
e

Approx. Load capacity

weight [kg]
per
piece

2-27
[kg] axial [Link]
0.06 900

0.10 1400
 Die fortschrittlichste Generation der An
The advanced Generation of attachmen

Rotating Eyes » Erhöhu

The CFS Rotating Eye is used to transport precast unter B
elements with socket anchors. It is designed for inclined Funktio
lifting operations up to 90° and thus is used for tilting D1 » Leichte
and shear lifting operations. It is also our most durable durch g
option for lifting operations. am Wir
» Quetsc
The rotating eye is easy to attach or remove due to the Verklan
forged hexagon shaped body of the swivel. There is also a » Korrosio
crimp on the link to prevent it from kinking. Both external Überzu
and internal surfaces are protected against corrosion by a » Über 18
tough galvanized coating. The link can swing more than » Vierfach
180° and rotate 360° and it can rotate under load which allen Be
also means that it is not possible to loosen the baseplate e » Unter L
under load.
Rotating eyes carry an individual number identifiable to M
a certificate. The eyes have a marking indicating the load
group of the loop. All eyes are CE marked.
» Eindeu
Part No Load Group Dimensions of socket
der Tra
M D1 e
mm
CFS-RE-10 0.4 M10 36.5 18
CFS-RE-12 0.5 M12 36.5 18
Lift
CFS-RE-16 1.2 M16 36.5 20
CFS-RE-20 2 Anschlagpunkte
M20 Anschlagpunkte 52 30

LIFTING SOCKETS
CFS-RE-24 2.5 M24 Lifting
Lifting
Points
Points 57 30
45° » Eindeut
CFS-RE-30 4 M30 70 35
60° Neigung
CFS-RE-36 6.3 M36 81 50
Generation
eneration der
derAnschlagwirbel
Anschlagwirbel Anschla
CFS-RE-42 8 M42 81 60
» Zusätzlic
ation
ion ofofattachment
attachment
CFS-RE-52 swivels
swivels12.5 M52 104 60
Drehen

» Mit Hil
keitsta
Ablege

» Verbes
ageanweisungen
tageanweisungen
finden
finden
Sie
Sie The
Thecorresponding
corresponding
operating-/assembly
operating-/assembly
instructions
instructions
can
can
bebe mecha
m
umDownload.
Download. found
foundonon
[Link]
[Link]
download.
download. Abstüt
» Sämtlic
auf Anf

1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 o.
3 o.
4 4
0° 0° 90°90° 0° 0° 90°90° 0° 0°
– 45°
– 45° 45°45°
– 60°
– 60° 0° 0°
– 45°
– 45° 45°45°
– 60°
– 60° MOR
Tragfähigkeit
Tragfähigkeit
| WLL
| WLL
t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t
1,01,0 0,50,5 2,02,0 1,01,0 0,70,7 0,50,5 1,01,0 0,75
0,75 [Link] 2-28
1,41,4 0,70,7 2,82,8 1,41,4 1,01,0 0,70,7 1,41,4 1,01,0
2,02,0 1,01,0 4,04,0 2,02,0 1,41,4 1,01,0 2,12
2,12 1,51,5
2,82,8 1,41,4 5,65,6 2,82,8 2,02,0 1,41,4 3,03,0 2,12
2,12
 Identification
The following identification information data is stencilled
in every rotating eye (figure):
Use and Operation
The rotating eye is screwed into the lifting anchor. Insert
threaded bolt deep enough to achieve a close fit between
the concrete and the base plate. If the unit is lifted the Safe working load
wide base plate is supported by the concrete, and an Safe working load
undesirable bending of the threaded bolt is prevented.
For correct installation of the rotating eye it is essential Size = Type
that: The contact surface of the base plate is absolutely at Size = Type
right angles to the longitudinal axis of the lifting anchor.
Flat side for tightening by hand
If precast concrete units are being lifted with rotating
eyes, it is recommended to install the lifting anchor Flat side for tightening by hand Max. clearance between
with large plastic nailing plate. The rotating eye body is and lower part >S<
tightened by hand against the concrete surface. Do not
use smaller recesses then the eye diameter.
The rotating eye can turn in any direction against the
base plate thus ensuring the correct direction of the
inclined force. The rotating eye is not to be used to
rotate precast elements.

Attention Maintenance
Before attaching put link in the correct position. Rotating eyes are filled with grease during production
when first used. The compact design prevents
penetration of dirt. However should dirt have collected in
the interior of the rotating eye impairing an easy turning
operation, the turning mechanism can be oiled.

Max. clearance between upper

Normal Size Max. Clearance S
Max. clearance
and lowerbetween
part >S<upper
0,5 – 1,4t 1,5mm
and lower part >S<
2,0 – 2,5t 1,5mm
3,0 – 6,7t 2,4mm
8,0 – 10,0t 3,2mm
15,0t 4,0mm
20,0 – 30,0t 4,5mm

2-29 [Link]
 LoADLoAD
RIngRIng
- VLBg
- VLBg
Retro Eye Complies
Complies
with the with
machinery
the machinery
directives
directives
2006/42/EC
2006/42/EC

The CFS Retro Eye is used to lift existing concrete slabs

where lifting anchors are not cast in. It is used with the
CFS Female Bar Coupler Fixings and either Fisher FIS
V-360 Resin or bolted through the element. It is available
to suit a range of slab thicknesses with load capacities
from 0.3t to 20t.
Please consult CFS for your individual application.

Part No Max Load Capacity

kN
CFS-VLBG-8 3
CFS-VLBG-10 6.3
CFS-VLBG-12 10
CFS-VLBG-16 15
CFS-VLBG-20 25
CFS-VLBG-24 40
CFS-VLBG-30 50
CFS-VLBG-42 100
CFS-VLBG-48 200

User User
Instructions
Instructions
- Part- 1Part 1
SafetySafety
instructions
instructions

LIFTING SOCKETS
This safety
This
instruction
safety instruction
/ declaration
/ declaration
of the manufacturer
of the manufacturer
has to be has
kepttoonbefile
kept
for on
thefile
whole
for the
lifetime
wholeo

EC-Declaration
EC-Declaration
of the manufacturer
of the manufacturer
AccordingAccording
to the Machinery
to the Machinery
Directive 2006/42/EC,
Directive 2006/42/EC,
annex II Bannex
and amendments.
II B and amendments.
We herebyWe declare
herebythat
declare
the design
that the
anddesign
construction
and construction
of the equipment
of the equipment
detailed within
detailed
thiswithin
document
this d
appropriate
appropriate
level of health
level and
of health
safetyandof the
safety
corresponding
of the corresponding
EC regulation.
EC regulation.
Any un-authorised
Any un-authorised
modification
modification
of the equipment
of the equipment
and/or anyand/or
incorrect
any usage
incorrect
of the
usage
equipment
of the equipm
not ad
these userthese
instructions
user instructions
waivers this
waivers
declaration
this declaration
invalid. invalid.
The equipment
The equipment
must be regularly
must be regularly
tested and tested
inspected
and inspected
as per BGR as per
[Link]
Failure
[Link]
carry out
to car
the
maintenance
maintenance
and testing
and
of testing
the equipment
of the equipment
waivers thiswaivers
declaration
this declaration
invalid. invalid.

Designation
Designation
of the equipment:
of the equipment:
LIFtIng PoInt
LIFtIng PoInt
Type: LoadType:
ring Load
- VLBg
ring
- for
- VLBg
bolting
- for bolting
Manufacturer’s
Manufacturer’s
sign: sign:
Drawings are
Drawings
available
areon
available
requeston
as request
hard copies
as hard
or DXF
copies
files.
or Drawings
DXF [Link]
Drawings
also becan
downloaded
also be downloaded
from our w
[Link].
[Link].
CFS bar coupler in resin Check the Check
RUD website:
CFS bar coupler drilled through slab
the [Link]
website: [Link]
for productfor
information.
product information.
Workshop Workshop
wall chartswall
available
chartsupon
available
request
upon
forrequest
workingfor
load
working
limits load
(WLL).
limits (WLL).

Please visit
Pleaseourvisit
website
our website
at [Link]
at [Link]
to register
to register
for yourfor
FREE
yourCD
FREE
with

[Link] 2-30
 Accessories
Plastic Recess Plate
The nail plate is used to attach the socket anchors to D
the formwork. The plastic nail plates are available for
thread sizes M/Rd12 to M/Rd52. The plastic recess plate
produces a recess into which a lifting loop or a rotating
eye can be threaded.

Part No Dimensions
h
Rd D1 h
mm
CFS-NPL-12 M/Rd 12 58 10
CFS-NPL-16 M/Rd 16 58 10
CFS-NPL-20 M/Rd 20 58 10
Rd
CFS-NPL-24 M/Rd 24 70 10
CFS-NPL-30 M/Rd 30 70 10
CFS-NPL-36 M/Rd 36 100 12
CFS-NPL-42 M/Rd 42 100 12
CFS-NPL-52 M/Rd 52 95 15

Magnetic Recess Plate

D2
The magnetic nail plate attaches socket anchors to steel
formwork by magnets. They are available for thread sizes
M/Rd12 to M/Rd52. The magnetic recessl plate produces
a recess into which a lifting loop or a rotating eye can be
threaded.

D1

Part No Thread Adhesion D1 D2 h

mm kPa mm
CFS-MAG-12 12 100 165 60 12
CFS-MAG-16 16 100 165 60 12
CFS-MAG-20 20 100 165 60 12
CFS-MAG-24 24 100 178.2 74 12
CFS-MAG-30 30 120 194.2 90 12
CFS-MAG-36 36 120 105.2 101 12
CFS-MAG-42 42 180 115.3 110 15
CFS-MAG-52 52 180 135.3 130 15

2-31 [Link]
Accessories
Marking recess disc with fixing
These provide additional safety by marking the concrete
surface with an imprint of the thread size and load
capacity. The disc diameter is sufficient to allow rotating
eyes to be used with the cast in socket.

(1) Marking Recess Disc – composite material

Part No For fixing screw L d D g

pin size
mm
CFS-MPP-12 M12 150.5 12 23.5 10
CFS-MPP-16 M16 159.2 16 30.5 10
CFS-MPP-20 M20 173.5 20 37 10

LIFTING SOCKETS
CFS-MPP-24 M24 178.2 24 41 12
CFS-MPP-30 M30 194.2 30 50 12
CFS-MPP-36 M36 105.2 36 59 12
CFS-MPP-42 M42 115.3 42 67.5 15
CFS-MPP-52 M52 135.3 52 81 15

(2) Fixing Screw Pin – Steel

Part No d l Internal thread depth

mm
CFS-FSP-12 M12 23.5 8
CFS-FSP-16 M16 30.5 8
CFS-FSP-20 M20 37 8
CFS-FSP-24 M24 41 9.5
CFS-FSP-30 M30 50 9.5
CFS-FSP-36 M36 59 9.5
CFS-FSP-42 M42 67.5 12
CFS-FSP-52 M52 81 16

[Link] 2-32
 Seal Caps
For using directly in sockets and other threaded products
without outer disc.

For Lifting Dimensions

Part No. Anchor ØL Ød
CFS-CAPG-12 Rd 12 18.5 12
CFS-CAPG-16 Rd 16 25.5 16
CFS-CAPG-20 Rd 20 31.5 20
CFS-CAPG-24 Rd 24 35.5 24
CFS-CAPG-30 Rd 30 44.0 30
CFS-CAPG-36 Rd 36 52.5 36
CFS-CAPG-42 Rd 42 55.9 42
CFS-CAPG-52 Rd 52 69.5 52

Architectural Socket Caps

We can provide architectural socket caps to use directly
in sockets and other threaded products to cover up the
exposed thread and provide an architecturally pleasing
appearance.
These are available in all sizes and produced to order to
suit your concrete recess dimension. Please contact CFS to
discuss your requirement.

2-33 [Link]
 LIFTING SOCKETS

[Link] 2-34
 Fixing Sockets

3-1 [Link]
Contents
Socket Systems 3-3

Solid Cross-Hole Sockets 3-4

Fixing Design Capacities for Solid Cross-Hole Sockets 3-5

Anchorage Reinforcement for Solid Cross-Hole Sockets 3-6

Shear Reinforcement for Cross-Hole Sockets 3-7

Crosspin Sockets 3-8

Fixing Design Capacities for Solid Crosspin Sockets 3-9

Shear Reinforcement for Crosspin Sockets 3-10

Flat End Fixing Sockets 3-11

Design Capacities for Flat End Fixing Sockets 3-12

Anchorage Reinforcement for Flat End Fixing Sockets 3-13

Bent End Fixing Socket 3-14

FIXING SOCKETS
Design Fixing Capacities for Flat End Fixing Sockets 3-15

Propping Sockets 3-16

Design Capacities for Propping Sockets 3-17

Anchorage and Shear Reinforcement for Propping Sockets 3-18

Accessories 3-19

Accessories 3-20

Seal Caps 3-21

10
[Link] 3-2
 Ösenmuffen
und haben eine höhere Tragfähigkeit. Liste
Gewindehülsen mit gelochtem Flachende
aus Edelstahl Werkstoffgruppe A4
geschnitten. 21
Das Gewinde wird mit Übermaß

Die Belastungen wurden mit 4 –5-facher

Sicherheit aus Ausziehversuchen

Socket Systems in unbewehrtem Beton C 20/25 (B 25)

bei Axial-, Schräg- und Querzug-
belastung ermittelt.
Hinweise für die Anwendung
enthalten die technischen Blätter.
Solid Crosshole Sockets Crosspin Sockets Flat End Sockets

Abmessungen [mm] ca. Belastung bei

Die angegebenen
Gewicht 4–5-facher★Sicherheit in kg ★ Belastungen
Edelstahl je sind
[1 kg =nur
10erreichbar
N, bei der Verwen-
Werkstoffgruppe A4 Liste 100 Stück 1000dung
kg = von
1 t = Gabelbügeln
10 kN] aus BSt 500 S

15
axial in den folgenden
Schrägzüge Abmessungen
bis bis [mm]
bis
dxL Bestell-Nr. g s e [kg] 0° 30°d 45° d 90° d G
s br
M 8 x 40 k2115va 9 10 8,3 1,43 240 M 10 150 8 100 60
200 250
M 8 x 53 k2117va 9 23 8,3 1,95 240 200 150 100
M 12 10 60 300
M 10 x 45 k2124va 10 15 10,3 1,75 290 230
M 14 170 10 100 70 300 Biege-
M 10 x 57 k2127va 10 25 10,3 2,27 290 230 170 100 rollen-Ø
M 16 10 70 350 G
dbr
M 10 x 57 * k2135va 10 24 10,3 3,10 450 400
M 20 300 12 250 80 400
M 12 x 55 k2139va 12 20 12,3 2,60 440 370
M 24 250 12 150 80 450 ds
M 12 x 78 k2141va 12 43 12,3 3,53 600 500 400 350
M 27 14 100 500
ützhülsen
M 12 x 62 *: k2149va
Stützhülsen :12 25 12,3 4,00 600 500
M 30 400 14 350 100 600
windehülse
M 14 mit
80 verschweißter
k2155vamitauf
xSonderanfertigungen
Gewindehülse 13 Fußplatte
33 12,3
Anfrage
verschweißter 6,30 600
Fußplatte 500 450 400 Zubehör
Zubehör
ch mit vormontiertem
M 16 x 80 mitk2161va
auch Klebeteller
15
vormontiertem 30 Klebeteller
12,3 8,45 1300 1100 900 800
M 16 x 100 k2162va Bent50End
15 12,3Sockets
10,72 1300 1100 900 800 Prop Sockets
Friedrich Schroeder GmbH & Co. KG
4 / 2009 / WW

M 20 x 95 k2171va 18 28 14,3 15,53 1700 1500 1300 900

M 20 x 115 k2172va 18 50 14,3 19,15 58809
1700 Neuenrade,
1500 1300 Germany
900 · Tel. +49 (0) 23 94 / 91 80-0 · Fax +49 (0) 23 94 / 91 80-88
info@[Link] · [Link]
M 24 x 120 k2181va 21 40 14,3 29,58 2000 1700 1500 1000

Die mit einem * gekennzeichneten Artikel werden

aus Rohren mit größerer Wandstärke gefertigt
und haben eine höhere Tragfähigkeit.

Das Gewinde wird mit Übermaß

geschnitten.
Die Belastungen wurden mit 4 –5-facher
Sicherheit aus Ausziehversuchen
in unbewehrtem Beton C 20/25 (B 25)
bei Axial-, Schräg- und Querzug-
belastung ermittelt.
Hinweise für die Anwendung
enthalten die technischen Blätter.

d
★ Die angegebenen Belastungen d
Abmessungen sindca.
nur Gewicht
erreichbar bei der Verwen- Klebeteller aus Kunststoff
Abmessungen Bestell - [Link]
ca. Gewicht Material
von Gabelbügeln aus Klebeteller
BSt 500 S aus Kunststoff
d L e Bestell
t -DNr. 100Material
in den Stück Abmessungen
folgenden D t Bestell - Nr.
d L e t D[mm] 100 Stück [kg] [mm] D t Bestell - Nr.
[mm] L e
[mm] [kg] d ds d br G
[mm] L e
1 16 45 42 3 50 S 8617 60 S 235 - 50 3 K5116kt t
M 10 8 60 250
16 45 242 16 3 43 50 38 S5 8617
70 60
S 8620 S70235 - galvanisiert
50 3 50 K5116kt
3 K5116kt t
M 12 10 60 300
16 43 38 5 70 S 8620 70 galvanisiert 50 3 K5116kt Biege-
M 14 10 70 300
rollen-Ø øD
M 16 10 70 350 G
dbr
øD
Berechnung nach CEN/TS 1992-4, M 20
Einsatz 12 80 400
als Befestigungsmittel Einsatz als
M 24 12 80 450 d (2)
Berechnung Randnach (c i)CEN/TS
- und 1992-4,
Beton- Einsatz
(1)
als Befestigungsmittel
Bemessungswiderstände Zusatzbewehrung für als s
EinsatzTransportanker V
M 27 14 100 500 (2)
Rand (c i) - undAchsabstände
Beton- (s), festig- ohne Zusatz (1)
Bemessungswiderstände - mitZusatzbewehrung
Zusatz - Zuglasten
für Transportanker
charakt. V C1
Schalendicke (d) keit bewehrung
M 30 14
bewehrung
100 600 zul F(2)
Achsabstände (s), festig- Zuglasten Bruchlast C1
Sonderanfertigungen auf Anfrage ohne Zusatz - mit Zusatz - charakt.
Schalendicke c(d) keits bewehrung
ds Lu Ls Lo Lges zul F(2)
1,2,3,4 d Nbewehrung
Rd VRd NRd VRd Bruchlast Nchar,Bruch
ds Lu Ls Lo Lges C2
d [cm] NRd C [kN]
Friedrich Schroeder GmbH & Co. KGN
[mm] Nchar,Bruch [kN]
4 / 2009 / WW

c 1,2,3,4 s VRd NRd VRd

1
[cm] 40 C80 5,5 20/25[kN] 13,45880913,0 17,5 15,4[mm] 8 195
Neuenrade, Germany
70 90 420 80-025,5
· Tel. +49 (0) 23 94 / 91[kN]
12,1
· Fax +49 (0) 23 94 / 91 80-88 C2
2 40 80 5,5 20/25 15,5 13,0 17,5 info@[Link]
15,5 8 195 70 90 420 · [Link]
29,3 14,0N
40 80 5,5 20/25 13,4 13,0 17,5 15,4 8 195 70 90 420 25,5 12,1 C3 C4
(1) Bemessungswiderstände für die angenommene Einbausituation mit γ=1,5, Anpassung bei anderen Rand-
40 80 5,5 20/25 15,5 13,0 17,5 15,5 8 195 70 90 420 29,3 14,0
bedingungen erforderlich. (2) Aus Versuchen in Zusammenarbeit mit der TU Dortmund - Institut für C3 C4
Bemessungswiderstände für diedurchgeführt
Befestigungstechnik, angenommene Einbausituation
in Anlehnung mit γ=1,5,
an VDI/BV-BS 6205Anpassung bei anderenBerechnung,
und versuchsbasierter Rand- gilt
ngungen erforderlich. (2)Tranportanker
bei Einsatz als Aus Versuchen mit in Zusammenarbeit
Sicherheitsfaktor mit(Verfahren
γ=2,1 der TU Dortmund
A) - Institut für
estigungstechnik, durchgeführt in Anlehnung an VDI/BV-BS 6205 und versuchsbasierter Berechnung, gilt
Einsatz als Tranportanker mit Sicherheitsfaktor γ=2,1 (Verfahren A)
Bei reiner Zugbelastung ohne Zusatzbewehrung gilt : Bei gleichzeitig wirkender Zug - und Querkraft gilt :
- Randabstand >= 1,5 x (L-t) + 0,5 x D NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd <=1,2
ei reiner - Achsabstand
Zugbelastung ohne >=Zusatzbewehrung
3,0 x (L-t) + D gilt : Bei gleichzeitig wirkender Zug - und Querkraft gilt :
3-3 [Link]
RandabstandZum Erreichen
>= 1,5 x (L-t) der
+ 0,5vollen
x D Betonausbruchkraft. NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd <=1,2
Das Gewinde
Achsabstand wird
>= 3,0 x (L-t) + Dmit Übermaß
geschnitten.
um Erreichen der vollen Betonausbruchkraft.
Zusatzbewehrung für Zuglasten Zusatzbewehrung für Querlasten
 d d

Solid Cross-Hole Sockets

• Precision Elecroplated or Stainless Steel Solid Rod d
• M thread
• The socket is anchored into the concrete unit using a
reinforcement bar threaded through the cross-hole.

g
• This socket provides the highest corrosion resistance as
there is protection by solid stainless steel

L
• Sockets can be used in a wide range of applications
due to the flexible way in which the reinforcement can

e
be applied; pipes, walls, slabs
• These sockets may also be used as lifting sockets

Part No Part No Load Group Dimensions of socket

Electroplated Stainless Steel
d L g e
mm
CFS-LSRH-10 CFS-LSRHS-10 0.4 M 10 50 21 9
CFS-LSRH-12 CFS-LSRHS-12 0.5 M 12 50 23 11
CFS-LSRH-16 CFS-LSRHS-16 1.2 M 16 75 26 14
CFS-LSRH-20 CFS-LSRHS-20 2 M 20 75 33 16
CFS-LSRH-24 CFS-LSRHS-24 2.5 M 24 100 42 18
CFS-LSRH-30 CFS-LSRHS-30 4 M 30 125 54 22

FIXING SOCKETS
Essential Steps:
Lifting – Check Lifting Load Capacity Table page 2-7
Fixing – Check Fixing Load Capacity Table page 3-5
Axial Pull – Include Anchorage Reinforcement page 3-6
Shear Pull – include Anchorage Reinforcement page 3-6 and Shear Reinforcement page 3-7

[Link] 3-4
 Fixing Design Capacities for
Solid Cross-Hole Sockets
These tables are for these sockets to be used as fixing
devices. They should be compared to the design loads on
the socket.
These tables show a typical situation and you should
check your situation is within these parameters. If your
situation falls out of these parameters, please Contact
CFS for bespoke advice and calculations

Part No Typical Installation Conditions Axial Load Shear Load

Edge Distance Element thickness FV FQ
Ccr hcr
mm kN
CFS-LSRH-10 140 80 10 4.6
CFS-LSRH-12 140 80 15.0 6.6
CFS-LSRH-16 180 100 22.5 10.0
CFS-LSRH-20 250 120 45.0 19.5
CFS-LSRH-24 300 120 50.0 20.8
CFS-LSRH-30 350 160 65.0 33.5

Where two or more sockets are in use, they should be spaced at a minimum of 2xCcr apart.
Minimum reinforcement of two layers of 131mm2/m mesh.
Minimum concrete strength = 25N/mm2

15°

Fv Fv
Fs
FQ
hcr hcr
ds
D min

Ccr hcr Ccr

Ccr

Ccr
h cr
L
Axial Pull – Include Anchorage Reinforcement Shear Pull – include Anchorage Reinforcement
page 3-5 page 3-5 and Shear Reinforcement page 3-6

3-5 [Link]
Anchorage Reinforcement for
Solid Cross-Hole Sockets
Cross-hole sockets must be used with anchorage
reinforcement. Without this they are ineffective and unsafe.

Part No Reinforcement B500B (min)

ds G Dmin
mm
CFS-LSRH-10 8 250 60
CFS-LSRH-12 8 300 60
CFS-LSRH-16 10 350 70
CFS-LSRH-20 12 400 80
CFS-LSRH-24 16 500 116
CFS-LSRH-30 16 600 135

The legs of the reinforcement should be vertical as

shown above, or may be angled up to 60° from the
vertical depending on the application.

n
mi
D

FIXING SOCKETS
G

ds

[Link] 3-6
 Shear Reinforcement for
Cross-Hole Sockets
Where the unit is being tilted, or the lift is in the edge of
the element resulting in a shear pull on the socket, the
reinforcement shown here must be used. It is important
that the bar is place as close to the surface of the element
as concrete cover requirements allow.

Part No Reinforcement B500B (min)

ds L1 Dmin Total Length
CFS-LSRH-10 8 95 24 295
CFS-LSRH-12 8 95 24 295
CFS-LSRH-16 8 130 32 370
CFS-LSRH-20 10 170 40 480
CFS-LSRH-24 10 185 48 520
CFS-LSRH-30 16 195 48 590

15°

31 15°

FQ

ds
60 °
D min

ds ds
Ccr
D min

D min

h cr
L
D min L1
L

31 15°
60 °

ds ds
D min

D min

3-7 [Link]
Crosspin Sockets
• Zinc Plated or Stainless Steel Solid Rod and Crosspin d

• M thread
• The socket is anchored into the concrete unit using a
crosspin provided through the cross-hole.
• In stainless steel, this socket provides the highest

L
corrosion resistance as there is protection by solid
stainless steel
• Sockets used in axially require no further reinforcement
• These sockets may also be used as lifting sockets f

Part No Part No Dimensions of socket

Zinc Plated Stainless Steel
d L F
mm
CFS-LSRB-10-50 CFS-LSRBS-10-50 M10 50 75
CFS-LSRB-12-50 CFS-LSRBS-12-50 M12 50 75
CFS-LSRB-12-75 CFS-LSRBS-12-75 M12 75 75
CFS-LSRB-16-75 CFS-LSRBS-16-75 M16 75 75
CFS-LSRB-20-75 CFS-LSRBS-20-75 M20 75 90
CFS-LSRB-24-100 CFS-LSRBS-24-100 M24 100 100

Essential Steps:
Lifting – Check Lifting Load Capacity Table page 2-26

FIXING SOCKETS
Fixing – Check Fixing Load Capacity Table page 3-9
Shear Pull – Include Shear Reinforcement page 3-9

[Link] 3-8
 Fixing Design Capacities for Solid Crosspin Sockets
These tables are for these sockets to be used as fixing devices. They should be compared to the design loads on a
socket.
These tables show a typical situation and you should check your situation is within these parameters. If your situation
falls out of these parameters, please contact CFS of bespoke advice and calculations.

Part No Zinc Plated Part No Stainless Typical Installation Conditions Axial Load Shear Load
Steel
Edge Distances Element without rebar with rebar
Thickness
Min Concrete Strength (N/mm2)
C1, C2 C3, C4 d 30 45 60 30 45 60 30 45 60
mm kN
Uncracked Concrete
CFS-LSRB-10-50 CFS-LSRBS-10-50 80 55 80 13.1 16.1 18.6 5 6.1 7 10.2 12.3 12.3
CFS-LSRB-12-50 CFS-LSRBS-12-50 90 55 80 13.8 17 19.6 5 6.1 7 10.2 12.3 12.3
CFS-LSRB-12-75 CFS-LSRBS-12-75 125 90 100 23.1 23.1 23.1 10.5 12.8 14.8 17.6 19.4 19.4
CFS-LSRB-16-75 CFS-LSRBS-16-75 120 80 100 23.3 28.6 33 9.2 11.3 13 17.6 21.9 21.9
CFS-LSRB-20-75 CFS-LSRBS-20-75 120 75 100 22.9 28 32.3 8.6 10.5 12.1 17.6 21.9 21.9
CFS-LSRB-24-100 CFS-LSRBS-24-100 160 100 130 33.2 40.7 46.9 13.7 16.8 19.4 40.7 48.3 48.3
Cracked Concrete
CFS-LSRB-10-50 CFS-LSRBS-10-50 80 55 80 9.4 10 10 3.5 4.3 5 9.4 11.5 12.3
CFS-LSRB-12-50 CFS-LSRBS-12-50 90 55 80 9.9 12.1 14 3.5 4.3 5 9.9 12.1 12.3
CFS-LSRB-12-75 CFS-LSRBS-12-75 125 90 100 18.6 22.8 23.1 7.4 9.1 10.5 17.6 21.9 21.9
CFS-LSRB-16-75 CFS-LSRBS-16-75 120 80 100 16.7 20.4 23.6 6.5 8 9.2 16.7 20.4 21.9
CFS-LSRB-20-75 CFS-LSRBS-20-75 120 75 100 16.3 20 23.1 6.1 7.4 8.6 16.3 20 21.9
CFS-LSRB-24-100 CFS-LSRBS-24-100 160 100 130 23.7 29 33.5 9.7 11.9 13.7 37.9 46.4 48.3

Where there is axial load and shear load at the same time, please ensure that each of the axial and shear components
are less than the capacities and also that:

Axial Component Shear Component

+ ≤ 1.2
Axial Capacity Shear Capacity

Whre two or more sockets are in use, they should be spaced at a minimum of 2 x C3 apart.
Crosspin Shear Reinforcement if required, include reinforcement shown on page 3-10

C1 = Edge distance towards the free

d
edge where the shear force acts
C2 = Edge distance in the direction
away from the force
C1
C3 and C4 = Edge distances
perpendicular to the shear force action
Please note that the socket should be
Shear Load
C2 orientated with the pin parralel to the
shear force action as shown here.
Axial Load

C4

C4

3-9 [Link]
 shear U bar edge bars for
shear loads

Shear Reinforcement
for Crosspin Sockets
Where the values with reinforcement have been
used from the load capacities table, the following
reinforcement must be included.

Part No Zinc Plated Part No Zinc Plated U-Bars

d Lb
mm
CFS-LSRBS-10-42 8 100
CFS-LSRB-10-50 CFS-LSRBS-10-50 8 100
CFS-LSRB-12-50 CFS-LSRBS-12-50 8 100
CFS-LSRB-12-75 CFS-LSRBS-12-75 8 130
CFS-LSRB-16-75 CFS-LSRBS-16-75 8 130
CFS-LSRB-16-100 CFS-LSRBS-16-100 10 200
CFS-LSRB-20-75 CFS-LSRBS-20-75 8 130
shear U bar edge bars for U bar
CFS-LSRB-20-100 CFS-LSRBS-20-100 12 200
shear loads
CFS-LSRB-24-100 CFS-LSRBS-24-100 12 200

Grade B500B reinforcement.

FIXING SOCKETS
e
Lb

Lb

[Link] 3-10
 belastung ermittelt.
Hinweise für die Anwendung
enthalten die technischen Blätter.

Flat End Fixing Sockets

essungen [mm] ca. Belastung bei
★ Die angegebenen
Gewicht 4–5-facher Sicherheit in kg ★ Belastungen
d
Edelstahl je sind
[1 kg nurN,erreichbar bei der Verwen-
= 10
stoffgruppe•A4
Zinc Plated or Stainless
100 StückSteel Socket with
dung
1000 kg Crosshole
= 1 tvon
= 10Gabelbügeln
kN] aus BSt 500 S

g
in den folgenden Abmessungen
• M thread axial Schrägzüge
bis bis [mm]
bis
stell-Nr. •gThe socket
s eis anchored
[kg] into the
0° concrete
30° dunit
45° using
d s90°a d br G

s
2115va 9reinforcement
10 8,3 bar threaded
1,43 through
240 the cross-hole.
200M 10150 8100 60 250
2117va
• 9Stainless
23 8,3
steel 1,95 240 200 150
M 12
100
10 60 300

L
2124va Biege-
•10Sockets
15 10,3
used in 1,75
axially require290
230M 14
no
further 170 10100
reinforcement 70 300
rollen-Ø
2127va 10 25 10,3 2,27 290
230 170 100
M 16 10 70 350 G
• Sockets can be used in a wide range of applications dbr
2135va 10 24 10,3 3,10 450 400M 20300 12250
due to the flexible way in which the reinforcement can 80 400

e
2139va 12be applied;
20 12,3 pipes, walls,
2,60 slabs440 370M 250
24 12150 80 450 ds
2141va 12 43 12,3 3,53 600 500 400 350
M 27 14 100 500
2149va 12 25 12,3 4,00 600 500M 30
400 14350 100 600
2155va
nfertigungen13
aufNo33 12,3
Anfrage 6,30 600 500 450 400
Part Zinc Plated Part No Stainless Dimensions of socket
Steel
2161va 15 30 12,3 8,45 1300 d 1100 900 800
L e g s
2162va 15 50 12,3 10,72 1300 mm1100 900 800

2171va CFS-FSH-8-40
18 28 14,3 CFS-FSHS-8-40
15,53
Friedrich Schroeder GmbH & Co. KG
1700 M8
1500 1300 40
900 8.3 8 15 (12)
2172va 18 50 14,3
CFS-FSH-10-45 19,15
CFS-FSHS-10-45 58809
1700 Neuenrade,
1500
M10 1300 Germany
900
45 · Tel. +49
10.3(0) 23 94 / 91 80-0
10 · Fax +49 (0)15
23 94 / 91 80-88
CFS-FSH-12-60 CFS-FSHS-12-60 M12 info@[Link]
55 12.3 · [Link]
12 20
2181va 21 40 14,3 29,58 2000 1700 1500 1000
CFS-FSH-16-80 CFS-FSHS-16-80 M16 80 12.3 15 30
CFS-FSH-16-100
ekennzeichneten Artikel CFS-FSHS-16-100
werden M16 100 12.3 15 50
ößerer Wandstärke gefertigt CFS-FSHS-16-120
CFS-FSH-16-120 M16 120 12.3 15 70
here Tragfähigkeit.
CFS-FSH-20-95 CFS-FSHS-20-95 M20 95 14.3 18 35 (28)
CFS-FSH-20-115 CFS-FSHS-20-115 M20 115 14.3 18 55 (50)
Das Gewinde wird mit Übermaß
Numbers in brackets are for stainless steel geschnitten.
Die Belastungen wurden mit 4 –5-facher
Sicherheit aus Ausziehversuchen
Essential Steps: in unbewehrtem Beton C 20/25 (B 25)
bei Axial-, Schräg- und Querzug-
Fixing – Check Fixing Load Capacity Table page 3-12 belastung ermittelt.
Hinweise für die Anwendung
Anchorage – Include the Anchorage Reinforcement on Page 3-13
enthalten die technischen Blätter.

★ Die angegebenen Belastungen

sind nur erreichbar bei der Verwen-
dung von Gabelbügeln aus BSt 500 S
in den folgenden Abmessungen
[mm]
d ds d br G
M 10 8 60 250
M 12 10 60 300
M 14 10 70 300 Biege-
rollen-Ø
M 16 10 70 350 G
dbr
M 20 12 80 400
M 24 12 80 450 ds
M 27 14 100 500
M 30 14 100 600

auf Anfrage

Friedrich Schroeder GmbH & Co. KG

58809 Neuenrade, Germany · Tel. +49 (0) 23 94 / 91 80-0 · Fax +49 (0) 23 94 / 91 80-88
info@[Link] · [Link]

3-11 [Link]
Design Capacities for
Flat End Fixing Sockets
These tables are for these sockets to be used as fixing
devices. They should be compared to the design loads on
the socket.
These tables show a typical situation and you should
check your situation is within these parameters. If your
situation falls out of these parameters, please Contact
CFS for bespoke advice and calculations

Part No Zinc Plated Part No Stainless Steel Wall thickness Minimum edge Design Loads
distance
Axial Shear
mm kN
CFS-FSH-8-40 CFS-FSHS-8-40 120 80 3.8 1.6
CFS-FSH-10-45 CFS-FSHS-10-45 135 90 4.6 1.6
CFS-FSH-12-60 CFS-FSHS-12-60 180 120 7 2.4
CFS-FSH-16-80 CFS-FSHS-16-80 240 160 20.8 12.8
CFS-FSH-16-100 CFS-FSHS-16-100 300 200 20.8 12.8
CFS-FSH-16-120 CFS-FSHS-16-120 360 240 20.8 12.8
CFS-FSH-20-100 CFS-FSHS-20-100 300 200 27.2 14.4
CFS-FSH-20-120 CFS-FSHS-20-120 360 240 27.2 14.4

Concrete strength should be a minimum of 25N/mm2.

FIXING SOCKETS
Where there is axial load and shear load at the same time, please ensure that the each of the axial and shear
components are less than the capacities and also that:

Axial Component Shear Component

+ ≤ 1.2
Axial Capacity Shear Capacity

[Link] 3-12
 Anchorage Reinforcement
for Flat End Fixing Sockets
The anchorage reinforcement below must be used with
these sockets.

Part No Zinc Plated Part No Stainless Steel Anchorage Reinforcement B500B minimum
ds Dmin G
kN
CFS-FSH-8-40 CFS-FSHS-8-40 8 60 250
CFS-FSH-10-45 CFS-FSHS-10-45 8 60 250
CFS-FSH-12-60 CFS-FSHS-12-60 10 60 300
CFS-FSH-16-80 CFS-FSHS-16-80 10 70 350
CFS-FSH-16-100 CFS-FSHS-16-100 10 70 350
CFS-FSH-16-120 CFS-FSHS-16-120 10 70 350
CFS-FSH-20-100 CFS-FSHS-20-100 12 80 400
CFS-FSH-20-120 CFS-FSHS-20-120 12 80 400

nim
D
G

sd

3-13 [Link]
 Abmessungen [mm] ca. Belastung bei
Gewicht 4 -- 5-facher
Stahl blank / je Sicherheit in kg
verzinkt und chromatiert 100 Stück [1 kg = 10 N,

Lxh
Bent End Fixing Socket
Bestell-Nr. g s [kg]
1000 kg = 1 t = 10 kN]

axial
30 x 20 •k1508bk/zn
Zinc Plated or Stainless
8 16Steel Socket
1,32 with Bent End
180

35 x 21 •k1510bk/zn
M thread 10 20 2,00 240

45 x 25 •k1512bk/zn 12 20into the concrete

The socket is anchored 3,40 unit by400
its
60 x 30 bent end.
k1516bk/zn 15 32 9,91 950

70 x 30 •k1520bk/zn
Additional reinforcement
18 28 is not16,30
required. 12500

80 x 37 •k1524bk/zn
Sockets can be21used in30a wide range
25,60 of applications
14500

Part No Zinc Plated Part No Stainless Dimensions of socket

Steel
d L h g s
mm
CFS-FSB-8-30 CFS-FSBS-8-30 M8 30 20 8 12
CFS-FSB-10-35 CFS-FSBS-10-35 M10 35 21 10 18
Abmessungen [mm] ca. Belastung bei
CFS-FSB-12-45 CFS-FSBS-12-45 M12
Gewicht 45
4 -- 5-facher 25 12 20
Edelstahl
CFS-FSB-16-60 CFS-FSBS-16-60 je
M16 Sicherheit60in kg 30 15 22
Werkstoffgruppe A4 100 Stück [1 kg = 10 N,
CFS-FSB-20-70 CFS-FSBS-20-70 M20 1000 kg = 1 t70 = 10 kN] 30 18 24
CFS-FSB-24-80 CFS-FSBS-24-80 M24 80 37 21 30
Lxh Bestell-Nr. g s [kg] axial

30 x 20 k1508va 9 12 1,70 180

35 x 21 k1510va 10 18 2,50 240

45 x 25 k1512va 12 20 3,50 400

60 x 30 k1516va 15 22 9,50 950

FIXING SOCKETS
70 x 30 k1520va 18 22 16,00 12500

80 x 37 k1524va 21 30 25,60 14500

Das Gewinde wird mit Übermaß

geschnitten.
Die Belastungen wurden mit 4 –5-facher
Sicherheit aus Ausziehversuchen
in unbewehrtem Beton C 20/25 (B 25)
bei Axial-, Schräg- und Querzug-
belastung ermittelt.
Hinweise für die Anwendung
enthalten die technischen Blätter.

Auf Wunsch werden unsere Gewinde-

hülsen galvanisch mit 4 bis 6 µm
Auflage verzinkt und zusätzlich gelb
chromatiert.

fertigungen auf Anfrage

Friedrich Schroeder GmbH & Co. KG

58809 Neuenrade, Germany · Tel. +49 (0) 23 94 / 91 80-0 · Fax +49 (0) 23 94 / 91 80-88
info@[Link] · [Link]

[Link] 3-14
 Design Fixing Capacities
for Flat End Fixing Sockets
These tables are for these sockets to be used as fixing
devices. They should be compared to the design loads on
the socket.
These tables show a typical situation and you should
check your situation is within these parameters. If your
situation falls out of these parameters, please Contact
CFS for bespoke advice and calculations

Part No Zinc Plated Part No Stainless Steel Wall thickness Minimum edge distance Axial Load
mm kN
CFS-FSB-8-30 CFS-FSBS-8-30 90 60 1.8
CFS-FSB-10-35 CFS-FSBS-10-35 105 70 2.4
CFS-FSB-12-45 CFS-FSBS-12-45 135 90 4
CFS-FSB-16-60 CFS-FSBS-16-60 180 120 9.5
CFS-FSB-20-70 CFS-FSBS-20-70 210 140 12.5
CFS-FSB-24-80 CFS-FSBS-24-80 240 160 14.5

Concrete strength should be a minimum of 25N/mm2.

3-15 [Link]
Propping Sockets
• Zinc Plated sockets for use in propping and other
applications
• M thread
• Socket with welded round plate
• Plastic adhesive cap plate available
• May be used for both fixing and lifting operations

Part No Zinc Plated Dimensions of socket

d L e t D
mm
CFS-FAR-16-50 M16 45 42 3 50
CFS-FAR-16-70 M16 43 38 5 70
Plastic Ashesive Cap
CFS-FAP 3 50

L e

FIXING SOCKETS
øD

d
d

e
L e L
t
t

øD
øD

[Link] 3-16
 øD

nsatz als Befestigungsmittel Einsatz als

Design
erstände(1) Capacities
Zusatzbewehrung für for Transportanker (2)
V
Propping
mit Zusatz -
ewehrung
Sockets
Zuglasten charakt.
Bruchlast
zul F(2)
C1
Thesedstables
Luare for
Ls these
Lo sockets
Lges to be used as fixing
NRd VRddevices. They should be compared toNthe design loads on
char,Bruch
the socket.
[mm] [kN] C2
7,5
These tables show a typical situation and you should
15,4
N
check8your195 70 is 90
situation 420
within 25,5 If your
these parameters. 12,1
7,5 situation falls out
15,5 8 195 70 90 420 of these parameters, please
29,3 Contact14,0
CFS for bespoke advice and calculations C3 C4
e Einbausituation mit γ=1,5, Anpassung bei anderen Rand-
Zusammenarbeit
Part No mit der TU
Wall Dortmund
thickness - Institut
Minimum edge fürWithout Anchorage reinforcement With Anchorage reinforcement
distance
n VDI/BV-BS 6205 und versuchsbasierter Berechnung,
C1, C2, C3, C4 Axial
gilt Shear Axial Shear
r γ=2,1 (Verfahren A) mm kN kN
CFS-FAR-16-50 55 400 13.4 13 17.5 15.4
CFS-FAR-16-70 55 400 15.5 13 17.5 15.5
g gilt : Bei gleichzeitig wirkender Zug - und Querkraft gilt :
NSd/NRd + VSd/VRd <=1,2
The loads here are for use in fixing and propping applications. These anchors may be also used as lifting anchors. Please
contact CFS for load capacities in lifting.
Concrete strength should be a minimum of 25N/mm2

For propping applications with an angled load, ensure that

n Axial Design Load
Zusatzbewehrung
Shear Design Load für Querlasten
+ ≤ 1.2
ewehrung
Axial Capacity Shear Capacity muß Kontakt zur Hülse haben
Die Zusatzbewehrung - U Bügel
ach oben B500B ds=8 mm, Verankerungslänge L1= 130 mm

Lu

Friedrich Schroeder GmbH & Co KG

09 Neuenrade, Germany - Tel 0049-2394-9180-0 - Fax 0049-2394-9180-88
info@[Link] - [Link]

3-17 [Link]
 Bei reiner Zugbelastung ohne Zusatzbewehrung gilt :
- Randabstand >= 1,5 x (L-t) + 0,5 x D
- Achsabstand >= 3,0 x (L-t) + D
Zum Erreichen der vollen Betonausbruchkraft.
Anchorage and Shear
Reinforcement for Propping Sockets
Zusatzbewehrung für Zuglasten
Part No Anchorage Reinforcement B500B minimum Shear Reinforcement B500B
minimum
Die Zusatzbewehrung
d
s
L soll anL die vorhandene
u
L Bewehrung
s
L d o ges s
L1 Die Zusa
anschliessen, die Aufbiegung kann daher auch nach obenmm
mm
B500B d
CFS-FAR-16-50 8 195 70 90 420 8 130
zeigen.
CFS-FAR-16-70 8 195 70 90 420 8 130

30°
err
ood

Ls Lo Ls
Lu Lu
Anchorage Reinforcement
L ges

FIXING SOCKETS
Friedrich S
58809 Neuenrade, Germany - Tel 00
info@schroeder-neu

Shear Reinforcement

[Link] 3-18
 Accessories
Plastic Recess Plate
The nail plate is used to attach the socket anchors to D
the formwork. The plastic nail plates are available for
thread sizes M/Rd12 to M/Rd52. The plastic recess plate
produces a recess into which a lifting loop or a rotating
eye can be threaded.

Part No Dimensions
h
Rd D1 e
mm
CFS-NPL-12 M/Rd 12 58 10
CFS-NPL-16 M/Rd 16 58 10
CFS-NPL-20 M/Rd 20 58 10 Rd
CFS-NPL-24 M/Rd 24 70 10
CFS-NPL-30 M/Rd 30 70 10
CFS-NPL-36 M/Rd 36 100 12
CFS-NPL-42 M/Rd 42 100 12
CFS-NPL-52 M/Rd 52 95 15

Magnetic Recess Plate

D2
The magnetic nail plate attaches socket anchors to steel
formwork by magnets. They are available for thread sizes
M/Rd12 to M/Rd52. The magnetic recessl plate produces
a recess into which a lifting loop or a rotating eye can be
threaded.

D1

Part No Thread Adhesion D1 D2 h

mm kPa mm
CFS-MAG-12 12 100 165 60 12
CFS-MAG-16 16 100 165 60 12
CFS-MAG-20 20 100 165 60 12
CFS-MAG-24 24 100 178.2 74 12
CFS-MAG-30 30 120 194.2 90 12
CFS-MAG-36 36 120 105.2 101 12
CFS-MAG-42 42 180 115.3 110 15
CFS-MAG-52 52 180 135.3 130 15

3-19 [Link]
Accessories
Marking recess disc with fixing
These provide additional safety by marking the concrete
surface with an imprint of the thread size and load
capacity. The disc diameter is sufficient to allow rotating
eyes to be used with the cast in socket.

(1) Making Recess Disc – composite material

Part No For fixing screw L d D g

pin size
mm
CFS-MPP-12 M12 150.5 12 23.5 10
CFS-MPP-16 M16 159.2 16 30.5 10

FIXING SOCKETS
CFS-MPP-20 M20 173.5 20 37 10
CFS-MPP-24 M24 178.2 24 41 12
CFS-MPP-30 M30 194.2 30 50 12
CFS-MPP-36 M36 105.2 36 59 12
CFS-MPP-42 M42 115.3 42 67.5 15
CFS-MPP-52 M52 135.3 52 81 15

(2) Fixing Screw Pin – Steel

Part No d l Internal thread depth

mm
CFS-FSP-12 M12 23.5 8
CFS-FSP-16 M16 30.5 8
CFS-FSP-20 M20 37 8
CFS-FSP-24 M24 41 9.5
CFS-FSP-30 M30 50 9.5
CFS-FSP-36 M36 59 9.5
CFS-FSP-42 M42 67.5 12
CFS-FSP-52 M52 81 12

[Link] 3-20
 Seal Caps
For using directly in sockets and other threaded products
without outer disc.

For Lifting Dimensions

Part No. Anchor ØL Ød
CFS-CAPG-12 Rd 12 18.5 12
CFS-CAPG-16 Rd 16 25.5 16
CFS-CAPG-20 Rd 20 31.5 20
CFS-CAPG-24 Rd 24 35.5 24
CFS-CAPG-30 Rd 30 44.0 30
CFS-CAPG-36 Rd 36 52.5 36
CFS-CAPG-42 Rd 42 55.9 42
CFS-CAPG-52 Rd 52 69.5 52

Architectural Socket Caps

We can provide architectural socket caps to use directly
in sockets and other threaded products to cover up the
exposed thread and provide an architecturally pleasing
appearance.
These are available in all sizes and produced to order to
suit your concrete recess dimension. Please contact CFS to
discuss your requirement.

3-21 [Link]
 FIXING SOCKETS

[Link] 3-22
 Spherical Head Anchors

4-1 [Link]
Contents
Product Summary 4-3

Recess Formers and Accessories 4-4

Accessories 4-5

Other CFS Products for use in Construction with Spherical

Anchor Systems 4-5

Type T - Spherical Head T Anchors 4-6

Type T - Axial Lifting of Beams and Walls 4-7

Type T - Additional Reinforcement for Axial Lifting of

Beams and Walls 4-8

Type T - Angled Lifting of Beams and Walls 4-9

Type T - Additional Reinforcement for Angled Lifting of

Beams and Walls 4-10

SPHERICAL HEAD ANCHORS

Type T - Axial or Angled Lifting of Slabs 4-11

Type T - Additional Reinforcement for Angled Lifting of Slabs 4-12

Type TPA - Spherical Head Plate Anchors 4-13

Type TSG - Spherical Head Cranked Anchor 4-14

Type TKS - Rod Lifting Anchor 4-15

Type O - Eye Lifting Anchor 4-16

Type TKS - Additional Reinforcement 4-17

Type TKA - Tilt Anchor 4-18

Type TKA - Additional Reinforcement for Shear Lifting

of Beams and Walls 4-19

Type TKA - Recess Formers 4-19

Recess Formers for Spherical Head Anchors 4-20

Recess Formers for Spherical Head Anchors 4-21

Spherical Head Anchor Lifting Devices 4-22

Lifting Clutches - Type H2 4-22

Anchor Lifting and Turning Devices 4-23

10
[Link] 4-2
 Product Summary
T - Spherical Head T Anchor TPA - Spherical Head Plate Anchor TSG - Spherical Head
Cranked Anchor
Forged from round steel St 52-3 Spherical-Head Lifting Anchor with a
with load groups 1.3–32 (higher welded-on plate. Load groups 2.5–10 Replace paragraph with “Specially
load groups on request). Suitable for t. or use in thin large-sized heavy slabs cranked anchor to enable sandwich
large precast elements such as slabs, which are to be lifted or assembled in panel lifting to take place.”
beams, walls and pipes. a horizontal position.

TKS - Spherical Head Rod Anchor O - Spherical Head O Anchor TKA - Spherical Head Tilt Anchor
Forged from ribbed steel St 52-3, This anchor has a bar passed through Designed for tilting pre-cast element
with load groups 2–15. For use in the hole. For use in thin sections. from the horizontal to vertical.
very thin concrete sections.

Anchor identification Material

Anchors head are always marked with Anchors are available in steel ST 52-3
the load group e.g. 5.0. or stainless steel 304 or hot dip spun
galvanized.

5.0.

4-3 [Link]
Safety and quality
Factors safety Quality

Anchors and lifting eyes have a minimum factor of safety All anchors and clutches are produced by state of the art
of 3:1. Load data provides in the tables is based upon a production equipment in accordance with ISO 9001. All
factor of safety of 2.5:1 against concrete failure. anchors are batch checked and tested by a recognised
research institute.

Recess Formers and Accessories

Rubber recess former Narrow rubber recess former
To attach the spherical head lifting anchor to the mould. To attach the spherical head lifting anchot to the mould
forms a semi-circular recess to accept the lifting clutch and to produce the narrow recess in slender precast
concrete units.

SPHERICAL HEAD ANCHORS

Magnetic recess former
A former for use with spherical head anchors.
Incorporates high power magnets to fix to the steel
formwork. Use insert RRM.

[Link] 4-4
 Accessories
Lifting eye Turning and lifting device
Lifting clutch in 7 different load groups 1.3–45 t For easy lifting and turning of heavy, large concrete pipes.
to suit the load carrying range of all Lifting Anchors Load groups 1.3–32 t. The Turning and Lifting Link is
of the Spherical-Head Anchor System. attached to an installed Spherical-Head Lifting Anchor.
Please contact CFS for specific application details.

Other CFS Products for use in Construction

with Spherical Anchor Systems
Chain sets for lifting precast planks and slabs Pipe joining chains type BCH

4-5 [Link]
Type T - Spherical Head T Anchors
T Anchors are the most commonly used spherical head The anchors must be fixed in the mould using recess
anchor and can be used in most situations. They are ideal formers. The recess former retains the anchor securely in
for beam or wall elements. position during the concrete pour.
The load on the anchor is transmitted to the concrete The recess former creates a void around the head which
through the anchor foot. In the same load group, corresponds to the shackle. The incorrect coupling of
anchors are available with different lengths. Longer parts from different load groups is impossible. Another
anchors are installed for reduced edge spacing or for low advantage is that the shackle rests agains the concrete
concrete strengths. during an angled lift and therefore the horizontal load is
transferred into the concrete directly.

Part No Standard Load Group Part No Standard Load Group Part No Standard Load Group
CFS-T-013-0035 1.3 CFS-T-050-0210 5 CFS-T-100-0500 10
CFS-T-013-0040 1.3 CFS-T-050-0240 ** 5 CFS-T-100-0540 10

SPHERICAL HEAD ANCHORS

CFS-T-013-0050 1.3 CFS-T-050-0340 5 CFS-T-100-0650 10
CFS-T-013-0055 1.3 CFS-T-050-0480 5 CFS-T-100-0680 10
CFS-T-013-0065 1.3 CFS-T-050-0680 5 CFS-T-100-1300 10
CFS-T-013-0085 1.3 CFS-T-075-0085 * 7.5 CFS-T-150-0140 15
CFS-T-013-0120 1.3 CFS-T-075-0095 * 7.5 CFS-T-150-0150 15
CFS-T-013-0240 1.3 CFS-T-075-0100 7.5 CFS-T-150-0165 15
CFS-T-025-0045 2.5 CFS-T-075-0120 7.5 CFS-T-150-0170 15
CFS-T-025-0055 2.5 CFS-T-075-0140 7.5 CFS-T-150-0200 15
CFS-T-025-0065 2.5 CFS-T-075-0150 7.5 CFS-T-150-0210 15
CFS-T-025-0070 2.5 CFS-T-075-0160 7.5 CFS-T-150-0300 15
CFS-T-025-0085 2.5 CFS-T-075-0165 7.5 CFS-T-150-0400 15
CFS-T-025-0100 2.5 CFS-T-075-0170 7.5 CFS-T-150-0840 15
CFS-T-025-0120 2.5 CFS-T-075-0200 7.5 CFS-T-200-0100 20
CFS-T-025-0140 2.5 CFS-T-075-0240 7.5 CFS-T-200-0165 20
CFS-T-025-0170 ** 2.5 CFS-T-075-0280 7.5 CFS-T-200-0170 20
CFS-T-025-0210 2.5 CFS-T-075-0300 * 7.5 CFS-T-200-0200 20
CFS-T-025-0240 2.5 CFS-T-075-0540 7.5 CFS-T-200-0240 20
CFS-T-025-0280 2.5 CFS-T-075-0680 7.5 CFS-T-200-0250 20
CFS-T-050-0055 5 CFS-T-100-0085 10 CFS-T-200-0340 20
CFS-T-050-0065 * 5 CFS-T-100-0090 10 CFS-T-200-0500 20
CFS-T-050-0075 * 5 CFS-T-100-0100 10 CFS-T-200-1000 20
CFS-T-050-0080 5 CFS-T-100-0115 10 CFS-T-320-0175 32
CFS-T-050-0085 5 CFS-T-100-0120 10 CFS-T-320-0280 32
CFS-T-050-0095 * 5 CFS-T-100-0135 * 10 CFS-T-320-0320 32
CFS-T-050-0110 5 CFS-T-100-0140 10 CFS-T-320-0500 32
CFS-T-050-0120 * 5 CFS-T-100-0150 10 CFS-T-320-0700 32
CFS-T-050-0140 5 CFS-T-100-0170 10 CFS-T-320-1200 32
CFS-T-050-0150 5 CFS-T-100-0200 10 CFS-T-450-0280 45
CFS-T-050-0160 5 CFS-T-100-0220 10 CFS-T-450-0500 45
CFS-T-050-0170 5 CFS-T-100-0250 10 CFS-T-450-0700 45
CFS-T-050-0180 * 5 CFS-T-100-0340 * 10 CFS-T-450-1200 45

Anchors are available in black carbon steel (standard), hot dip galvanised steel, electro-galvanised steel and stainless steel.
Sizes highlighted in green are held standard in stock.
* Standard and hot dipped galvanized anchors held in stock. ** Standard, hot dipped galvanised and stainless steel held in stock.
All other anchors will take a few days longer and any bespoke length may be provided on request.

[Link] 4-6
 Type T - Axial Lifting of Beams
and Walls
Load capacity under vertical axial lift using the CFS Lifting Clutch for walls and
beams.
The values in this table are valid when using the additional reinforcement
shown on the next page.

Length of Cover to Recess Min edge Minimum Permissible axial load

anchor anchor head radius distance element
Concrete strength in N/mm2
thickness
L e R amin s 15 25 35
Load
Part No Group mm mm mm mm mm kN kN kN
60 9.9 12.8 13
CFS-T-013-0120 1.3 120 10 30 390 80 13 13 13
100 13 13 13
80 18.4 23.8 25
CFS-T-025-0170 2.5 170 11 37 540 100 23 25 25
120 25 25 25
120 39.5 50 50
CFS-T-050-0340 5 340 15 47 765 140 46 50 50
160 50 50 50
100 32.8 42 50
CFS-T-050-0480 5 480 15 47 765 120 39.5 50 50
140 46 50 50
160 63.2 75 75
CFS-T-075-0300 7.5 300 15 59 945 180 71 75 75
200 75 75 75
140 55.2 71.3 75
CFS-T-075-0540 7.5 540 15 59 945 160 63.2 75 75
180 71 75 75
200 89.5 100 100
CFS-T-100-0340 10 340 15 59 1100 240 98 100 100
280 100 100 100
160 73.6 95.2 100
CFS-T-100-0680 10 680 15 59 1100 180 83 100 100
200 92 100 100
300 129 150 150
CFS-T-150-0400 15 400 15 80 1250 400 149 150 150
500 150 150 150
300 162 200 200
CFS-T-200-0500 20 500 15 80 1550 400 175 200 200
500 187 200 200
450 282 320 320
CFS-T-320-0700 32 700 23 102 2150 550 312 320 320
680 320 320 320
300 266 320 320
CFS-T-320-1200 32 1200 23 102 2150 350 311 320 320
400 320 320 320
400 355 450 450
CFS-T-450-1200 45 1200 23 102 2400 500 444 450 450
600 450 450 450

Where using two or more anchors, they should be spaced at a minimum distance of 2xamin apart.

4-7 [Link]
Type T - Additional Reinforcement for Axial
Lifting of Beams and Walls
For elements such as walls or beams where the lifting
occurs axially, the reinforcement below must be included
in addition to the mesh or other reinforcement specfified
by the engineer.

SPHERICAL HEAD ANCHORS

Stirrups Edge reinforcement
BSt 500s BSt 500s
nxd Ls d
Part No. Load Group mm mm mm
CFS-T-013 1.3 4 x Ø6 L+300 Ø10
CFS-T-025 2.5 4 x Ø6 L+600 Ø10
CFS-T-050 5 6 x Ø8 L+750 Ø12
CFS-T-075 7.5 6 x Ø10 L+750 Ø12
CFS-T-100 10 6 x Ø10 L+750 Ø16
CFS-T-150 15 8 x Ø10 L+800 Ø16
CFS-T-200 20 8 x Ø10 L+800 Ø16
CFS-T-320 32 8 x Ø12 L+1000 Ø16
CFS-T-450 45 12 x Ø12 L+1000 Ø16

L = Anchor length

The stirrups adjacent to the anchor should be installed as close as possible to the recess former.

[Link] 4-8
 Type T - Angled Lifting
of Beams and Walls
Load capacity under angled lifting up to 45° from vertical
using CFS Lifting Clutch for walls and beams
The values in this table are valid when using additional
reinforcement shown on the next page.

Length of Cover to Recess Min edge Minimum Permissible angel load up to 45°
anchor anchor head radius distance element
Concrete strength in N/mm2
thickness
L e R amin s 15 25 35
Load
Part No Group mm mm mm mm mm kN kN kN
60 9.9 12.8 13
CFS-T-013-0120 1.3 120 10 30 390 80 13 13 13
100 13 13 13
80 18.4 23.8 25
CFS-T-025-0170 2.5 170 11 37 540 100 23 25 25
120 25 25 25
120 39.5 50 50
CFS-T-050-0340 5 340 15 47 765 140 46 50 50
160 50 50 50
100 32.8 42 50
CFS-T-050-0480 5 480 15 47 765 120 39.5 50 50
140 46 50 50
160 63.2 75 75
CFS-T-075-0300 7.5 300 15 59 945 180 71 75 75
200 75 75 75
140 55.2 71.3 75
CFS-T-075-0540 7.5 540 15 59 945 160 63.2 75 75
180 71 75 75
200 89.5 100 100
CFS-T-100-0340 10 340 15 59 1100 240 98 100 100
280 100 100 100
160 73.6 95.2 100
CFS-T-100-0680 10 680 15 59 1100 180 83 100 100
200 92 100 100
300 129 150 150
CFS-T-150-0400 15 400 15 80 1250 400 149 150 150
500 150 150 150
300 162 200 200
CFS-T-200-0500 20 500 15 80 1550 400 175 200 200
500 187 200 200
450 282 320 320
CFS-T-320-0700 32 700 23 102 2150 550 312 320 320
650 320 320 320
300 266 320 320
CFS-T-320-1200 32 1200 23 102 2150 350 311 320 320
400 320 320 320
400 355 450 450
CFS-T-450-1200 45 1200 23 102 2400 500 444 450 450
600 450 450 450

Where using two or more anchors, they should be spaced at a minimum distance of 2xamin apart.

4-9 [Link]
Type T - Additional Reinforcement for
Angled Lifting of Beams and Walls
Load capacity under angled lifting up to 45° from vertical using CFS Lifting Clutch for
walls and beams
The values in theis table are valid when using additional reinforcement shown on the
next page.

Stirrups Edge Angled Lift Reinforcement

reinforcement
BSt 500s BSt 500s BSt 500s
nxd Ls d da c La
Part No Load Group mm mm mm mm mm mm
CFS-T-013 1.3 4 x Ø6 L+450 Ø10 Ø8 25 400
CFS-T-025 2.5 6 x Ø10 L+600 Ø10 Ø10 25 750
CFS-T-050 5 6 x Ø10 L+750 Ø12 Ø16 35 1000
CFS-T-075 7.5 8 x Ø10 L+750 Ø12 Ø16 40 1150
CFS-T-100 10 8 x Ø10 L+750 Ø16 Ø20 50 1300
CFS-T-150 15 8 x Ø10 L+1000 Ø16 2xØ20 80 1500
CFS-T-200 20 10 x Ø12 L+1000 Ø16 2xØ25 80 1500
CFS-T-320 32 10 x Ø16 L+1100 Ø16 2xØ25 80 1500

L = Anchor length

SPHERICAL HEAD ANCHORS

Stirrups Edge Reinforcement Angle Lift Reinforcement

The stirrups adjacent to the anchor

should be installed as close as
possible to the recess former and
then at a spacing of 125mm.
The angle lift reinforcement should
also be placed as close as possible
to the recess former and with
full contact to the anchor in the
opposite direction to the load.

[Link] 4-10
 Type T - Axial or Angled
Lifting of Slabs
Load capacity under axial or angled lifting up to 45° from
vertical using CFS Lifting Clutch for slabs.
The values in this table are valid when using additional
reinforcement shown on the next page.

Length of Cover to Recess Minimum Edge Permissible forces

anchor anchor radius Slab thickness distance
Axial Angle up to Axial or angle up to 45°
head
45°
min Concrete strength in N/mm2
L e R s amin 15 15 25 35
Load
Part No Group mm mm mm mm mm kN kN kN kN
CFS-T-013-0040 40 75 150 7.8 6.2 10 11.8
CFS-T-013-0050 50 85 180 10 8 13 13
1.3 10 30
CFS-T-013-0065 65 100 225 13 10.4 13 13
CFS-T-013-0085 85 120 285 13 10.4 13 13
CFS-T-025-0055 55 95 200 11.2 9 14.5 17.1
CFS-T-025-0065 65 105 230 13.8 11 17.8 21.1
CFS-T-025-0085 2.5 85 11 37 125 290 19.5 15.6 25 25
CFS-T-025-0120 120 160 395 25 20 25 25
CFS-T-025-0140 140 180 455 25 20 25 25
CFS-T-050-0085 85 125 300 20 16 26 30.8
CFS-T-050-0095 95 135 330 23.3 18.6 30 35.5
CFS-T-050-0120 5 120 15 47 160 405 31.7 25.4 41 48.5
CFS-T-050-0180 180 220 585 50 40 50 50
CFS-T-050-0240 240 280 765 50 40 50 50
CFS-T-075-0095 95 135 330 24.5 19.6 31.6 37.4
CFS-T-075-0120 120 160 405 31.3 25 40.4 47.8
CFS-T-075-0140 140 180 465 38.5 30.8 49.9 59
7.5 15 59
CFS-T-075-0170 170 210 555 49.6 39.7 63.7 75
CFS-T-075-0200 200 240 645 63.8 51 75 75
CFS-T-075-0300 300 340 945 75 60 75 75
CFS-T-100-0115 115 155 390 29 23.2 37.5 44.4
CFS-T-100-0150 150 190 495 42 33.6 54.3 64.2
CFS-T-100-0170 170 210 555 50.2 40.2 64.8 76.5
10 15 59
CFS-T-100-0200 200 240 645 63.2 50.6 81.7 96.5
CFS-T-100-0250 250 290 795 87.3 69.8 100 100
CFS-T-100-0340 340 380 1065 100 80 100 100
CFS-T-0150-0140 140 180 465 37.5 30 48.4 57.2
CFS-T-0150-0170 170 210 555 47.3 37.8 61 72.3
CFS-T-0150-0200 15 200 15 80 240 645 62.4 49.9 80.6 95.3
CFS-T-0150-0300 300 340 945 113 90.4 145 150
CFS-T-0150-0400 400 440 1245 150 120 150 150
CFS-T-0200-0200 200 240 645 61.6 49.3 79.5 94
CFS-T-0200-0240 240 280 765 80.5 64.4 103 122
CFS-T-0200-0250 20 250 15 80 290 795 85.5 68.4 110 130
CFS-T-0200-0340 340 380 1065 134 107 174 200
CFS-T-0200-0500 500 540 1545 200 160 200 200
CFS-T-0320-0280 280 330 910 102 81.7 131 155
32 23 102
CFS-T-0320-0320 320 370 1030 124 99.5 160 190

Where using two or more anchors, they should be spaced at a minimum distance of 2xamin apart.

4-11 [Link]
Type T - Additional Reinforcement
for Angled Lifting of Slabs
For slab-type elements where lifting occurs at an angle greater than 30° from
the vertical, the reinforcement below must be included in addition to the
mesh or other reinforcement specified by the engineer.

Additional reinforcement
not required
Reinforcement
required

Use a Type TKA

≤45º Tilt Anchor

SPHERICAL HEAD ANCHORS

Angled Lift Reinforcement
BSt 500s
da c La
Part No Load Group mm
CFS-T-013 1.3 Ø8 25 400
CFS-T-025 2.5 Ø10 25 750
CFS-T-050 5 Ø16 35 1000
CFS-T-075 7.5 Ø16 40 1150
CFS-T-100 10 Ø20 50 1300
CFS-T-150 15 2xØ20 80 1500
CFS-T-200 20 2xØ25 80 1500
CFS-T-320 32 2xØ25 80 1500

Angle Lift Reinforcement The angle lift reinforcement should also be placed as close as possible
to the recess former and with full contact to the anchor in the opposite
direction to the load.
This angled reinforcement may be omitted if the edge distance is
increased to the following:
At Edge distance
fcu = 15N/mm 2
3 x amin
fcu = 25N/mm2 2.5 x amin
fcu = 35N/mm 2
2 x amin

[Link] 4-12
 Type TPA - Spherical
Head Plate Anchors
The Spherical Head Plate Anchor is recommended for all
large thin precast slabs, when the standard short anchor
cannot be adequately anchored.
The minimum element thickness results from the anchor
length, the head cover dimension and the required
concrete cover.
Appropriate measures must be taken to ensure concrete
cover requirements for corrosion protection and also
allow the concrete to flow under the anchor plate.

Min Slab Height of Min edge Cover to Recess Additional 30º degrees from vertical
thickness anchor distance anchor radius Reinforcement
Concrete strength in N/mm2
amin head
s H e R ds Ls 15 25
Load
Part No Group mm mm mm mm mm mm mm kN kN
CFS-TPA-025-055 85 55 280 8 200 10.8 14
CFS-TPA-025-085 2.5 115 85 500 11 37 10 250 17 21
CFS-TPA-025-120 150 120 500 10 300 25 25
CFS-TPA-050-055 90 55 500 12 14 18.6
CFS-TPA-050-065 100 65 500 12 16 20.8
5 15 47 450
CFS-TPA-050-095 125 95 500 12 28 35
CFS-TPA-050-110 145 110 500 12 34 43.8
CFS-TPA-100-115 10 150 115 640 15 59 16 600 34.5 44.5

Anchors are available in black carbon steel (standard), hot dip galvanised steel.
Where using two or more anchors, they should be spaced at a minimum distance of 2xamin apart.

4-13 [Link]
 eht fo yrtemm
c iP

daol eht fo eld o sixa eht no denoitisop e ol a ot dengised si )93 eru

elbat( Nk023
88
07
07
64
64

0,05
]mm[
63

0,05
63

0,05
62

0,52
91

0,52
0,52
AØ
0511
689
528
766
466
664
604

]mm[
862
722

ys f
dim e

0,84
0,64
ot Nk31 fo eg

0,44
Type TSG - Spherical

0,52
0,52
L

0,52
3102/92/01

h t
023
002
051
001

n
Head Cranked Anchor

57

puorg
05

o
04

]Nk[

d aoL
52
31

0,83
0,53
d

0,23
5,32
6,22
4,91
e n

nar eht ni ecr

o
31954
40134

i
20134
00134

t
69034
49034

isop eb tsum
29034

t cudor P
09034
88034
The cranked lifting anchor differs from the standard

.on

6,42
3,22
1,02
dezinavlag p

5,21
5,21
spherical head lifting anchor only by its cranked shape.

6,11
1,01
This special shape permits installation of this anchor in,

of da
b tsum
VT-0511-023
for example, sandwich panels.

VT-

ge
VT-528-051-G
VT
VT-466-570-G
VT-664-050-G

1,91
VT-604-040-G

3,71
VT-862-520-G

6,51
VT-722-310-

6,11
3,01
l
-
6

0,9
id

8,7
7
8

o
The foot of the anchor is installed within the middle of

6
9

h
toh GST
6

d
-

c
noitpircseD tcudorP
-
0

a
0

n
the loadbearing layer of the panel, whilst the anchor head

e
0

a
2

h
1
-GST
-GST

e
-
is positioned at the centroid. This allows the panel to be

r
93 erutciP

6,51
devreser sno

1,41
h

7,21
o
ST

G
ST

5,9
t

4,8
ST

4,7
ST

4,6
ST
ST

refsnart daol
ST

c
lifted vertically. Spalling of the concrete during erecting,

n a ehT .slenap
21954
30134
10134
79034
lifting and assembly operations is avoided.

59034
39034
19034
98034
78034

ROHCNA TE
.on

061
051
041
031
021
011
If the element is produced with the front layer on top, the

001
itaretla

dradnats GS
element may only be lifted with a tilting table. Please consult

efas a erusne

tcip( ro
0511-023-GS

with CFS for pitching capacities. The positioning of several

689-002-GST

05
h
528-051-GST
766-001-GST
466-570-GST

52
664-050-GST

c
604-040-GST
862-520-GST
722-310-GST

iw
h
connector pins in the vicinity of the anchor is beneficial.

noitpircseD

SFFO – GST
c
d
n
n
T

a
a

042-050-AKT

071-520-AKT
s
Diagonal/Angled Pull lifts are not permitted, therefore a

G
n
oT .)14

S
T

i de su
T ehT
spreader beam or other provision must be made to ensure
only axial lifting is [Link] are available in black
carbon steel (standard) and hot dip galvanised steel.

Min Edge Element thickness Length of anchor Offset Permissible axial forces

SPHERICAL HEAD ANCHORS

distance amin Concrete strength 25N/
d L a
mm2
Part No Load Group mm mm mm mm kN
CFS-TSG-013-227 1.3 130 80 227 50 13
CFS-TSG-025-268 2.5 185 100 268 50 25
CFS-TSG-040-406 4 320 100 406 60 40
CFS-TSG-050-466 5 410 100 466 60 50
CFS-TSG-075-664 7.5 605 120 664 70 75
CFS-TSG-100-667 10 610 140 667 70 100
CFS-TSG-150-825 15 750 180 825 90 150
CFS-TSG-200-986 20 1015 200 986 90 200
CFS-TSG-320-1150 32 1500 240 1150 150 320

Anchors are available in black carbon steel (standard) and hot dip galvanised steel.
Where using two or more anchors, they should be spaced at a minimum distance of 2xamin apart.

[Link] 4-14
 Type TKS - Rod Lifting Anchor
The rod lifting anchor is used in very thin walls and the
webs of precast beams. Brick faced precast panels can
also be lifted using this anchor.
This anchor consists of a ribbed round steel bar with
a forged head. The anchor forces are tranferred solely
via the ribs of the steel bar into the concrete of the
prefabricated element.
Anchors are available in black carbon steel (standard)
and hot dip galvanised steel.

Part No Load Group Stirrups Edge Angled Lift Reinforcement

BSt 500s reinforcement BSt 500s
BSt 500s
nxd Ls d da c La

CFS-TKS-025-0400 2.5 8 x Ø8 550 Ø10 Ø10 25 600

CFS-TKS-025-0520 2.5 10 x Ø8 670 Ø10 Ø10 25 600
CFS-TKS-050-0580 5 10 x Ø10 700 Ø12 Ø12 35 1000
CFS-TKS-050-0900 5 16 x Ø10 800 Ø12 Ø12 35 1000
CFS-TKS-075-0750 7.5 14 x Ø10 750 Ø16 Ø20 40 1000
CFS-TKS-075-1150 7.5 20 x Ø10 900 Ø16 Ø20 40 1000
CFS-TKS-100-0870 10 16 x Ø10 800 Ø16 Ø20 50 1150
CFS-TKS-100-1300 10 22 x Ø10 950 Ø16 Ø20 50 1150
CFS-TKS-150-1080 15 18 x Ø12 1050 Ø16 Ø25 80 1200
CFS-TKS-150-1550 15 26 x Ø12 1200 Ø16 Ø25 80 1200

Stirrups Edge Reinforcement Angle Lift Reinforcement

The stirrups adjacent to the anchor

should be installed as close as
possible to the recess former and
then at a spacing of 150mm.
The angle lift reinforcement should
also be placed as close as possible
to the recess former and with
full contact to the anchor in the
opposite direction to the load.

4-15 [Link]
Type O - Eye Lifting Anchor
The Eye Lifting Anchor is used whenever, due to special The reinforcement bars of ribbed steel
circumstances, the load transfer through an anchor foot must be bent to an angle of 30°. End hooks are not
is not possible. It is mainly designed for the use in slender required. The length E can be reduced with the end
reinforced concrete elements, e.g. beams. It is also hooks (see EN 1045).
suitable for lightweight concrete elements.
For an angled lift it is necessary to use additional
The Eye Lifting Anchor is designed so that the total reinforcement similar to that installed with a T-Type
anchor force is transferred into the concrete via a anchor.
reinforcement bar. This reinforcement bar is installed so
that it is firmly fixed in the anchor hole and in contact Anchors are available in black carbon steel (standard)
with it. The additional reinforcement should be as and hot dip galvanised steel
described in the table below.

SPHERICAL HEAD ANCHORS

Length of Diameter Minimum Minimum Permissible Permissible angled Reinforcement dimensions
anchor of hole element edge axial load load up to 45°
E Øe
thickness distance amin
Concrete strength in N/mm2
L ØC s 15 15 25 15 25 35 15
Load
Part No Group mm mm mm mm kN kN kN mm mm mm mm
CFS-O-013-065 1.3 65 9 80 250 13 10.4 13 700 600 450 8
CFS-O-025-090 2.5 90 13 80 300 25 20 25 1100 800 650 10
CFS-O-050-120 5 120 18 100 375 50 40 50 1700 1400 1100 16
CFS-O-100-180 10 180 25 140 600 100 80 100 2000 1600 1300 20
CFS-O-200-250 20 250 37 180 750 200 160 200 3000 2400 2000 32
CFS-O-320-300 32 300 47 260 1000 320 256 320 3800 2700 2200 40

Where using two or more anchors, they should be spaced at a minimum distance of 2xamin apart.

[Link] 4-16
 Type TKS - Additional
Reinforcement
Part No Load Group Length of Edge distance Minimum Permissible axial load Permissible angled load
anchor element up to 45°
thickness
min Concrete strength in N/mm2
L amin s 15 25 15 25
mm mm mm kN kN kN kN
90 25 25 20 25
CFS-TKS-025-0400 400 100 25 25 20 25
2.5 460
120 25 25 20 25
CFS-TKS-025-0520 520 100 25 25 20 25
120 44.2 50 35.3 50
CFS-TKS-050-0580 580 140 47 50 37.6 50
5 675
160 50 50 40 50
CFS-TKS-050-0900 900 120 50 50 40 50
140 70 75 56 75
CFS-TKS-075-0750 750
7.5 875 160 75 75 60 75
CFS-TKS-075-1150 1150 140 75 75 60 75
CFS-TKS-100-0870 870 160 95 100 76 100
10 1025
CFS-TKS-100-1300 1300 160 100 100 80 100
CFS-TKS-150-1080 1080 200 144 150 115 150
15 1250
CFS-TKS-150-1550 1550 200 150 150 150 150

4-17 [Link]
Type TKA - Tilt Anchor
The CFS Tilt-up anchor is used for the erection and
transport of thin precast concrete elements (walls,
beams). It is especially suitable for production without a
tilting table. Special care must be taken when installing
the anchor to ensure that the tilt-up anchor is installed in
the direction of tilt.
The anchor is cast in the concrete by means of a special
recess formers (RBK) and should be used with a CFS
Lifting Clutch. Care should be taken that the tongue of
the CFS Lifting Clutch points in the direction of lift. Due
to the special geometry of the tilt-up anchor, the CFS
Lifting Eye bears on the anchor and not the concrete.
Additional reinforcement must be used around the
anchor to allow pitching.

Shear or Angled Lifting of Slabs

SPHERICAL HEAD ANCHORS

Shear Load Angled Load

Length Minimum Minimum Permissible shear load Permissible angled load Permissible angled load
of anchor element Edge
up to 45° up to 15°
thickness Distance
amin Concrete strength in N/mm2
L s 15 25 35 15 25 35 15 25 35
Load
Part No Group mm mm mm kN kN kN kN kN kN kN kN kN
80 765 2.4 3 3.6 8 10 12 9 11 13
CFS-TKA-013-120 1.3 120 100 765 3.4 4 4.6 10 12 13 11 12 13
120 765 4.4 5 5.6 12 13 13 12.5 13 13
100 765 6.4 7.8 10.1 18 24 25 17.7 25 25
110 765 7.4 9 11.6 18 24 25 19.4 25 25
CFS-TKA-025-170 2.5 170
120 765 8.4 10.3 12.5 19 25 25 22.6 25 25
130 765 9.5 11.6 12.5 19 25 25 23.5 25 25
140 765 12.7 15.6 20.1 31 42 50 32 44 50
CFS-TKA-050-240 5 240 150 765 14.1 17.3 22.3 33 44 50 35 46 50
160 765 15.6 19.1 24.6 35 46 50 38 48 50

Where using two or more anchors, they should be spaced at a minimum distance of 2xamin apart.

[Link] 4-18
 Type TKA - Additional
Reinforcement for Shear
Lifting of Beams and Walls
Reinforcement 1 Reinforcement 2

Mesh Reinforcement 1 Reinforcement 2

reinforcement
da1 L (straight) L (bent) da1 L1
Part No Load Group mm /m 2
mm
CFS-TKA-013-120 1.3 131 10 1035 500 10 500
CFS-TKA-025-170 2.5 131 10 1635 800 10 500
CFS-TKA-050-240 5 2 x 131 12 2240 1100 12 750

Type TKA - Recess

Formers
The TKA must be fixed in the mould using a specific
RBK recess former. This retains the anchor securely in
position during the concrete pour. The IPK is mounted in
the RBK in order to stabilise the RBK druing pouring and
hardening

RBK Part IPK Part Load L H B

No No Group
mm
CFS-RBK-13 CFS-IPK-13 1.3 70 32 49
CFS-RBK-25 CFS-IPK-25 2.5 86 38 60
CFS-RBK-50 CFS-IPK-50 5 110 53 78

4-19 [Link]
Recess Formers for
Spherical Head Anchors
The installation of the Spherical-Head Lifting Anchor is The load group is also marked on the top of the former.
achieved with the help of a semispherical recess former. The recess former is fixed to the formwork by means
This enables the simple and secure positioning, as well of either a bolt (timber) or a magnet (steel). The recess
as the recessed setting of the lifting anchor. Additionally formers are produced from reusable materials e.g. rubber
the dimensions of the recess former ensure that only the or steel.
correct lifting clutch can be used.

Standard recess former - type RB R

Part No Load Group mm
The Rubber Recess formers are produced from stable
shape, oil and temperature (120 °C) resistant rubber and CFS-RB-013 1.3 30

can be used repeatedly. CFS-RB-025 2.5 37

CFS-RB-040/050 5 47
The CFS-RB recess former is used with the T anchor, CFS-RB-075 7.5 60
O anchor, TPA anchor, TKS anchor and TSG anchor. CFS-RB-100 10 60
CFS-RB-150 15 80
CFS-RB-200 20 80
CFS-RB-320/450 32/45 108

SPHERICAL HEAD ANCHORS

Narrow recess former - type NRB R n o
Part No Load Group mm
The Rubber Recess Formers are produced from stable
shape, oil and temperature (120 °C) resistant rubber and CFS-NRB-013 1.3 30 47 37

can be used repeatedly. CFS-NRB-025 2.5 37 59 44

CFS-NRB-050 5 47 78 60
The CFS-SRB recess former is used with the T anchor, CFS-NRB-075 7.5 60 97 77
O anchor, TPA anchor, TKS anchor and TSG anchor. CFS-NRB-100 10 60 97 77
Is often used for thin elements such as panels.

[Link] 4-20
 Recess Formers for
Spherical Head Anchors M

Fixing accessories for mould formers - IP and IPDV IP type

There are two types of fixing accessories.

H = 100mm
Use either a projecting stud with a wing nut (IPDV) or an
internal plate with a threaded hole (IP).
IPDV type

Fixing Plate with Threaded Rod Load Group Thread

Fixing Plate and Wing Nut
IP Part No IPDV Part No mm
CFS-IP-013 CFS-IPDV-13 1.3 M8
CFS-IP-025 CFS-IPDV-025 2.5 M10
CFS-IP-050 CFS-IPDV-050 5 M10
CFS-IP-075/100 CFS-IPDV-075/100 7.5/10 M12
CFS-IP-150/200 CFS-IPDV-150/200 15/20 M12
CFS-IP-320 CFS-IPDV-320 32 M16

Recess former with magnet type MPS and securing rings type RRM
The MPS recess former is made from stainless steel and used with the T anchor, O anchor, TPA anchor, TKS anchor and
TSG anchor. When these anchors are used a rubber ring RRM must be used to secure the anchor head firmly in the
magnetic former.

Magnetic Recess Former Rubber Ring

Magnetic Recess Former Rubber Ring ØD B ØM ØC D d t
Part No Part No Load Group mm
CFS-MPS-13 CFS-RRM-13 1.3 66.5 11 M12 20 21 10 11
CFS-MPS-25 CFS-RRM-25 2.5 80 11 M12 30 31 14 12
CFS-MPS-50 CFS-RRM-50 5 100 13 M12 37 38 20 14
CFS-MPS-100 CFS-RRM-100 100 129 16 M16 48 49 28 20

MPS – Round Magnet Recess Former RRM – Rubber Rings

4-21 [Link]
Spherical Head Anchor
Lifting Devices
The spherical head lifting anchor system has long been
in use for hoisting, transporting and assembling concrete
elements.
The anchor is secured in the concrete by means of a rubber
former. Once the concrete has cured, the former can be
removed from the element mould. The design of the clutch
ensures safe and tight connection to the anchor.

Lifting Clutches - Type H2

Electrolytically zinc-plated, with test certificate. B
A

SPHERICAL HEAD ANCHORS

The universal lifting clutch is made of wearresistant and
age-resistant steel. This hook can also be used for tilting.
Permitted load
The spherical ball fits exactly in the concrete cavity.
Thanks to the weight distribution, it is impossible for the
ball on the lifting clutch to come loose from the anchor C
when under load. This means that no separate locking
mechanism is necessary. G

The lifting clutch hook is delivered standard with an

individual certificate in accordance with European
standards, so that for each year the user need only carry
out a regular visual inspection.
After the lifting clutch has been tested with a test load of D
three times the authorised load, it is given an individual FF E
number which corresponds to the number on the test
certificate.

A B C D E F G
Part No Load Group mm
CFS-H2-013 1.3 48 77 60 55 40 32 165
CFS-H2-025 2.5 5 92 75 68 55 42 205
CFS-H2-050 5 68 121 86 88 64 57 240
CFS-H2-075/100 10 84 170 110 108 90 77 346
CFS-H2-150/200 20 124 230 140 146 118 115 520
CFS-H2-320 32 155 303 175 195 160 155 590
CFS-H2-450 45 155 303 175 195 160 155 590

[Link] 4-22
 Anchor Lifting
and Turning Devices
This is designed so that large elements can be rotated
about their centre of gravity making handling of the units
simplified. Ideal for products such as pipes or culverts
available in the weight range 1.3 t to 32 t.
For anchor selection and applied reinforcement, please
consult CFS for your particular application.

A. Before Installation B. After Installation

Pipe Culvert
Turning on C.O.G. point

4-23 [Link]
 SPHERICAL HEAD ANCHORS

[Link] 4-24
 Quick Lift Anchors

5-1 [Link]
Contents
Anchor Types 5-3

Type FSA - Spread Anchor 5-4

Type FSA - Load Capacities for Slabs and

Thick Walled Products 5-5

Type FSA - Load Capacities for Thin Walled Products 5-6

Type FTH - Two Hole Anchor 5-8

Type FTH - Load Capacity and Additional

Reinforcement Requirements 5-9

Type FE - Tilting Anchor 5-11

Tilting Anchor Load Capacity and Additional

Reinforcement Requirements 5-12

Type FFA - Flat Foot Anchor 5-13

Type FFA - Capacity and Additional Reinforcement

QUICK LIFT ANCHORS

Requirements 5-14

Type FPA - Plate Anchor 5-15

Flat Plate Anchor Capacity and Additional

Reinforcement Requirements 5-16

Quick Lift Clutch 5-17

Rubber Recess Former Bayonet 5-18

Holding Plate 5-19

Holding Screw 5-19

10
[Link] 5-2
 Anchor Types
Spread anchor type FSA Flat foot anchor type FFA
Suitable for load ranges 0.7 t to 22.0 t for use in both This anchor is intended for use in slabs.
thin panels and slabs. The additional hole in the anchor Additional reinforcement is placed over the
is for additional reinforcement which is used in certain foot of the anchor.
special applications.

Two hole anchor type FTH Plate anchor type FPA

Suitable for load ranges 0.7 t to 22.0 t similar to the This anchor is suitable for use in the thinnest of slabs.
spread anchor, except this anchor utilises additional Additional reinforcement is placed over the flat plate
reinforcement passed through the hole for anchorage. of the anchor.

Erection anchor type FE

This anchor is designed for tilting panels from the
horizontal to the vertical. The anchor head is designed
so that loads are not transferred to the upper part of
the concrete surface. This avoiding spalling.

5-3 [Link]
Type FSA - Spread Anchor
The lifting anchor is made of St 52-3 steel with an additional
hole. The stress transfer to the concrete occurs through the a c
lower spead of the flat steel. It provides optimum anchoring
whether used in thin walls or large concrete units.

b
d

Part No Load Group Dimensions

a b c d
mm
CFS-FSA-0.7-110 110 5
CFS-FSA-1.4-110 110 6
CFS-FSA-1.4-160 160 6
CFS-FSA-2.0-130 130 8
CFS-FSA-2.0-160 160 8
2.5 30 14
CFS-FSA-2.0-210 210 8

QUICK LIFT ANCHORS

CFS-FSA-2.5-120 120 10
CFS-FSA-2.5-150 150 10
CFS-FSA-2.5-200 200 10
CFS-FSA-2.5-250 250 10
CFS-FSA-3.0-160 160 10
CFS-FSA-3.0-220 220 10
CFS-FSA-3.0-280 280 10
CFS-FSA-4.0-140 140 10
CFS-FSA-4.0-180 180 10
5 40 18
CFS-FSA-4.0-240 240 12
CFS-FSA-4.0-320 320 12
CFS-FSA-5.0-180 180 15
CFS-FSA-5.0-240 240 15
CFS-FSA-5.0-400 400 15
CFS-FSA-7.5-260 260 16
CFS-FSA-7.5-300 300 16
CFS-FSA-7.5-420 420 16
10 60 27
CFS-FSA-10-300 300 20
CFS-FSA-10-370 370 20
CFS-FSA-10-520 520 20
CFS-FSA-14-370 370 20
CFS-FSA-14-460 460 20
26 60 35
CFS-FSA-22-500 500 20
CFS-FSA-22-620 620 20

[Link] 5-4
 Type FSA - Load Capacities for
Slabs and Thick Walled Products
Load capacity and installation dimensions for large-area precast elements or concrete beams
Part No Permissible axial Minimum Minimum Spacing Minimum thickness of beam
load kN thickness of
precast unit
c b 2xa
Concrete strength in N/mm2 Concrete strength in N/mm2
15 25 15 25 35
mm mm mm
CFS-FSA-0.7-110 7 145 390 280 70 70 70
CFS-FSA-1.4-110 14 145 390 380 110 80 70
CFS-FSA-2.0-130 20 165 460 460 150 110 90
CFS-FSA-2.0-160 20 195 660 660 120 80 80
CFS-FSA-2.5-150 25 185 530 530 180 130 100
CFS-FSA-2.5-200 25 235 730 700 130 90 70
CFS-FSA-3.0-160 30 195 560 560 210 150 120
CFS-FSA-3.0-220 30 255 700 700 160 120 100
CFS-FSA-4.0-180 40 215 630 630 280 200 160
CFS-FSA-4.0-240 40 275 840 840 200 140 110
CFS-FSA-5.0-180 50 215 630 630 380 270 220
CFS-FSA-5.0-240 50 275 840 840 270 190 150
CFS-FSA-7.5-260 75 300 910 910 420 300 240
CFS-FSA-7.5-300 75 340 1050 1050 360 250 200
CFS-FSA-10-300 100 340 1050 1050 540 380 300
CFS-FSA-10-370 100 410 1300 1300 420 300 240
CFS-FSA-14-370 140 410 1300 1300 700 500 400
CFS-FSA-14-460 140 500 1610 1610 530 380 300
CFS-FSA-22-500 220 540 1750 1750 900 640 520
CFS-FSA-22-620 220 660 2170 2170 700 500 400
TECHNICAL MANUAL – 2D SYSTEM
Minimum edge distance = b/2 2D-VERSION 06-2013
If the lift is an angled pull β≥30° in a panel or wall, additional reinforcement will be required. Please also include the
“Angled
LOAD Pull” reinforcement
CAPACITY, as directed
INSTALLATION on page 6-7
DIMENSIONS FORforLARGE-AREA
thin panels. PRECAST ELEMENTS OR CONCRETE BEAMS

When the load is towards the narrow edge,

reinforcement for angled pull is necessary.
Picture 33 Picture 34
Table 15
Minimum Minimum spacing Minimum thickness of beam
Anchor between centre „b” „2 x a”
Load thickness of
length
Designation range precast unit fcu ≥ fcu ≥ fcu ≥ fcu ≥ fcu ≥ fcu ≥
„L”
„c” 15N/mm² 25N/mm² 35N/mm² 15N/mm² 25N/mm² 35N/mm²
5-5 [Link]
[mm] [t] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Load group 2,5t (0,7t – 2,5t)
SA-B 0.7 T – 110 110 0,7 145 390 280 280 70 70 70
Type FSA - Load Capacities
for Thin Walled Products
TECHNICAL
TECHNICAL
TECHNICAL
MANUAL
MANUAL
– MANUAL
2D –SYSTEM
2D SYSTEM
– 2D SYSTEM
2D-VERSION
2D-VERSION
06-2013
2D-VERSION
06-2013 06-2013

Load capacity and installation dimensions for thin panels and walls
LOADLOAD
CAPACITY,
CAPACITY,
LOAD CAPACITY,
INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION
DIMENSIONS
DIMENSIONS
DIMENSIONS
FOR FOR
THIN-WALLED
THIN-WALLED
FOR THIN-WALLED
PRECAST
PRECAST
ELEMENTS
PRECAST
ELEMENTS
ELEMENTS

Picture
Picture
35 Picture
35 35 Picture
Picture
36 Picture
36 36 Picture
Picture
37 Picture
37 37
Axial or angled
Without load
Without tails tails tails Angled load 45° ≤ β ≤ 30°
β=30°
up toreinforcement
reinforcement
Without
reinforcement
With reinforcement
With reinforcement
With reinforcement
tails placed
tails placed
as
tails
close
placed
as close
to astoclose to
the recess
the recess
former
the recess
former
as possible
former
as possible
as possible
For thin-walled precast elements, additional edge reinforcement and link reinforcement is required. For Table Table
16 16
angled Table
lift 16
SpacingSpacingSpacingMinimum Minimum
thickness
Minimum
thickness
of thickness
precast
of precast
unit
of precast
unit unit
100% 100%
F permF100%
perm
80%F Fperm
80%
perm
F perm
80% F perm
where β > 30°, angled pull reinforcement
L between
L between
bar
Lanchor
between
is also used. The“2angled
anchor anchor x a”
“2 x a”pull
“2 xreinforcement
a” is insertedPull
Pull Pull Angled
inAngled
an opposite
pull Angled
pull pull
direction Designation
to the load. The type of mesh
Designation
Designation "present
centrecentre
b " "centreis≥"determined
b f"cu b "
fcu≥ 15N/mm²
15N/mm² by
fcu≥ f15N/mm²the permanent
fcu≥ 25N/mm²
cu≥ 25N/mm² fcu≥ f25N/mm² works
fcu≥ 35N/mm²
cu≥ 35N/mm² engineer.
(β≤30°)
fcu≥ 35N/mm² (β≤30°) (β≤30°)
(β>30°)
(β>30°) (β>30°)
[mm] [mm] [mm]
[mm][mm] [mm][mm] [mm] [mm]
[mm] [mm] [mm][mm] [mm] [mm]
[kN] [kN] [kN]
[kN] [kN] [kN]
Lifting with Axial Pull
Load Load
groupgroup
2,5t
Load (0,7t
2,5t
group
–(0,7t
2,5t)
2,5t
– 2,5t)
(0,7t – 2,5t)
Part No Permissible Minimum Minimum thickness of Link reinforcement Edge
SA-B SA-B
0.7 T –0.7
SA-B
110
T – 0.7
110T – 110 110 110 330
110 330 330 70 70 70 60 60 60 60 60 60 7,0 7,0 7,05,6 5,6 5,6
axial load Spacing unit nxØxL reinforcement
SA-B SA-B
1.4 T –1.4
SA-B
110
T – 1.4
110T – 110 110 110 330
110 330 330 80 80 80 70 70 70 70 70 70 14 14 14
11,2 11,2 11,2
b 2xa
SA-B SA-B
1.4 T -1.4
SA-B
160T - 160
1.4 T - 160 160 160 480
160 480 480 80 80 80 70 70 70 70 70 70 14 14 14
11,2 11,2 11,2

QUICK LIFT ANCHORS

SA-B SA-B
2.0T –2.0T
SA-B
130 – 130
2.0T – 130 130 130 390
130 390 390 110 110 110 90Concrete
90 strength
90 80 80 mm20
80 20 2016 mm16 16
in N/mm2
SA-B SA-B
2.0T –2.0T
SA-B
160 – 160
2.0T – 160 160 160 480
160 480 480 110 110 110 90 90 90 80 80 80 20 20 2016 16 16
SA-B SA-B
2.0T –2.0T
SA-B
210 – 210
2.0T – 210 210 210 630
210 630 630 110 110 110 9015 90 2590 80 3580 80 20 20 2016 16 16
SA-B SA-B
2.5T –2.5T
SA-B
150 – 150
2.5T – 150 150 150 450
150
kN 450 450 120 mm
120 120 90mm90 90 80 80 80 25 25 2520 20 20
SA-B SA-B
2.5T –2.5T
CFS-FSA-0.7-110SA-B
200 – 200
2.5T – 200 200 200 600
200
7 600 600 120 330
120 120 9070 90 6090 80 6080 80
2 x 25 25
Ø6 x 400 2520 Ø206 20
SA-B SA-B
2.5T –2.5T
CFS-FSA-1.4-110SA-B
250 – 250
2.5T – 250 250 250 750
250
14 750 750 120 330
120 120 9080 90 7090 80 7080 80
2 x 25 25
Ø6 x 400 2520 Ø206 20
Load Load
groupgroup
CFS-FSA-1.4-1605t
Load
(3,0t-5,0t)
5t
group
(3,0t-5,0t)
5t (3,0t-5,0t) 14 480 80 70 70 2 x Ø6 x 400 Ø6
SA-B SA-B
3.0T –
CFS-FSA-2.0-1303.0T
SA-B
160 – 160
3.0T – 160 160 160 480
160
20 480 480 160 390
160 160 100
110100 100
90 90 8090 90
2 x 30 30
Ø6 x 500 3024 Ø246 24
SA-B SA-B
3.0T –3.0T
SA-B
220 – 220
3.0T – 220 220 220 600
220 600 600 120 120 120 100 100 100 90 90 90 30 30 3024 24 24
CFS-FSA-2.0-160 20 480 110 90 80 2 x Ø6 x 500 Ø6
SA-B SA-B
3.0T –3.0T
SA-B
280 – 280
3.0T – 280 280 280 840
280 840 840 120 120 120 100 100 100 90 90 90 30 30 3024 24 24
CFS-FSA-2.0-210 20 630 110 90 80 2 x Ø6 x 500 Ø6
SA-B SA-B
4.0T –4.0T
SA-B
180 – 180
4.0T – 180 180 180 540
180 540 540 210 210 210 130 130 130 100 100 100 40 40 4032 32 32
CFS-FSA-2.5-150 25 450 120 90 80 2 x Ø8 x 600 Ø8
SA-B SA-B
4.0T –4.0T
SA-B
240 – 240
4.0T – 240 240 240 720
240 720 720 150 150 150 120 120 120 100 100 100 40 40 4032 32 32
CFS-FSA-2.5-200
SA-B SA-B
4.0T –4.0T
SA-B
320 – 320
4.0T – 320 320 320 25
960
320 960 600
960 150 150 120
150 120 120 90
120 80
100 100 2 x 40
100 Ø8 x 600
40 4032 Ø328 32
CFS-FSA-2.5-250
SA-B SA-B
5.0T –5.0T
SA-B
180 – 180
5.0T – 180 180 180 25 540
540
180 540 350 750
350 120210
350 210 90
210 150 80150 2 x 50
150 Ø8 x 600
50 5040 Ø408 40
CFS-FSA-3.0-160
SA-B SA-B
5.0T –5.0T
SA-B
240 – 240
5.0T – 240 240 240 30 720
720
240 720 180 480
180 160150
180 150 100
150 120 90120 2 x 50
120 Ø8 x 700
50 5040 Ø408 40
SA-B SA-B
5.0T –5.0T
CFS-FSA-3.0-220SA-B
400 – 400
5.0T – 400 400 400 1200
400
30 1200 1200180 600
180 180 150
120150 150 120 90120
100 120
2 x 50 50
Ø8 x 700 5040 Ø408 40
Load Load
groupgroup
10t
CFS-FSA-3.0-280Load
(5,3t-10t)
10t
group
(5,3t-10t)
10t (5,3t-10t) 30 840 120 100 90 2 x Ø8 x 700 Ø8
SA-B SA-B
5.3T –5.3T
CFS-FSA-4.0-180SA-B
220 – 220
5.3T – 220 220 220 660
220
40 660 660 350 540
350 350 210
210210 210 150 100
130 150 150
2 x 53 53
Ø8 x 800 53
42,4 42,4
Ø8 42,4
SA-B SA-B
5.3T –5.3T
CFS-FSA-4.0-240SA-B
260 – 260
5.3T – 260 260 260 780
260
40 780 780 180 720
180 180 150
150150 150 120 100
120 120 120
2 x 53 53
Ø8 x 800 53
42,4 42,4
Ø8 42,4
SA-B SA-B
5.3T –
CFS-FSA-4.0-3205.3T
SA-B
340 – 340
5.3T – 340 340 340 1020
340
40 1020 1020180 960
180 180 150
150150 150
120 120 120
100 120 53 53
2 x Ø8 x 800 53
42,4 42,4
Ø8 42,4
SA-B SA-B
7.5T –7.5T
CFS-FSA-5.0-180SA-B
260 – 260
7.5T – 260 260 260 780
260
50 780 780 340 540
340 340 200
350200 200 150 150
210 150 150
2 x 75
Ø10 x75
800 7560 Ø6010 60
SA-B SA-B
7.5T –7.5T
SA-B
300 – 300
7.5T – 300 300 300 900
300 900 900 240 240 240 160 160 160 140 140 140 75 75 7560 60 60
CFS-FSA-5.0-240 50 720 180 150 120 2 x Ø10 x 800 Ø 10
SA-B SA-B
7.5T –7.5T
SA-B
420 – 420
7.5T – 420 420 420 1260
420 1260 1260200 200 200 160 160 160 140 140 140 75 75 7560 60 60
CFS-FSA-5.0-400 50 1200 180 150 120 2 x Ø10 x 800 Ø 10
SA-B SA-B
10.0T 10.0T
SA-B
– 300 –10.0T
300 – 300 300 300 900
300 900 900 450 450 450 270 270 270 190 190 190100 100 10080 80 80
CFS-FSA-7.5-260 75 780 340 200 150 4 x Ø10 x 800 Ø 10
SA-B SA-B
10.0T 10.0T
SA-B
– 370 –10.0T
370 – 370 370 370 1110
370 1110 1110270 270 270 190 190 190 160 160 160100 100 10080 80 80
CFS-FSA-7.5-300
SA-B SA-B
10.0T 10.0T
SA-B
– 520 –10.0T
520 – 520 520 520 75
1560
520 1560 1560250 900
250 240
250 190 190 160
190 140
160 160 160x100
4 Ø10 x100
800 10080 Ø8010 80
CFS-FSA-7.5-420
Load Load
groupgroup
26t
Load(12,5t-26t)
26t
group
(12,5t-26t)
26t (12,5t-26t) 75 1260 200 160 140 4 x Ø10 x 800 Ø 10
CFS-FSA-10-300
SA-B SA-B
14.0T 14.0T
SA-B
– 370 –14.0T
370 – 370 370 370 100 1110
1110
370 1110610 900
610 450360
610 360 270
360 260 190
260 6 x140
260 Ø10 x140
1000 140
112 Ø 12
112 112
CFS-FSA-10-370
SA-B SA-B
14.0T 14.0T
SA-B
– 460 –14.0T
460 – 460 460 460 100
1380
460 1380 1380350 1110
350 270
350 210 210 190
210 170 160
170 6 x Ø10 x
170140 140 1000 140
112 Ø 12
112 112
CFS-FSA-10-520
SA-B SA-B
22.0T 22.0T
SA-B
– 500 –22.0T
500 – 500 500 500 100 1500
1500
500 1500760 1560
760 250460
760 460 190
460 340 160
340 6 x220
340 Ø10 x220
1000 220
176 Ø 12
176 176
SA-B SA-B
22.0T 22.0T
CFS-FSA-14-370 SA-B
– 620 –22.0T
620 – 620 620 620 1860
620
140 1860 1860450 1110
450 450 280
610280 280 240 260
360 240 240
6 x220
Ø10 x220
1000 220
176 Ø
176
16 176
CFS-FSA-14-460 140 1380 350 210 170 6 x Ø10 x 1000 Ø 16
alterations
alterations
CFS-FSA-22-500reserved
alterations
reserved
reserved 220 10/29/2013
10/29/2013
1500 10/29/2013
760 460 340 8 x Ø10 x 1200 PagePage
19Ø 1619
Page 19
CFS-FSA-22-620 220 1860 450 280 240 8 x Ø10 x 1200 Ø 16

Minimum edge distance = b/2

Please see next page for arrangement of additional reinforcement and also angled pull capacities.

[Link] 5-6
 Type FSA - Load Capacities
for Thin Walled Products
Lifting with Angled Pull
Part No Permissible axial load Minimum Minimum thickness of unit Link Edge Angled pull
Spacing reinforcement reinforcement reinforcement
2a Ø x Ls
b
Concrete strength in N/mm2 mm mm mm
15 25 35
kN mm mm
CFS-FSA-0.7-110 5.6 330 70 60 60 4 x Ø6 x 400 Ø8 Ø 6 x 450
CFS-FSA-1.4-110 11.2 330 80 70 70 4 x Ø6 x 400 Ø8 Ø 6 x 900
CFS-FSA-1.4-160 11.2 480 80 70 70 4 x Ø6 x 400 Ø8 Ø 6 x 900
CFS-FSA-2.0-130 16 390 110 90 80 4 x Ø6 x 500 Ø8 Ø 8 x 950
CFS-FSA-2.0-160 16 480 110 90 80 4 x Ø6 x 500 Ø8 Ø 8 x 950
CFS-FSA-2.0-210 16 630 110 90 80 4 x Ø6 x 500 Ø8 Ø 8 x 950
CFS-FSA-2.5-150 20 450 120 90 80 4 x Ø8 x 600 Ø 10 Ø 8 x 1200
CFS-FSA-2.5-200 20 600 120 90 80 4 x Ø8 x 600 Ø 10 Ø 8 x 1200
CFS-FSA-2.5-250 20 750 120 90 80 4 x Ø8 x 600 Ø 10 Ø 8 x 1200
CFS-FSA-3.0-160 24 480 160 100 90 4 x Ø8 x 700 Ø 10 Ø 10 x 1150
CFS-FSA-3.0-220 24 600 120 100 90 4 x Ø8 x 700 Ø 10 Ø 10 x 1150
CFS-FSA-3.0-280 24 840 120 100 90 4 x Ø8 x 700 Ø 10 Ø 10 x 1150
CFS-FSA-4.0-180 32 540 210 130 100 4 x Ø8 x 800 Ø 12 Ø 10 x 1500
CFS-FSA-4.0-240 32 720 150 120 100 4 x Ø8 x 800 Ø 12 Ø 10 x 1500
CFS-FSA-4.0-320 32 960 150 120 100 4 x Ø8 x 800 Ø 12 Ø 10 x 1500
CFS-FSA-5.0-180 40 540 350 210 150 4 x Ø10 x 800 Ø 12 Ø 12 x 1550
CFS-FSA-5.0-240 40 720 180 150 120 4 x Ø10 x 800 Ø 12 Ø 12 x 1550
CFS-FSA-5.0-400 40 1200 180 150 120 4 x Ø10 x 800 Ø 12 Ø 12 x 1550
CFS-FSA-7.5-260 60 780 340 200 150 4 x Ø10 x 800 Ø 12 Ø 16 x 2000
CFS-FSA-7.5-300 60 900 240 160 140 4 x Ø10 x 800 Ø 12 Ø 16 x 2000
TECHNICAL MANUAL – 2D SYSTEM
CFS-FSA-7.5-420 60 1260 200 160 140 4 x Ø10 x 800 Ø 12 Ø 16 x 2000
2D-VERSION 06-2013
CFS-FSA-10-300 80 900 450 270 190 6 x Ø10 x 1000 Ø 16 Ø 16 x 2300
CFS-FSA-10-370 80 1110 AT ANCHOR
REINFORCEMENT TYPES 270 ZONE 190 160
FOR THIN-WALLED 6 x Ø10ELEMENTS
PRECAST x 1000 Ø 16 Ø 16 x 2300
CFS-FSA-10-520 80 1560 250 190 160 6 x Ø10 x 1000 Ø 16 Ø 16 x 2300
CFS-FSA-14-370 112 1110 610 360 260 8 x Ø10 x 1000 Ø 16 Ø 20 x 2600
CFS-FSA-14-460 112 1380 350 210 170 TECHNICAL MANUAL
8 x Ø10 x 1000 – 2D SYSTEM
Ø 16 Ø 20 x 2600
CFS-FSA-22-500 176 1500 760 460
TECHNICAL 340
MANUAL – 2D8 SYSTEM
x Ø10 x 12002D-VERSION
Ø 16 06-2013 Ø 28 x 3550
CFS-FSA-22-620 176 1860 450 280 240 2D-VERSION
8 x Ø10 x 1200
06-2013
Ø 16 Ø 28 x 3550
REINFORCEMENT TYPES AT ANCHOR ZONE FOR THIN-WALLED PRECAST ELEMENTS
Minimum edge distance = b/2
EINFORCEMENT TYPES AT ANCHOR ZONE FOR THIN-WALLED PRECAST ELEMENTS
Link and Edge Reinforcement Angled Pull Reinforcement

Applied load

SR
Angled pull reinforcement is inserted in the
opposite direction to the load.
L Picture 38 Picture 39

Required for
panel edge angled pull
reinforcement
placed alongside
≥30°
Angled pull reinforcement
the anchor is inserted in the
opposite direction to the load.
SR = over all length = 2× leg length Picture 38 T ypical additionaAngled
l links as tpull
able treinforcement
o be used over a zis
oneinsertedPicture
in the 39
of 3× the anchor length. opposite direction to the load.
Picture 38 Picture 39

Ls (overall length) = 2 x length of leg

The edge and link reinforcement should be installed on both sides of the anchor in an area equal to 3 x length of the
anchor. The two links in the vicinity of the anchor Picture
should 40 be installed as close as possible to the recess former.
Picture 41
Concrete strength fcu ≥ 15 N / mm² Table 17
Pull (β≤30°) Angled pull (β>30°)
Load Slot-in-link Slot-in-link Angled pull
5-7 [Link] Designation range Edge Edge reinforcement
reinforcement reinforcement
nxØxL nxØxL Ø x Ls
[t] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Load group 2,5t (0,7t – 2,5t)
Ls (overall length) = 2 x length of leg
Type FTH - Two Hole Anchor
The lifting anchor is made of St 52-3 steel.
The stress transfer to the concrete occurs through a
c
the reinforcement bar.

Part No Load Group Dimensions

a b c d
mm
CFS-FTH-07-90 0.7 30 90 5 14
CFS-FTH-14-90 1.4 30 90 6 14
CFS-FTH-20-90 2 30 90 8 14
CFS-FTH-25-90 2.5 30 90 10 14

QUICK LIFT ANCHORS

CFS-FTH-30-120 3 40 120 10 18
CFS-FTH-40-120 4 40 120 12 18
CFS-FTH-50-120 5 40 120 15 18
CFS-FTH-75-160 7.5 60 160 15 26
CFS-FTH-100-170 10 60 170 20 27
CFS-FTH-140-240 14 80 240 20 35
CFS-FTH-220-300 22 80 300 25 35

[Link] 5-8
 TECHNICAL MANUAL – 2D SYSTEM
2D-VERSION 06-2013

TECHNICAL MANUAL – 2D SYSTEM

Type FTH - Load Capacity and Additional

LOAD CAPACITY, INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS 2D-VERSION 06-2013

Reinforcement Requirements
LOAD CAPACITY, INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS FOR LARGE-AREA PRECAST ELEMENTS OR CONCRETE BEAMS

Picture 47 Picture 48 Picture

When the load is towards 49
the narrow edge,
Part No Minimum Spacing Minimum thickness Axial and angled lift, β ≤ 30°
reinforcement for angled pull is necessary.
With reinforcement tails placed as close to
Without reinforcement tails of beam
Picture 33 the recess Picture 34 Edge
b former axial
Permissible as possibleReinforcement tail Link reinforcement
2xa load n x Ø x La nxØxL reinforcement Table 15
mm mm Minimum
kN Minimum spacing mm
mm Minimum
mmthickness of beam
Anchor
Load thickness of between centre „b” „2 xTable
a” 21
CFS-FTH-07-90 400 80
length 7 1 x Ø10 x 650 2 x Ø6 x 400 Ø6
Minimum spacing
range precast unit Minimum
fcu ≥ thickness
f ≥ 100% F
fcu ≥perm f ≥ 80% F perm
f ≥ fcu ≥
Designation „L” x cu x Ø6 x 400 cu Ø 6 cupull
CFS-FTH-14-90 500 L80 between centre
14„c” of precast
15N/mm² unit
1 x Ø10 650
25N/mm²
2Pull
35N/mm² 15N/mm²Angled
25N/mm² 35N/mm²
Designation "b" 20 "2 x1 a" (β≤30°) (β>30°)
CFS-FTH-20-90 600 90 x Ø12 x 800 2 x Ø6 x 500 Ø6
[mm] [t] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
CFS-FTH-25-90 600 [mm]
100 [mm]25 [mm]1 x Ø12 x 1000 2[kN]
x Ø8 x 600 Ø 6[kN]
Load group 2,5t (0,7t – 2,5t)
CFS-FTH-30-120
Load group 2,5t (0,7t – 650
2,5t) 100 30 1 x Ø16 x 1000 2 x Ø8 x 700 Ø8
SA-B 0.7 T – 110 110 0,7 145 390 280 280 70 70 70
CFS-FTH-40-120 700 110 40 1 x Ø16 x 1200 2 x Ø8 x 700 Ø8
SA-ST 0.7T
SA-B– 90
1.4 T – 110 90
110 1,4 400 145 390 80 7,0 5,680
CFS-FTH-50-120 750 120 50 1 x Ø16 x380
1500 380
2 x Ø8 x 800 110 Ø8 70
SA-ST 1.4T
SA-B– 90
2.0T – 130 90
130 2,0 500 165 460 80 14 11,2
CFS-FTH-75-160 1200 130 75 1 x Ø20 x460
1750 2 x Ø10 x 800 150
460 Ø 10 110 90
SA-ST 2.0T – 90
SA-B 2.0T – 160
CFS-FTH-100-170 1200 90
160
140 2,0 600 100
195 90
660 1 x Ø25 x660
1850 20
4660
x Ø10 x 800 120 Ø 121680 80
SA-ST 2.5T
SA-B– 90
CFS-FTH-140-240 1500
2.5T – 150 90
160
150 2,5 600 140
185 530100
1 x Ø28 x530
2350 25
4530
x Ø10 x 1000 180 Ø 1620130 100
CFS-FTH-220-300 1500 180 220
Load group
SA-B5t (3,0t-5,0t)
2.5T - 200 200 2,5 235 730 1 x Ø28 x700
3000 4 x Ø12 x 1200
700 130 Ø 16
90 70
Load
SA-ST 3.0T – group
120 5t (3,0t-5,0t) 120 650 100 30 24
Part No Minimum Spacing Minimum Angled lift, 45° ≤ β ≤ 30°
SA-B– 120
SA-ST 4.0T 3.0T – 160 160
120 3,0
thickness of 700 195 560110 560 560
40 210 32150 120
b Permissible axial Reinforcement Link reinforcement Edge Angled pull
SA-B– 120
3.0T – 220 beam
220 3,0 load
750 255 700
SA-ST 5.0T 120 tail x Ø x La 700
n 120 nxØxL 700
50 160
reinforcement 40120
reinforcement100
2xa Ø x Ls
SA-B
Load group 10t 4.0T – 180
(5,3t-10t) 180 4,0 215 630 630 630 280 200 160
mm mm
SA-ST 5.3T – 160 – 240
SA-B 4.0T 240
160 4,0 kN
800 275
mm
840120 mm
840 840
53
mm
200 mm
140
42,4 110
CFS-FTH-07-90 400 80 5.6 1 x Ø10 x 650 4 x Ø6 x 400 Ø8 Ø6 x 900
SA-ST SA-B– 160
7.5T 5.0T – 180 180
160 5,0 1200 215 630130 630 630
75 380 60270 220
CFS-FTH-14-90 500 80 11.2 1 x Ø10 x 650 4 x Ø6 x 400 Ø8 Ø6 x 900
SA-B – 5.0T
SA-ST 10.0T 170 – 240 240
170 5,0 1200 275 840 140 840 840 270 190 150
CFS-FTH-20-90 600 90 16 1 x Ø12 x 800 4 x Ø6 x 500 100 Ø8 80
Ø8 x 950
Load group 10t
CFS-FTH-25-90 (5,3t-10t)
600 100 20 1 x Ø12 x 1000 4 x Ø8 x 600 Ø 10 Ø8 x 1200
Load group 26t (12,5t-26t)
SA-B 5.3T – 220
CFS-FTH-30-120 650 220
100 5,3 24 260 1 x770
Ø16 x 1000 770
4 x Ø8 x 700 770 Ø 10 280 200x 1150
Ø10 160
SA-ST 14.0T – 240 240 1500 160 140 112
SA-B 5.3T – 260
CFS-FTH-40-120 700 260
110 5,3 32 300 1 x880
Ø16 x 1200 880
4 x Ø8 x 800 880 Ø 12 240 180x 1500
Ø10 140
SA-ST 22.0T – 300 300 1500 180 220 176
CFS-FTH-50-120 750
SA-B 7.5T – 260 120
260 7,5 40 300 1 x910
Ø16 x 1500 910
4 x Ø10 x 800910 Ø 12 420 Ø12
300x 1550 240
SA-ST 26.0T – 300
CFS-FTH-75-160 1200 300
130 1500 200 260 208
SA-B 7.5T – 300 300 7,5 60 340 1 1050
x Ø20 x 1750 1050
4 x Ø10 x 8001050 Ø 12 360 Ø16
250x 2000 200
CFS-FTH-100-170 1200 140 80 1 x Ø25 x 1850 6 x Ø10 x 1000 Ø 12 Ø16 x 2300
SA-B 10.0T – 300 300 10 340 1050 1050 1050 540 380 300
CFS-FTH-140-240 1500 160 112 1 x Ø32 x 2350 8 x Ø10 x 1000 Ø 16 Ø20 x 2600
SA-B 10.0T – 370 370 10 410 1300 1300 1300 420 300 240
CFS-FTH-220-300 1500 180 176 1 x Ø32 x 3000 8 x Ø10 x 1200 Ø 16 Ø25 x 3000
Load group 26t (12,5t-26t)
Minimum
SA-B edge
14.0Tdistance
– 370 = b/2 370 14 410 1300 1300 1300 700 500 400
Concrete strength assumed
SA-B 14.0T – 460 to be 15N/mm
460
2
14 500 1610 1610 1610 530 380 300
The type
SA-Bof 22.0T
mesh–present
500 is determined
500 by the
22 permanent
540 works1750
engineer. 1750 1750 900 640 520
alterations reserved
SA-B 22.0T – 620 620 22
10/29/2013
660 2170 2170 2170 700
Page
500
23 400

alterations reserved 10/29/2013 Page 18

5-9 [Link]
 Two Hole Anchor Load Capacity and TECHNICAL MANUAL – 2D SYSTEM

Additional Reinforcement Requirements 2D-VERSION 06-2013

REINFORCEMENT TYPE USED IN ANCHOR ZONE

TECHNICAL MANUAL – 2D SYSTEM

2D-VERSION 06-2013

REINFORCEMENT TYPES AT ANCHOR ZONE FOR THIN-WALLED PRECAST ELEMENTS

TECHNICAL MANUAL – 2D SYSTEM

TECHNICAL MANUAL – 2D SYSTEM La = overall length.
2D-VERSION 06-2013
The bending angle must be ≤ 30 °
2D-VERSION 06-2013
Picture 50 Picture 51
REINFORCEMENT TYPES AT ANCHOR ZONE FOR THIN-WALLED PRECAST ELEMENTS

Reinforcement tail Link and Edge Reinforcement Angled Pull Reinforcement

Applied load

SR
Angled pull reinforcement is inserted in the
opposite direction to the load.
L Picture 38 Picture 39

QUICK LIFT ANCHORS

Required for
panel edge
Ls (overall length) = 2 x length of leg
reinforcement
angled pull
placed alongside ≥30°
Angled
the anchorreinforcement
pull is inserted in the
Picture 52 Picture 53
opposite direction to the load.
Picture 38 Picture 39 Table 22
SR = over all length = 2× leg length T ypical additional links as table to be used over a zone
Pull (β≤30°)
Load of 3× the anchor length.
The endsLof =the
overall length. Reinforcement tail
aDesignation
bar may be straight
range Slot-in-link Edge
nxØxL reinforcement n x Ø x La
The bending angle
instead of turned [Link] be ≤ 30 °
[t] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Picture
Load group 2,5t (0,7t – 2,5t) 51 Ls (overall length) = 2 x length of leg

The
SA-STedge
1.4 T and link reinforcement1,4 should be2 installed on40both sidesØof6 the anchor in1 an
Picture
x Ø 6 x 400 area
x Ø10 x 650equalPicture
to 3 41x length of the
Concrete strength fcu ≥ 15 N / mm²
anchor.
SA-ST 2.0TThe two links in the vicinity
2,0 of the anchor should
2 x Ø 6 x 500 be installed
Ø6 as
Pull (β≤30°)
close as possible to
1 x Ø12 x 800the recess former. Table 17
Angled pull (β>30°)
SA-ST 2.5T 2,5 2 x Ø 8 x 600
Load Slot-in-link Ø 6 1Slot-in-link
x Ø12 x1000 Angled pull
range Edge Edge reinforcement
Designation
Load group 5t (3,0t-5,0t) reinforcement reinforcement
nxØxL nxØxL Ø x Ls
SA-ST 3.0T 3,0 2 x Ø 8 x 700
[t] [mm] Ø8 [mm] 1 x [mm]
Ø14 x1000 [mm] [mm]
SA-ST 4.0T Load group4,0 2 x Ø 8 x 700
2,5t (0,7t – 2,5t) Ø 8 Ls (overall length)
1 x=Ø16
2 x x1200
length of leg
SA-ST 5.0T SA-B 0.7 T5,0 2 x Ø 8 x 800
0,7 2 x Ø 6 x 400 Ø 8 Ø6 41xxØØ16
6 x x1500
300 Ø8 Ø 6 x 450
Picture
SA-B 1.4 T 40 1,4 2 x Ø 6 x 400 Ø6 Picture
4xØ6 41x 400 Ø8 Ø 6 x 900
Load group 10t (5,3t-10t)
Concrete strength fcu ≥ 15 N / mm² Table 17
SA-B 2.0T 2,0 2 x Ø 6 x 500 Ø6 4 x Ø 6 x 500 Ø8 Ø 8 x 950
SA-ST 5.3T 5,3 2 x Pull
Ø 8 x(β≤30°)
800 Ø8 Angled pull
1 x (β>30°)
Ø16 x1750
SA-B 2.5T 2,5 2 x Ø 8 x 600 Ø 8 4 x Ø 8 x 600 Ø10 Ø 8 x 1200
SA-ST 7.5T Load
7,5 Slot-in-link
2 x Ø10 x 800 Slot-in-link
Ø10 1 x Ø20 x1750Angled pull
range
Load group 5t (3,0t-5,0t) Edge Edge reinforcement
Designation
SA-ST 10.0T 10 4 x Ø10 x 800reinforcement Ø12 reinforcement
1 x Ø25 x1850
SA-B 3.0T nxØxL 3,0 2 x Ø 8 x 700 n x Ø x LØ 8 4 x Ø 8 x 700 Ø x LØ10
s Ø10 x 1150
Load group 26t (12.5t-26t)
SA-B 4.0T[t] [mm] 4,0 [mm] 2 x Ø 8 x 800 [mm] Ø 8 [mm]
4 x Ø 8 x 800 [mm]Ø12 Ø10 x 1500
SA-ST Load group 2,5t (0,7t – 2,5t) SA-B 5.0T 14
14.0T 4 x Ø10 x1000
5,0 2 x Ø10 x 800 Ø14 Ø10 41xxØ10
Ø28x x2350
800 Ø12 Ø12 x 1550
Ls (overall length) = 2 x length of leg
SA-ST SA-B
22.0T0.7 T 0,722
Load group 2 x Ø 64 xx 400
10t (5,3t-10t) Ø12 x1200 Ø6 4 Ø14
x Ø 6 x 300 Ø18x Ø28 x3000 Ø 6 x 450
SA-B 1.4 T 1,4
SA-B 5.3T 2 x Ø 6 x 400 Ø6 4 x Ø 6 x 400 Ø
4 x8 Ø10 x 800 Ø 6 x 900
alterations reserved
Picture 53 10/29/20135,3 2 x Ø10 x 800 Ø10
Page 24 Ø12 Ø12 x 1650
SA-B 2.0T 2,0
SA-B 7.5T 2 x Ø 6 x 500 7,5 Ø6 4 x Ø 6 x 500
4 x Ø10 x 800 Ø10 Ø
4 x8 Ø10 x 800 Ø 8 x 950
Ø12 Ø14 x 2000
Table 22
SA-B 2.5T 2,5
SA-B 10.0T 2 x Ø 8 x 600 10 Ø 68 x Ø10 x1000
4 x Ø 8 x 600
Ø12 Ø10
6 x Ø10 x1000 Ø 8 x 1200
Ø14 Ø16 x 2300
Pull (β≤30°)
Load group 5t (3,0t-5,0t) Load group 26t (12,5t-26t)
Edge Reinforcement tail
SA-B 3.0T SA-B 14.0T
3,0 2 x Ø 8 x 700 14 Ø 68 x Ø10 x1000 Ø14
4 x Ø 8 x 700 8 x Ø10 x1000 Ø10 x 1150
Ø10 Ø14 Ø20 x 2600
reinforcement n x Ø x La
SA-B 4.0T SA-B 22.0T
4,0 2 x Ø 8 x 800 22 Ø 88 x Ø10 x1200 Ø14
4 x Ø 8 x 800 8 x Ø10 x1200 Ø10 x 1500
Ø12 Ø16 Ø28 x 3550
[mm] [mm]
SA-B 5.0T 5,0
alterations 2 x Ø10 x 800
reserved Ø10 4 10/29/2013
x Ø10 x 800 Ø12 Ø12 x 1550 Page 20
Load group 10t (5,3t-10t)
Ø 6 SA-B 5.3T 1 x Ø10 x 6505,3 2 x Ø10 x 800 Ø10 4 x Ø10 x 800 Ø12 Ø12 x 1650
SA-B 7.5T 7,5 4 x Ø10 x 800 Ø10 4 x Ø10 x 800 Ø12 Ø14 x 2000
Ø6 1 x Ø12 x 800
SA-B 10.0T 10 6 x Ø10 x1000 Ø12 6 x Ø10 x1000 Ø14 Ø16 x 2300
Ø6 1 x Ø12 x1000
Load group 26t (12,5t-26t) [Link] 5-10
SA-B 14.0T 14 6 x Ø10 x1000 Ø14 8 x Ø10 x1000 Ø14 Ø20 x 2600

Ø 8 SA-B 22.0T 1 x Ø14 x100022 8 x Ø10 x1200 Ø14 8 x Ø10 x1200 Ø16 Ø28 x 3550
 Type FE - Tilting Anchor
The lifting anchor is made of St 52-3 steel and is used
for erecting and turning thin walled precast units in both a c
directions. The stress transfer to the concrete occurs
through the reinforcement bar, which is laid over both
sides of the anchor.
d

Part No Load Group Dimensions

a b c d
mm
CFS-FE-14-200 1.4 55 200 6 14
CFS-FE-25-150 2.5 55 150 10 14
CFS-FE-25-230 2.5 55 230 10 14
CFS-FE-40-270 4 70 270 12 18
CFS-FE-50-290 5 70 290 15 18
CFS-FE-75-320 7.5 95 320 18 26
CFS-FE-100-390 10 95 390 20 26

5-11 [Link]
 TECHNICAL MANUAL – 2D SYSTEM

Tilting Anchor Load Capacity and 2D-VERSION 06-2013

Additional Reinforcement Requirements

LOAD CAPACITY, INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

TECHNICAL MANUAL – 2D SYSTEM

2D-VERSION 06-2013

LOAD CAPACITY, INSTALLATION DIMENSIONS

Picture 65 Picture 66 Picture 67

Part No Minimum Spacing Minimum thickness Load Capacities Additional

of beam Reinforcement
without tail Axial or angled Angled load Tilting load Erecting and
reinforcement load ≤30° 45>β<=30° pitching

QUICK LIFT ANCHORS

reinforcement
b 2xa
mm mm kN kN kN mm
CFS-FE-14-200 700 100 14 11.2 7 Ø 10 x 700
CFS-FE-25-150 550 120 25 20 12.5 Ø 12 x 800
CFS-FE-25-230 800 120 25 20 12.5 Ø 12 x 800
CFS-FE-40-270 950 150 40 32 20 Ø 16 x 1000
CFS-FE-50-290 1000 160 50 40 25 Ø 16 x 1000
CFS-FE-75-320 1200 250 75 60 37.5 Ø 20 x 1200
CFS-FE-100-390 1500 Picture 300
68 100 80 Picture
50 69 Ø 20 x 1500

Erecting and pitching reinforcement Reinforcement tail for lifting

Minimum edge distance = b/2
Concrete
Lv =strength assumed
Picture
length before 65 to The
bending. be 15N/mm 2
height of bend Picture 66
depend on the La = overall length.
Picture 67
The type of mesh present is determined
element x a)the permanent works [Link] bending angle must be ≤ 30°
thickness (2 by

Erecting and Pitching Reinforcement Table 31

Erecting and pitching Reinforcement tail
Load
reinforcement
Load group range Ø x La
Ø x Lv
[t] [mm] [mm]
Load group 1,25t - 1,5t 1,25 – 1,5 Ø 8 x 600 Ø 8 x 700
1,4 Ø10 x 700 Ø10 x 650
Load group 2,5t (0,7t – 2,5t)
2,5 Ø12 x 800 Ø12 x 1000
4,0 Ø14 x 950 Ø16 x 1200
Load group 5t (3,0t-5,0t)
5,0 Ø16 x 1000 Ø16 x 1500

2 No Load
erecting 7,5 Ø20 x 1200 Ø20 x 1750
groupand pitching bars
10t (5,3t-10t) required
Picture 68 for each anchor Picture 69
10,0 Ø20 x 1500 Ø20 x 1900
Lv = length beforeErecting
bendingand pitching reinforcement Reinforcement tail for lifting
The height of the bend depends on the element thickness
Lv = length before bending. The height of bend depend on the La = overall length.
alterations reserved 10/29/2013 Page 28
element thickness
No angled pull reinforcement (2 xas
is required a)the erecting and pitching reinforcement
The bendingprovides
angle must
the ≤ 30°
beresistance required.

Table 31
Erecting and pitching Reinforcement tail
Load
reinforcement
Load group range Ø x La
Ø x Lv
[t] [mm] [mm]
[Link] 5-12
Load group 1,25t - 1,5t 1,25 – 1,5 Ø 8 x 600 Ø 8 x 700
1,4 Ø10 x 700 Ø10 x 650
Load group 2,5t (0,7t – 2,5t)
2,5 Ø12 x 800 Ø12 x 1000
 Type FFA - Flat Foot Anchor
The lifting anchor is made of St 52-3 steel.
The stress transfer to the concrete occurs through the
reinforcement bar, which is laid over the spread foot.

a c

d
b

Part No Load Group Dimensions

a b c d w
mm
CFS-FFA-07-065 0.7 30 65 5 14 100
CFS-FFA-14-068 1.4 30 68 6 14 100
CFS-FFA-20-070 2 30 70 8 14 100
CFS-FFA-25-075 2.5 30 75 10 14 100
CFS-FFA-30-090 3 40 90 10 18 120
CFS-FFA-40-110 4 40 110 12 18 120
CFS-FFA-50-125 5 40 125 15 18 120

4–1

5-13 [Link]
 SA-FA 2.5T – 75 45928 45929 75 30 10 100 2,5 0,230
Load group 5t (3,0t-5,0t)
SA-FA 3.0T – 90 45930 45931 90 40 10 120 3,0 0,380
SA-FA 4.0T – 110 45932 45933 110 40 12 120 4,0 0,520

Type FFA - Capacity and Additional

SA-FA 5.0T – 125 45934 45935 125 40 15 120 5,0 0,705

Reinforcement Requirements
REINFORCEMENTS TYPE USED IN ANCHOR ZONE

Picture 73 Picture 74
Note:
Reinforcement
Part No tails placed
Minimum as close
thickness to the anchor
Minimum Spacing as Permitted
[Link] Reinforcement bars
of precast unit
Axial, angled and transverse pull Ø L
Concrete strength in N/mm2

QUICK LIFT ANCHORS

alterations reserved
c b 15 10/29/2013 25 Page 30
mm mm kN mm
CFS-FFA-07-065 80 280 7 7 8 200
CFS-FFA-14-068 80 280 14 14 8 250
CFS-FFA-20-070 90 300 18 20 8 300
CFS-FFA-25-075 100 320 20 25 8 300
CFS-FFA-30-090 120 380 28 30 10 400
CFS-FFA-40-110 140 460 37 40 12 450
CFS-FFA-50-125 160 520 44 50 12 500

Minimum edge distance = b/2

1
2

2
1
3

3
1

[Link] 5-14
 Type FPA - Plate Anchor
The lifting anchor is made of St 52-3 steel. The stress
transfer to the concrete occurs through the reinforcement
bar, which is laid over the plate crosswise.

c
b

Part No Load Group Dimensions

a b c d
mm mm mm mm
CFS-FPA-14-50 1.4 30 50 80 8
CFS-FPA-25-80 2.5 30 80 100 8
CFS-FPA-50-120 5 40 120 100 10
CFS-FPA-100-160 10 60 160 100 12

5-15 [Link]
 SA-FA 2.5T – 75 45928 45929 75 30 10 100 2,5 0,230
Load group 5t (3,0t-5,0t)
SA-FA 3.0T – 90 45930 45931 90 40 10 120 3,0 0,380
SA-FA 4.0T – 110 45932 45933 110 40 12 120 4,0 0,520

Flat Plate Anchor Capacity and Additional

SA-FA 5.0T – 125 45934 45935 125 40 15 120 5,0 0,705
Minimum
thickness
Reinforcement Requirements
REINFORCEMENTS TYPE USED IN ANCHOR ZONE L precast un
Designation
"c”

[mm] [mm]

Load group 2,5t (0,7t – 2,5t)

SA-FA 0.7T – 65 65 80
SA-FA 1.4T – 68 68 80
SA-FA 2.0T – 70 70 90
SA-FA 2.5T – 75 75 100
Load group 10t (5,3t-10t)
SA-FA 3.0T – 90 90 120
SA-FA 4.0T – 110 110 140
Picture 73 Picture 74
Note:
Part No Minimum thickness Minimum Spacing
SA-FA
Permitted load
5.0T – 125 Reinforcement bars
125 160
Reinforcement tails placed
of precast as close to the anchor as possible.
unit
c b Axial or angled Angled load β>30° Ø L
load 45>β≤30°

QUICK LIFT ANCHORS

mm mm kN kN mm
alterations reserved
CFS-FPA-14-50 80 230 14 10/29/2013 11.2 8 200 Page 30
CFS-FPA-25-80 110 330 25 20 10 300
CFS-FPA-50-120 150 480 50 40 12 450
CFS-FPA-100-160 200 660 100 80 16 600

Load gro
SA-FA
SA-FA
SA-FA
SA-FA
Load gro
SA-FA
SA-FA
SA-FA

RECESS FORMER “RBF”

The recess former RBF is made of rubber (picture 7

recess formers are available for load range 1,25 - 26 to

[Link] 5-16
 Quick Lift Clutch
The lifting clutch is made of special steel casting.
The lifting bolt is inserted into the hole of the
lifting anchor and can be removed afterwards.

Part No Load Group

CFS-F2-15 1.5
CFS-F2-25 2.5
CFS-F2-50 5
CFS-F2-100 10
CFS-F2-260 26

Use of Quick Lift Clutch

Engagement
Simply insert the lift clutch into the recess formed in the
concrete and close the locking bolt manually, ensure that
it is fully engaged & flush with the concrete surface.

Lifting
The quick lift clutch system can be subjected to loads in
any direction and no extra or special part is required for
angled lifts and turning. It is therefore essential to follow
the instructions regarding rebars in the concrete.
Once the ring clutch has been engaged in the anchor, the
shackle can move in any direction, even under load.

Release
To release, shift the locking bolt back by hand, this will
release the lifting clutch.

Marking
Every ring clutch is marked with the load capacity and
a serial number. Clutches should be examined regularly
and re-tested annually.

5-17 [Link]
Rubber Recess
Former Bayonet
Recess former for fixing with holding screw for mounting
plate or bayonet fixing

Part No Load a b c Thread

Group
CFS-FRBI-15 1.5 29 62 35 M8
CFS-FRBI-25 2.5 43 104 45 M8
CFS-FRBI-50 5 49 126 59 M8
CFS-FRBI-100 10 67 188 85 M12
CFS-FRBI-260 26 112 233 121 M16

a
b

QUICK LIFT ANCHORS

[Link] 5-18
 Holding Plate
For fastening of the recess former onto the formwork

Part No Load Group a b c

CFS-FIP-15 1.5 45 15 3
CFS-FIP-25 2.5 73 15 4
CFS-FIP-50 5 85 30 4
CFS-FIP-100 10 128 40 6
CFS-FIP-260 26 178 65 8

b
c

Holding Screw m
For fastening of the recess former through the formwork.

Part No Load Group l m

CFS-FDV-25 2.5 160 M8
CFS-FDV-50 5 160 M8
CFS-FDV-100 10 160 M12
CFS-FDV-260 26 180 M16
l

5-19 [Link]
 QUICK LIFT ANCHORS

[Link] 5-20
 Cast-in Lifting Loops

6-1 [Link]
Contents
Cast-in Loop 6-3

Additional Reinforcement 6-4

Cast-in Loop Over 25t Capacity 6-4

Angled Wire Loops 6-5

Neowire Loops 6-5

Handling Instructions – Neowire for Erecting Panels from Tilt Tables 6-6

Handling Instructions – Neowire for Erecting Panels Cast Flat 6-7

Cast-in Polypropylene Loops 6-8

CAST-IN LIFTING LOOPS

10
[Link] 6-2
 Last- Herausstehender Last- Herausstehender

Cast-in Loop
stufe Einbau stufe Einbau
Transportseilschlaufe
Transportseilschlaufe mit
mit Kunststo
Kuststof
[kg] B [cm] T [cm] [kg] B [cm] T [cm]
The cast-in loop is used to lift reinforced 800
concrete elements.
45 The cast-in
30 loops 6300 95 60
are marked with a coloured tag with the manufacturer, year of manufacture
1200in the concrete
and load group. The cast-in loop is situated 50 element35 at the open 8000 105 70
side of the mould.
1600 55 35 10000 120 80
The thimble is situated
T in the mould. The marking must be visible after
L1
placing the concrete. Hoisting hooks of2000 65
appropriate diameter can be45 inserted 12500 130 90
directly into the protruding cast-in loop.2500
Care must be 70
taken when storing
50 the 16000 150 100
L2
L1
prefabricated element that the cables do not kink. 2
4000 80 55 20000 170 115
The withdrawal from use of the lifting loops is to be determined in accordance
with the regulations for hoisting cables5200
of the country 85
of use. The installation
55 25000 195 130
and application of lifting anchor systems must be available in plant and on site.
Bewehrungsanordnung
The national safety regulations for lifting anchors and sytems must be obeyed.
Herausstehender Last- Herausstehender
Einbau stufe Einbau
Part No. Load Capacity Loop dimensions Minimum concrete element dimensions

neBRandeinfassung
[cm] T [cm]Group [kg]
auszubilden. Laststufe
B [cm]
Length T [cm]
Embedment Rope 800Edge
– 6300
Dist Spacing 8000 – width,
Panel 16000
Laststufen
t <Typenschild
25000 mit
Kunststoffb
45 Krafteinleitung
30 Installed parallel to Installed perpendicular
lokale aus 6300 95
BStBSt
500 500
M/B 500
M A
60
QQ188
188A QQ257221A [kg]
surface toQ
Q 377
377 A
Farbe
surface Bestell-N

50 35 8000 105 70 Concrete strength

800 N/mm2 weiß k3608
L1 Mindestbewehrung
L2 Ø* in den
e jeweiligen
s Laststufen
15 25 15
1200 rot 25 k3612
55 35 10000
kN mm
120mm 80
mm mm mm mm mm mm mm
1600 rosa k3616
65 CFS-CL-08
45 0.8 8 12500 200 130140 6
90 270 540 70 50 135 135
2000 hellgrün k3620
CFS-CL-12 1.2 12 220 160 7 310 620 90 60 140 140
70 50
CFS-CL-16 1.6 1616000 240 150170 100
8 350 700 120 2500
80 170 schwarz
170 k3625
CFS-CL-20 2 20 270 190 9 430 860 150 4000
100 180dunkelgrün
180 k3640
80
ndest- Einbau- 55 20000 170
Mindestbauteildicke 115
t 10
nd-85
CFS-CL-25
tiefe55
2.5 25 300 220 450 900 e 160 s e 110
5200 180 ocker 180 k3652

stand
CFS-CL-40 4 4025000
Einbau parallel350 195
Einbau 130
250 senkrecht
12 500 1000 220
30° 36300
0°
150 220
dunkelblau
220
k3663
CFS-CL-52 5.2 zur Bauteilfläche
52 370 zur270
Bauteilfläche
14 530 1060 290 200 300 220
anordnung 8000 hellgrau k3680
CFS-CL-63 6.3 63 400 290 16 570 1140 320 220 320 280
e L2 C 12/15 C 20/25 C 12/15 C 20/25 10000 k36100
CFS-CL-80 8 80 470 330 18 650 1300 400 280 400 bordeaux
280
cm] [cm] [cm] [cm] [cm] [cm]
CFS-CL-100 10 100 5200 370 20 730 1460 440 12500
310 440 hellgelb
310 k36125
27 800 – 630012.5 7 8000
14 – 16000
5 570 13,5< 25000
13,5
L2
CFS-CL-125 125 420 22 800 1600 560 390
16000 550 violett400 k36160
CFS-CL-160 16 160 650 480 26 930 1860 620 430 620 430
00
31A
M QQ16
188
188A 9 QQ2576A
221 14 Q
Q 377
377A
14 20000 grau k36200
CFS-CL-200 20 200 730 550 28 1050 2100 680 480 680 480
25000 braun k36250
35 17jeweiligen
CFS-CL-250
hrung in den 25 12Laststufen
250 8 830 17
630 17
32 1200 2400 750 530 750 530

43 19 diameters
* Rope 15are for design
10 guidance 18purposes18only. The rope diameter may vary from those quoted above. Change
of the rope diameter will not affect the load capacity.
t
45 22 16 11 18 18For technical advice regarding edge distance and other setting out Transportseilschlau
issues please contact CFS.
50 25 22 15 22 22
Transportanker aus endlo
t
53 27 e29 s 20 e 30 22 e s e
recht 30° 30° 30°30°
57
äche 29 32 22 32 28 Laststufen
Ø
20/25
65 33 40 28 40 28 [kg] Bestell-Nr. [mm
[cm]
73 37 L2 44 31 44 31 L2 150 s3601 6
13,5
250 s3602 8
80 42 56 39 55 40
14 360 s3606 10
93 48 62 43 62 43 500 s3603 12
17
105 55 68 48 68 48 875 s3604 14
18
t t 10000 s3605 16
120 63 75 53 75 53
18 Sonderanfertigungen auf Anfrage.
Anfrage · Änderungen un
Installed parallel to surface Installed perpendicular to surface
22
4 / 2009 / WW

22 e s e
6-3 [Link] 30°30°
28

28
Additional Reinforcement
Part No. Load Group B T Reinforcement
BSt 500 M
mm mm mm2/m B
CFS-CL-08 0.8 450 300 188
CFS-CL-12 1.2 500 350 188
CFS-CL-16 1.6 550 350 188
CFS-CL-20 2 650 450 188
CFS-CL-25 2.5 700 500 188
T
CFS-CL-40 4 800 550 188
CFS-CL-52 5.2 850 550 188
CFS-CL-63 6.3 950 600 188
CFS-CL-80 8 1050 700 257
CFS-CL-100 10 1200 800 257
CFS-CL-125 12.5 1300 900 257
CFS-CL-160 16 1500 1000 257
Bewehrung
CFS-CL-200 20 1700 1150 377
CFS-CL-250 25 1950 1300 377 Mit der Bewehrung ist eine Randeinfassung auszubilden.
Transportseilschlauf
Die Bewehrung deckt die lokale Krafteinleitung aus
dem Anker ab.
Transportanker aus endlos
Cast-in Loop Over 25t Capacity
Sizes are available up to 99 t capacity.

CAST-IN LIFTING LOOPS

Last- Mindest- Mindest- Einbau- Mind
Part No. Load Group Capacity Length Embedment Rope stufe achs- rand- tiefe
Transportseilschlaufe
Transportseilschlaufe mit
mit Kunststoffb
Kuststoffba
Einbau paralle
abstand abstand
L1 L2 Ø* zur Bauteilfläch
kN mm mm mm s e L2 C 12/15 C 20/2
CFS-CL-280 28 280 680 460 36 [cm] [cm] [cm] [cm] [cm
CFS-CL-320 32 320 770 520 36 800 55 27 14 7 5
CFS-CL-370 37 370 950 640 40
1200 62 31 16 9 6
CFS-CL-420 42 420 1000 660 44
CFS-CL-470 47 470 1100 740 44 1600 70 L 35 17 12 8
1
CFS-CL-520 52 520 1200 800 48
2000 85 43 19 L2 15 10
CFS-CL-570 57 570 1350 900 48 L1
CFS-CL-650 65 650 1430 960 46 2500 90 2 45 22 16 11
CFS-CL-750 75 750 1530 1020 50 4000 100 50 25 22 15
CFS-CL-850 85 850 1680 1120 52
5200 105 53 27 29 20
CFS-CL-990 99 990 1800 1200 56
6300 115 57 29 32 22
*Please send CFS a drawing of your concrete element for advice on edge 8000 130 65 33 40 28
distances when using these high capacity loops.
10000 145
Laststufen 73 Typenschild
37 44 mit 31
Kunststoffban
12500 160 80 42 56 39
[kg] Farbe Bestell-Nr.
16000 185800 93 weiß48 62 k360843

20000 210
1200 105 rot 55 68 k361248

25000 1600
240 120 rosa 63 75 k361653
2000 hellgrün k3620
2500 schwarz k3625
4000 dunkelgrün k3640
5200 ocker k3652
6300 dunkelblau k3663
Ablegereife
8000 Lastrichtungk3680
hellgrau
Bei Beschädigungen
10000 Der Anker darfk36100
bordeaux im
wie Knicken, Litzen- Schrägzug in der
12500
bruch, Quetschungen, hellgelb k36125
Bauteilebene nur 6-4
bis
[Link]
Korrosionsnarben und
16000 max. 30° belastet
violett k36160
Aufdoldungen darf der werden, Schrägzug
20000
Anker nicht genutzt grau k36200
senkrecht zur Platten-
werden. 25000 ebene (Querzug)
braun k36250
ist
 Angled Wire Loops
Designed for edge lifting of concrete slabs.
Available in load groups up to 5.2 T.
Part SWL
No. t h d l
Part No. Load Capacity Rope h d l
AL-16 1.6
Group 150 8 330
kN Ø mm mm mm
AL-25 2.5 150 mm 10 330
AL-40CFS-AL-16 4.0
1.6 16 230 8 12 150 8 380 330
CFS-AL-25 2.5 25 10 150 10 330
AL-52 5.2 230 14 380
CFS-AL-40 4.0 40 12 230 12 380
Angled loops with specific dimensions can be produced
CFS-AL-52 5.2 52 14 230 14 380
to order bar A – Ø 20 mm length 300 mm to be placed
centrally
Angledover thewith
loops clip as close dimensions
specific as possible to
canthe
beoutside.
produced
Other sizes are able to be produced.
to can be produced to order. Bar A –Ø 20 mm length 300
mm to be placed centrally over the clip as close as possible
to the outside.

Neowire Loops
Cast-in loops designed for tilt up of flat cast panels

Part No Load Group Ø l

mm
CFS-NEO-25-200 2.5 10 200
CFS-NEO-35-400 3.5 12 400
CFS-NEO-35-200 3.5 12 200
CFS-NEO-50-400 5 16 400
CFS-NEO-50-200 5 16 200
CFS-NEO-75-400 7.5 18 400
CFS-NEO-75-200 7.5 18 200

Manufactured from galvanised steel wire for load

capacities please see handling instructions.
For this product, please do not use the method outlined
in Section A1. These factors have already been included
in the tables found within the Handling Instructions.
The element weight to apply to the table is the actual
unfactored weight of the unit.

6-5 [Link]
Handling Instructions – Neowire for
Erecting Panels from Tilt Tables
Lifting of elements

Conditions
1) Min concrete strength at first time of lifting 16 MPa
2) Min concrete strength at worksite 28 MPa
3) Reinforcement quality B500BT or Nps500 min hook diameter 32mm
4) Lifting with stationary crane, mobile crane or truck crane
5) Well greased steel form (adhesion force 1 kN/m²)

b ≥ 400

CAST-IN LIFTING LOOPS

SF3 First time of lifting (Method R21) SF4 Installation (Method S2)

The drawing above refers to lifting element above an

opening tmin=140mm
*wire lock is to be place centrally in the wall #Basket = N-ties min Ø6s150 fyk=500MPa
2x # min 65 mm2/m, max mesh size 300 The reinforcement shown is intended only for lifting.
The designer is responsible for the remaining static
Dimensioning values reinforcement and the distribution of forces in the element.

Reinforcement Element weight [ton]

Dimension t min
NEOWIRE [mm] =45° =60° =90°

Ø10 100 1+1Ø12 1+1Ø8 3.5 4.3 5.0

Ø12 120 1+1Ø12 1+1Ø8 4.9 6.0 7.0
Ø16 150 1+1Ø12 1+1Ø8 7.1 8.6 10.0
Ø18 150 1+1Ø16 1+1Ø8 9.1 11.1 12.6
Max element weight in the table above refers to installation, first time of lifting (SF3, R21) according to the drawing above is assumed.

[Link] 6-6
 Handling Instructions – Neowire for Erecting
Panels Cast Flat
Lifting of elements

Conditions
1) Min concrete strength at first time of lifting 16 MPa
2) Min concrete strength at worksite 28 MPa
3) Reinforcement quality B500BT or Nps500
4) Lifting with stationary crane, mobile crane or truck crane
min hook diameter 32mm
5) Well greased steel form (adhesion force 1 kN/m²)

The drawing above refers to lifting element above an

opening tmin=140mm
*wire lock is to be place centrally in the wall #Basket = N-ties min Ø6s150 fyk=500MPa
2x # min 65 mm /m, max mesh size 300
2
The reinforcement shown is intended only for lifting.
The designer is responsible for the remaining static
Dimensioning values reinforcement and the distribution of forces in the element.

Reinforcement

Dimension Max element

t min
NEOWIRE [mm] weight [ton]

Ø10 120 1+1Ø12 1+1Ø8 6.0–F

Ø12 150 1+1Ø12 1+1Ø8 8.4–F
Ø16 150 1+1Ø12 1+1Ø8 12.0–F
Ø18 170 1+1Ø16 1+1Ø8 14.2–F

F=Adheision to form work

OBS! Max element weight must not exceed values stated in N33-H1

6-7 [Link]
Cast-in Polypropylene
Loops
CFS polypropylene loops are ideal for applications where
the corrosion of a mild steel loop could be critical. For
example in architectural cast stone, where rust staining
would not be acceptable.
After use these loops can be cut off with a knife. For thin
sections the loops can be passed around the reinforcement
as shown in the drawing. Ensure the loop does not pass
over any sharp edges that may cut the rope.

Part No. Load Capacity Rope Height d

Group kN Ø mm
mm
CFS-POLY-150 0.15 1.5 6 200 Loop tied around
CFS-POLY-250 0.25 2.5 8 220 reinforcement
CFS-POLY-360 0.36 3.6 10 235 2/3 of the in thin section
height to be
CFS-POLY-500 0.5 5.0 12 255
cast into the
CFS-POLY-875 0.875 8.75 14 280 concrete.
CFS-POLY-1000 1.0 10 16 330
CFS-POLY-1200 1.2 12 16 330
e

CAST-IN LIFTING LOOPS

d

[Link] 6-8
  ouble Wall
D
Lifting Anchors

7-1 [Link]
Contents
Double Wall Anchors 7-3

Installation 7-5

Hoisting, Transportation and Relocation 7-6


DOUBLE WALL LIFTING ANCHORS

10
[Link] 7-2
 Double Wall Anchors
Double Wall anchors are used for transporting and
relocating precast concrete sandwich panels.

About Double Walls

Double walls consist of two thin precast concrete
formwork layers which are joined by lattice girders. These
form permanent shuttering and after installation on site,
the core is concrete-filled.

Dimensions of Double Wall Anchors

Anchor width Leg bar diameter Crossbar diameter Length

Smooth steel S235
L1 d D2 H1
mm
≤ 200 14 20 450
200 - 310 14 22 450
310 - 360 14 25 500

Maximum Wall Weights

Concrete Min Min Min Edge Allowable loads Maximum wall weights
Strength concrete concrete distance
Axial Angled Shear Loadcase 1 Loadcase 2 Loadcase 3 Loadcase 4
thickness cover
≤ 45°
2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4
h ci c FV FVS FQ anchors anchors anchors anchors anchors anchors anchors anchors
N/mm2 mm kN tonnes
15 50 10 300 25.2 23.1 7.9 4 7.9 2.5 5
20 50 10 300 29.1 26.7 9.1 4.6 9.1 2.9 5.7 4.2 8.4 2.9 5.7
25 50 10 300 32.5 29.8 10.2 5.1 10.2 3.2 6.4 4.7 9.3 3.2 6.4
30 50 10 300 35.6 32.6 11.2 5.1 10.2 3.5 7.0
35 50 10 300 36.5 35.3 12.1 5.5 11.1 3.8 7.6

15 65 15 300 35.5 35.5 11 5.6 11.1 3.5 6.9

20 65 15 300 36.5 36.5 12.7 5.7 11.4 4 8 5.7 11.4 4 8
25 65 15 300 36.5 36.5 14.2 5.7 11.4 4.5 8.9 5.7 11.4 4.5 8.9
30 65 15 300 36.5 36.5 15.6 5.7 11.4 4.9 9.8
35 65 15 300 36.5 36.5 16.8 5.7 11.4 5.3 10.5

The minimum edge distances given in this table are for the loadings given in this here. Please contact CFS if you have
different conditions and we can provide a bespoke calculation.

7-3 [Link]
Loadcase 1 – Factory – Axial loading only Loadcase 3 – Site – Axial and angled loading
• Rotate to vertical using tilting table and then axial • Delivery of double wall standing vertically
lifting with a lifting beam
• Concrete strength 20 to 35 N/mm2
• Concrete strength 15 to 25 N/mm2
• Dynamic factor = 1.3 (tower crane, mobile crane)
• Dynamic factor = 1.3 (tower crane, mobile crane)
• Lifting chains at an angle ≤ 45°
• No demoulding
• All axial load, no angled and no shear lifting Loadcase 4 – Site – Axial, angled and shear loading
• Delivery of double wall lying flat on the bed of the truck
Loadcase 2 – Factory – Axial, angled and shear
• Concrete strength 20 to 35 N/mm2
loading
• Tilting of the walls in shear to the vertical using the
• Stripping without tilting table. Tilting the walls in shear
anchors
from the horizontal to the vertical using the anchors


• Dynamic factor = 1.3 (tower crane, mobile crane)
• Concrete strength 15 to 25 N/mm2
• Lifting chains at an angle ≤ 45°
• Dynamic factor = 1.3 (tower crane, mobile crane)
• Lifting chains at an angle ≤ 45°

DOUBLE WALL LIFTING ANCHORS

[Link] 7-4
 Installation
Edge Distances and Spacing
The minimum distance from the edge of a panel and
from recesses is 300mm and the minimum distance
between anchors is 600mm. To use the load tables
shown here, the minimum distance from the edge of a
panel and from any recesses is 300mm and the minimum
distance between anchors is 600mm. If you have a
different situation contact CFS for a bespoke calculation.

Concrete Cover
The concrete cover towards the outside of the panel must
be determined by the engineer according to the durability
requirements of the wall. To the inside, the concrete
cover should be as stated in the table. If the contours of
the stirrup are visible on the inside surface of the wall, the
capacity of the anchor is not guaranteed and the anchor
should not be used.

Reinforcement
Minimum reinforcement should be determined by the
engineer. The manufacturer’s data has been generated
from tests with 1 layer of A252 mesh, please provide at
least this level of reinforcement.

Insert Depth
The anchors should be installed so that the upper end of
the stirrup does not project out of the end of the wall.

Anchor Arrangement
If using more than two double wall anchors, suspension
will be structurally indeterminate unless a compensation
equaliser or similar is used. This is due to possible uneven
rope lengths or different heights of the installed double
wall anchors. Without this aid it is impossible to calculate
the load on each anchor.
Double wall anchor cover
Allowable Load Under Angle
In the load table our load values FVS(**VS IN SUBSCIPT)
is the vertical component of the load, no angled load
reduction necessary.

7-5 [Link]
 is necessary in both concrete formwork of longi-
tudinal d s = 8 mm and horizontal ds = 6 mm the slabs from horizontal to upright from the
at interval s = 20 cm. formwork platform or on the construction site.
Refer to the concrete element manufacturer’s
2.4 Inset depth of the compression member instructions for the correct transport position.

eder double
roeder Hoisting,
wall
double
anchors
anchors
wall anchors
should
Transportation
To ensure sufficient application of force the
be installed so that the upper Instructions forfor
Instructions installation and
installation use
and of of
use Schroe
Schr
and Relocation
end of the stirrup does not project out of the
end of the wall. Axial
Axial Axialzug
tensile
or angled load
due to possible
due to possible
Visual uneven
Check uneven rope
ropelengths
lengths or ordifferent
different See section “4.1: Design loads”
See section “4.1: Design loads” forfor
hoisting
hoisting
heights
heightsof
2.5 the installed
ofAnchor double
arrangement,
the installed wall anchors.
double wall anchors. load factors.
load factors.
Without A this
visualaid
check onimpossible
it is the anchors should be carried out for
Without this
obvious aid
influence
damage it is
before the to
impossible calculate
to
oninstallation. calculate
structural
Do
thethe
system
not use damaged Depending
Depending onon
thethe
number
number and location
and of of
location thethe
load onon
load eacheachanchor.
[Link] arrangement of transport double wall anchors the use of an equaliser or a a
anchors.
The number double wall anchors the use of an equaliser or
Inclined lifting
Inclined increases
lifting increases thethe
load
loadononthethe double
double compensation
compensation sling may
sling maybe be
necessary
necessary(see sec-
(see sec-
anchors has a direct influence on the structural
wall anchor
wall Transport
anchor and the slinging and hoisting gear tion “2.5: Anchor arrangement and influence on
systemand cases
and the
theslinging
load of theandindividual
hoisting gear anchors. tion “2.5: Anchor arrangement and influence on
as as
compared
compared to topurely
purely vertical lifting
vertical liftingin in
accor-
accor- with thethe
structural system”).
structural system”).
dance If the
Shear
with the anchors
loading
angleis not
ofare installed
generally symmetrically
permitted
inclination. during transport.
dance with
A respect the
shear lift to angle
maythe of inclination.
onlycentre
be usedofwhen liftingand
the a
slabs
UseUsean an
equaliser
equaliser when using
when horizontal
using tensile
horizontal tensile
gravity compen- Tensile
Shear Load
from horizontal to uprightguarantees
from the formwork platform load
Querzug to lift off the formwork table.
load load to lift off the formwork table.
sating mechanism an equivalent
orcontact
from the length,
transport the
truckanchor
on site. Please
forces areto equally
refer the TheTheslinging
slinging equipment
equipment must be be
must used only
used as as
only
engineer’s instructions for correct transportation
large and the anchorage is optimally exploited. position. shown in
shown in fig. 9,
fig. 10 and
9, from 11
10 and – never attach to com-
[Link], transportation the11 – never attach to com-
Hoisting,
If the anchor transportation
and compensatory suspension are
Fig. up
Tilting 9 Hoisting the
from horizontal
pression member.
pression member.
slab horizontal


and
and
Modesrelocation
relocation
of
arranged transport, hoisting and
asymmetrically theuse of equalisers
double wall will
distort
There initiallyhoisting
are different after lifting.
load factors to take into 3.3 ModesAxial
of transport, hoisting
Diagonal
loads,
3.13.1
Component
Component
account in the
If using
requirements
more requirements
calculations
than twodepending
doubleon the
walltransport
anchors,
Axial
use ofAxialzug
equalisers
tensile load
Diagonal
Schrägzug
tensile load
Axialzug
tensile load Schrägzug
tensile load
If the required
If theand liftingvisual
suspension
required device. checks
Each
will
visual reveal
beloadcase damage
in the
structurally
checks reveal table
damage to toa
covers
indeterminate. There are different hoisting load factors to take
thethe different
double wall
Loading
double lifting
this
wall situation.
willwill
allthis
doublejeopardise
wall thethe
anchors
jeopardise payload
will then require
payload into account in the calculations depending on
of of
thethe
anchorage
the and
use of aand
anchorage this anchor
compensation can no
this anchor equaliser longer
can no longeror similar the transport- and lifting device.

DOUBLE WALL LIFTING ANCHORS

be beused.
used.
3.23.2 Construction
Transport Fixing Systems Limited
situations
Transport situations
Unit 2, Westfield Estate, Henley Road, Medmenham, Marlow, Buckinghamshire SL7 2TA. UK
Horizontal
Horizontaltensile
tensileload is not
load generally
is not permitted
generally permitted
5 [Link]
Telephone. +44 (0) 1491 576466 Fax. lifting
+44 (0) 1491 578166
during transport. It is permitted only
during transport. It is permitted only when when lifting
thethe
slabsEmail.
from sales@[Link]
horizontal to to [Link]
upright from thethe
slabs from horizontal upright from
formwork
formwork platform
platform or or
ononthethe
construction
construction site.
site.
Refer
Referto tothethe concrete
concrete element
elementmanufacturer’s
manufacturer’s
CFS Double Wall [Link] 7 16/8/10 [Link]
instructions for the correct transport
instructions for the correct transport position.
position.

[Link]
Axial and 10 10
Fig. Axial tensile
loading
Axial load
tensile with
load equaliser
with andand
equaliser
diagonal tensile
diagonal load
tensile load
Axialzug
Axial tensile
AxialAxialzug
tensile

Tensile
Tensile
Querzug
load
Querzug
load

[Link].
9 Hoisting thethe
9 Hoisting slab from
slab thethe
from horizontal
horizontal

3.33.3
Modes
Modes of of
transport, hoisting
transport, loads,
hoisting loads,
use of equalisers
use of equalisers
There areare
There different hoisting
different load
hoisting factors
load to to
factors take
take Statically determinate suspension with
into account
into accountin in
thethecalculations depending
calculations depending onon compensation
[Link]. mounting
11 11
Structurally indeterminate
Structurally suspension
indeterminate suspension
thethe
transport- and
transport- lifting
and device.
lifting device. with compensation
with mounting
compensation mounting

Construction Fixing
Construction Systems
Fixing Limited
[Link]
Systems Limited 7-6
nghamshire SL7SL7
uckinghamshire 2TA.2TA.
UK UK UnitUnit
2, Westfield Estate,
2, Westfield Henley
Estate, Road,
Henley Medmenham,
Road, Marlow,
Medmenham, Buckin
Marlow, Bu
166 Telephone. +44
Telephone. (0) (0)
+44 1491 576466
1491 576466 [Link].
+44+44
(0) 1491 578166
(0) 1491 5781
 Reinforcement
Continuity Systems

8-1 [Link]
Contents
Full Strength Continuity Connection for Reinforcement 8-3

Configuration and Advantages of the Patent System 8-4

Friction Welding of Stainless Steel Anchors 8-5

Standard Lengths Reinforcement Steel 8-6

TSK – Position Coupler 8-8

PSAD Double Rebar Coupler 8-9

Accessories and Appliances 8-10

REINFORCEMENT CONTINUITY SYSTEMS

10
[Link] 8-2
 Full Strength Continuity Connection
for Reinforcement
A simple, efficient and more effective method
of connecting reinforcement, which overcomes
the disadvantages of the traditional method.

The patent system

Produced by means of male and female couplers
with a metric thread allowing connection of the
reinforcement steel.

Shear wall Column Column

Beam Future extension Beam-Column

8-3 [Link]
Configuration and Advantages
of the Patent System
• For reinforcement steel with a diameter from • The minimal dimensions of the outside diameter
10 mm to 40 mm. of the coupling ensure that a better concrete cover
is generatied and a heavy concentration of reinforcement
• The full diameter or cross-section of the bar can be used.
can be avoided.
• The strength of the connection is equivalent to the
• Lock nuts are not required.
reinforcement steel (Bar-break).
• Every diameter and length of reinforcement steel,
• Suitable for dynamic loads.
straight or bent, can be fitted with a coupler and
• Slip below 0.1 mm at 70% of the yield strength. easily connected.
• Reinforcement steel does not require any • Due the metric thread, no special tools are required to
special preparation. assemble the Patent System or tighten the coupling.
• Couplers are designed for reinforcement steel with a • No special training of personnel is needed.
nominal yield strength of 550 N/mm2 and a tensile
• The Patent System allows fast and easy to control
strength of 750 N/mm2.
of the connection.
• The shape, height and the type of ribs of the
• Crane time is reduced to a minimum.
reinforcement steel have no influence on the connection.
• Tested and approved according to international and

REINFORCEMENT CONTINUITY SYSTEMS

European standards and regulations.

[Link] 8-4
 Friction Welding of Stainless Steel Anchors
The fast and versatile welding solution
Quality Solution for connecting Welded connections between If any further evidence was required,
Stainless Steel stainless steel, reinforcing bars or thanks to its great versatility and
other steel components are essential many advantages friction welding
Where a stainless steel product is
in civil and structural engineering has been specified in the framework
required, our sockets are produced
using the friction welding process. works; friction welding provides a development planning of Deutsche
This results in what we believe to cost-effective and fast solution for Bahn AG and confirmed as a
be a superior product to what is such jobs. production method for the Federal
generally on the market. Ministry of Transport’s building and
A friction-welded joint is a butt-type, urban development for transport
How does friction welding work? full-contact welded joint that achieves infrastructure projects.
a fusion between the two materials
Commonly used in industrial at the joint interface with no gaps.
applications, friction welding is the Only a very weak electrochemical
process of generating heat through reaction is possible at this point,
mechanical friction between a which virtually eliminates the risk of
moving work piece and a stationary galvanic corrosion, in turn providing
component. Our approach is to cost benefits over time by eliminating
distinguish between the friction the need for expensive repair work.
phase and the forging phase. During Furthermore, the heating of the two
the friction phase a rotating work materials is uniform over the entire
piece is pressed against a fixed one, contact face, ensuring the same
then once both have been heated to strength properties can be assumed
a sufficient temperature the forging throughout the plane of the joint.
phase begins whereby the rotating
work piece is stopped and a force is Dealing with dynamic stresses
applied to continue pressing the two Friction-welded joints between
pieces together. stainless steel and ribbed reinforcing
What are the advantages? bars are subject to dynamic
stresses. Following extensive testing
In addition to super fast joining and countless years of practical
times, friction welding techniques are experience, particularly in transport
generally melt-free thereby offering infrastructure projects, it has been
an optimum welding method for proven that friction welding is
modern production operations. In the ideal method for dealing with
fact, for many types of assembly dynamic stresses.
friction welding is recommended over
For further proof of this, we have
other methods for both metallurgical
carried out fatigue tests with 2.5,
and commercial reasons.
5 and 10 million load cycles. In the
Another key advantage of friction subsequent tensile tests it was always
welding is the ability to securely join the ribbed reinforcing bar that failed.
dissimilar metals – often impossible
with other welding methods due to
the different melting points of the
metals.

8-5 [Link]
Standard Lengths
Reinforcement Steel
Ød

PSA rebar couplers – pressed version ØM

ØD
Can also be used for lifting. Please consult CFS. A
L1
L

Diam. Length Thread Coupling

Part No. d mm L mm M Length A mm Diam. D mm L1 mm
CFS-PSA-12-400 12 400 16 25 22 62
CFS-PSA-12-600 12 600 16 25 22 62
CFS-PSA-12-800 12 800 16 25 22 62
CFS-PSA-12-1000 12 1000 16 25 22 62
CFS-PSA-12-1500 12 1500 16 25 22 62
CFS-PSA-16-550 16 550 20 36 27 86
CFS-PSA-16-800 16 800 20 36 27 86

REINFORCEMENT CONTINUITY SYSTEMS

CFS-PSA-16-1020 16 1020 20 36 27 86
CFS-PSA-16-1440 16 1440 20 36 27 86
CFS-PSA-16-1500 16 1500 20 36 27 86
CFS-PSA-20-500 20 500 24 40 34 99
CFS-PSA-20-700 20 700 24 40 34 99
CFS-PSA-20-1000 20 1000 24 40 34 99
CFS-PSA-20-1280 20 1280 24 40 34 99
CFS-PSA-20-1500 20 1500 24 40 34 99
CFS-PSA-20-1800 20 1800 24 40 34 99
CFS-PSA-20-2000 20 2000 24 40 34 99
CFS-PSA-25-600 25 600 30 50 41 117
CFS-PSA-25-1000 25 1000 30 50 41 117
CFS-PSA-25-1500 25 1500 30 50 41 117
CFS-PSA-25-2260 25 2260 30 50 41 117
CFS-PSA-28-400 28 400 36 60 50 125
CFS-PSA-28-1790 28 1790 36 60 50 125
CFS-PSA-28-2530 28 2530 36 60 50 125
CFS-PSA-32-1400 32 1400 42 65 55 153
CFS-PSA-32-2000 32 2000 42 65 55 153
CFS-PSA-32-2300 32 2300 42 65 55 153
CFS-PSA-40-1600 40 1600 48 72 65 172
CFS-PSA-40-3400 40 3400 48 72 65 172

[Link] 8-6
 Ød

TSE forged male bar coupler ØM

For use with PSA coupler. A
L

Thread
Part No. Diam. d mm Length L mm M Length A mm
CFS-TSE-12-375 12 375 16 min 22
CFS-TSE-12-575 12 575 16 min 22
CFS-TSE-12-775 12 775 16 min 22
CFS-TSE-12-1000 12 1000 16 min 22
CFS-TSE-12-1500 12 1500 16 min 22
CFS-TSE-16-520 16 520 20 min 28
CFS-TSE-16-770 16 770 20 min 28
CFS-TSE-16-1020 16 1020 20 min 28
CFS-TSE-16-1410 16 1410 20 min 28
CFS-TSE-16-1500 16 1500 20 min 28
CFS-TSE-20-465 20 465 24 min 35
CFS-TSE-20-665 20 665 24 min 35
CFS-TSE-20-965 20 965 24 min 35
CFS-TSE-20-1250 20 1250 24 min 35
CFS-TSE-20-1500 20 1500 24 min 35
CFS-TSE-20-1800 20 1800 24 min 35
CFS-TSE-20-2000 20 2000 24 min 35
CFS-TSE-25-600 25 600 30 min 43
CFS-TSE-25-1000 25 1000 30 min 43
CFS-TSE-25-1500 25 1500 30 min 43
CFS-TSE-25-2260 25 2260 30 min 43
CFS-TSE-28-400 28 400 36 min 43
CFS-TSE-28-1790 28 1790 36 min 43
CFS-TSE-28-2530 28 2530 36 min 43
CFS-TSE-32-1400 32 1400 42 min 45
CFS-TSE-32-2000 32 2000 42 min 45
CFS-TSE-32-2300 32 2300 42 min 45
CFS-TSE-40-2000 40 2000 48 min 56
CFS-TSE-40-2600 40 2600 48 min 56

8-7 [Link]
TSK – Position Coupler
The position coupler is assembled from a threaded bar
with a hexagonal nut and an internally threaded coupler
sleeve with a lock nut. The TSK is suitable for a bent
or straight reinforcement bar, of which neither can be
rotated, and where space for the connected bar is limited. ØM

A L1 L1 L2
L

Rebar T hr ead C oupling

Part No. Dia. mm Size Length A mm L mm L1 mm L2 mm SW
CFS-TSK-12 12 M 16 16 90 13 48 24
CFS-TSK-16 16 M 20 20 112 16 60 30
CFS-TSK-20 20 M 24 24 134 19 72 36
CFS-TSK-25 25 M 30 30 168 24 90 46
CFS-TSK-26 26 M 33 33 184 26 99 50

REINFORCEMENT CONTINUITY SYSTEMS

CFS-TSK-28 28 M 36 36 202 29 108 55
CFS-TSK-32 32 M 42 42 236 34 126 65
CFS-TSK-40 40 M 48 48 268 38 144 75

[Link] 8-8
 PSAD Double
Rebar Coupler Ød

This is assembled from reinforcement steel FeB 500 ØD

ØM ØM
ØD
and a Patent System coupler with an internal metric
A A
thread at both ends. L1 L1
L

TSAD Double
Rebar Coupler ØM
Ød

ØM

Assembled from a thread bar with locked couplers A A

with an internal metric thread on both ends. This is L
used for applications where tolerance on the length
is less than 3mm.

Ød

PSAG – Bent ØM
ØD

Rebar Coupler
A
L1
R=2.5× Ø d

ØD
The assembly of the PSAG rebar coupler is identical to
that of the PSA rebar coupler. The lengths (L1 and L2)
of the reinforcement steel can be made to order and
bent as required.
L

PSAP – End Connection

Identical to the PSA rebar coupler, but the coupling will
ØD
be joined to an anchor plate by a bolt. The anchor plate Ød ØM

dimensions allow the full strenght of the reinforcement

steel to be used. Øa

• The Patent System gives optimal flexibility to

manufacture every desired connection using 2 separate
couplers, PKB and PEB, in the workshop, on site or in
b
the concrete factory. L2
L

8-9 [Link]
Accessories and Appliances
PKB – standard anchor coupler
Has internal thread to produce anchors. ØDØd ØM
ØD

A
L1
Rebar Diameter Thread Length Length Dia.
Part No. dia mm d mm Size A mm D mm L1 mm
CFS-PKB-16 12 14.5 M 16 27 22 58
Rebar Diameter Thread Length Length Dia.
CFS-PKB-20 16 19 M 20 36 27 80
Part No. dia mm d mm Size A mm D mm L1 mm
CFS-PKB-24 20 24 M 24 40 34 92
CFS-PKB-16 12 14.5 M 16 27 22 58
CFS-PKB-30 25 29 M 30 50 41 110
CFS-PKB-20 16 19 M 20 36 27 80
CFS-PKB-33 26 31 M 33 54 46 117
CFS-PKB-24 20 24 M 24 40 34 92
CFS-PKB-36 28/30 34 M 36 60 50 125
CFS-PKB-30 25 29 M 30 50 41 110
CFS-PKB-42 32/34 37 M 42 65 55 145
CFS-PKB-33 26 31 M 33 54 46 117
CFS-PKB-48 40/43 47 M 48 65 65 180
CFS-PKB-36 28/30 34 M 36 60 50 125
CFS-PKB-42 32/34 37 M 42 65 55 145
CFS-PKB-48 40/43 47 M 48 65 65 180

REINFORCEMENT CONTINUITY SYSTEMS

PEB – standard end coupler
Has external thread to produce end anchors.
Rebar Diameter Thread Length Length Dia. ØD Ød ØMØD
Part No. dia mm d mm Size A mm D mm L1 mm
A
L1
CFS-PEB-16 12 14.5 M 16 18.5 22 58
Rebar Diameter Thread Length Length Dia.
CFS-PEB-20 16 19 M 20 22.5 27 80
Part No. dia mm d mm Size A mm D mm L1 mm
CFS-PEB-24 20 24 M 24 27 34 92
CFS-PEB-16 12 14.5 M 16 18.5 22 58
CFS-PEB-30 25 29 M 30 35 41 110
CFS-PEB-20 16 19 M 20 22.5 27 80
CFS-PEB-36 28/30 34 M 36 40 50 127
CFS-PEB-24 20 24 M 24 27 34 92
CFS-PEB-42 32/34 37 M 42 46 55 150
CFS-PEB-30 25 29 M 30 35 41 110
CFS-PEB-48 40/43 47 M 48 54 65 180
CFS-PEB-36 28/30 34 M 36 40 50 127
CFS-PEB-42 32/34 37 M 42 46 55 150
CFS-PEB-48 40/43 47 M 48 54 65 180

[Link] 8-10
 ØM
PKBP – end anchor coupler ØM
Ø D Ø? Ø d
Has an anchor plate to produce an end coupler. Ø D Ø? Ø d
Øa
Øa
A
L1 A
L1

Rebar
Rebar Thread
Thread Coupling
Coupling Anchor Plate
Anchor Plate
Dia.
Dia. Dia.
Dia. Length
Length Dia.
Dia. L1
L1 Dia. aa
Dia. bb b
b
Part No.
Part No. mm
mm dd mm
mm Size
Size A mm
A mm D mm
D mm mm
mm mm
mm mm
mm
CFS-PKBP-12
CFS-PKBP-12 12
12 12
12 M 16
M 16 27
27 22
22 58
58 48
48 12
12
CFS-PKBP-16
CFS-PKBP-16 16
16 16
16 M 20
M 20 36
36 27
27 80
80 63
63 15
15
CFS-PKBP-20
CFS-PKBP-20 20
20 20
20 M 24
M 24 40
40 33
33 92
92 80
80 19
19
CFS-PKBP-25
CFS-PKBP-25 25
25 25
25 M 30
M 30 50
50 41
41 110
110 95
95 24
24
CFS-PKBP-28
CFS-PKBP-28 28/30
28/30 28
28 M 36
M 36 60
60 50
50 125
125 110
110 28
28
CFS-PKBP-32
CFS-PKBP-32 32/34
32/34 32
32 M 42
M 42 65
65 55
55 145
145 130
130 31
31
CFS-PKBP-36
CFS-PKBP-36 36
36 36
36 M 42
M 42 65
65 60
60 145
145 145
145 36
36
CFS-PKBP-40
CFS-PKBP-40 40/43
40/43 40
40 M 48
M 48 72
72 65
65 180
180 160
160 40
40

PEBL – weldable coupler ØD ØB Ød Ø M Ø D1 Ø D

ØD ØB Ød Ø M Ø D1 Ø D
Has weldable socket to connect reinforcement
A
steel with steel constructions. L2
L2
L1 A
L1
L
L

Rebar
Rebar Diameter
Diameter Thread
Thread Length
Length Length Dia.
Length Dia.
Part No.
Part No. dia mm
dia mm dd mm
mm Size
Size A mm
A mm D mm
D mm L1 mm
L1 mm
CFS-PEBL-16
CFS-PEBL-16 12
12 M 16
M 16 27
27 22
22 20
20 58
58
CFS-PEBL-20
CFS-PEBL-20 16
16 M 20
M 20 36
36 27
27 25
25 80
80
CFS-PEBL-24
CFS-PEBL-24 20
20 M 24
M 24 40
40 34
34 31
31 92
92
CFS-PEBL-30
CFS-PEBL-30 25
25 M 30
M 30 50
50 41
41 38
38 110
110
CFS-PEBL-36
CFS-PEBL-36 28/30
28/30 M 36
M 36 60
60 50
50 45
45 127
127
CFS-PEBL-42
CFS-PEBL-42 32/34
32/34 M 42
M 42 65
65 55
55 50
50 150
150
CFS-PEBL-42 36 M 42
42 65 60 56 __
CFS-PEBL-42 36 M 65 60 56
CFS-PEBL-48
CFS-PEBL-48 40/43
40/43 M 48
M 48 82
82 65
65 60
60 180
180

8-11 [Link]
REINFORCEMENT CONTINUITY SYSTEMS

8-12
[Link]
 Cast-in Channels

9-1 [Link]
Contents
Typical Channel Applications 9-3

Typical Cast-in Channel Anchor Variations 9-4

Cast-in Channel - Cold Rolled 9-5

Cast-in Channel - Hot Rolled 9-7

T-Bolts 9-8

Longitudinal Resistance 9-10

Toothed Channel Type CHT 9-11

CFS Flexi Channels Type F 9-12

CFS Captive Fixing Nuts 9-13

CFS UNI Channel 41/21 Cast-In Insert 9-14

Sled Channels for Metal Deck Floors 9-15

CAST-IN CHANNELS
Met Stop for Fixing to the Edge of Metal Deck Floors 9-16

CFS Plain Back Channels 9-18

Special Channel Fabrications 9-19

Channels - Material, Standards 9-20

10
[Link] 9-2
 Typical Channel Applications
Curtain Wall

Curtain Wall: Bracket to Top of Slab Curtain Wall: Bracket to Side of Slab

Masonry Support System: Fixing brick and stone Structural Steel: Curtain Wall Bracket Steel to Structural
support angles Steel with Plain Backet Channel

Fixing of Mechanical Services Pipe Support Bracket to Underside of Slab

Lift guide rails Fixing elevator guide rails and door surrounds

9-3 [Link]
Typical Cast-in Channel
Anchor Variations
CFS high quality inserts are designed to provide flexible ‘T’-bolts can be placed in the channels easily and moved to
fixing points for concrete structures. Channels are ideal the desired position. Subsequent removal of components
for use near the edges of concrete where drilling is not is very simple.
possible. They are ideal for use in post-tensioned structures.

CFS-S stud anchor standard CFS-W welded wave anchor

CFS channels can be supplied with either of the above anchor configurations. The load capacity is identical. Standard
anchor centres on long lengths of channel are 250 mm. Other centres can be supplied on request. Special anchor types
can be provided to suit specific site requirements.

CAST-IN CHANNELS
T-Bolts Filler
T head bolts or locking plates are simply inserted All channels intended for casting in contain CFS quick
anywhere along the channel and turned through to remove filler.
90° to block into position.

Cold Rolled or Hot Rolled

In most circumstances, cold rolled sections provide the appropriate solution. Where vibration is an issue or in safety-
critical applications, hot rolled channels should be considered. If in doubt, seek advice.

[Link] 9-4
 Cast-in Channel - Cold Rolled
Channel PEC-TA PEC-TA PEC-TA PEC-TA PEC-TA PEC-TA
Anchor
28/15 38/17 40/25 49/30 54/33 72/49
Cold rolled Cold rolled Cold rolled Cold rolled Cold rolled
Cold rolled
Bolt anchor Bolt anchor Bolt anchor Bolt anchor Bolt anchor
Welded I
anchor

15°15°
min
15°15°
min
15°
minminmin
15°
min
‘β’‘α’
‘α’ ‘α’ ‘α’
‘β’ ‘β’‘β’
‘β’‘α’
‘α’ ‘β’

Material
Hot-dip. galvan. x x x x x x
Stainless steel A4 x x x x x x
100100100100100250250
100 250
250
250
250
Stainless steel A2 On Demand On Demand On Demand On Demand On Demand On Demand
Bolt 28/15 38/17 40/22 50/30 50/30 72/48
F F F FFF2 F F2 F2 FF22 F2 2F 2F 2F2F
2F 2F
hef,min /bch /hch 45/28/15 76/38/17 79/40/25 94/50/30 155/53.5/33 179/72/49
150mm
150mm150mm
150mm (recommended
(recommended
150mm
150mm
(recommended
(recommended
(recommended minimum)
(recommended
minimum)
minimum)
minimum)
minimum)
minimum)
hef,min - Effective anchoring depth min. bch - Width of channel hch - Height of channel
Standard Short piece cast-in channels
F r F r FFrr FFFrrr FFrr FFFrrr FFFrrr FFFrrr FFrr FFFrrr FFrrr FFrrr F r FFrr F r
Anchor centres
150 200 250 300 150 150 250 250
(mm)

Standard channel
150 200 250 300 350 550
lengths (mm)
Other short lengths are available to order, please consult CFS.

Cold Rolled C-Channel

9-5 [Link]
Cast-in Channel - Cold Rolled
Dimensioning and design calculations
The design of the products with a European Technical Approval is based on the standard CEN/TS 1992-4. We provide PEC
Rail software to allow you to optimize product selection, which is available on our website [Link]
The design loads for the CFS-PEC-TA Cast in channel are provided in this brochure. Please contact our technical office
for assistance if necessary

Load capacities for cold rolled channels

Capacities per bolt where the T-bolts are spaced no closer than the anchors on the back of the channel

Tension Max Shear Min Shear Slab Anchor

Capacity C25/30 Capacity C30/37 Capacity C30/37 thickness ≥ Spacing
where c≥ Tension where c≥ Shear where c≥ Shear (if thinner, 5min 5max
Only Only Only consult
software)
mm kN mm kN mm kN mm mm mm
CFS-PEC-
40 5 59 5 40 4.5 100 50 200
TA 28/15
CFS-PEC-
50 10 90 10 50 5.5 125 100 200
TA 38/17

CAST-IN CHANNELS
CFS-PEC-
50 11.1 100 11.1 50 6.2 150 100 250
TA 40/25
CFS-PEC-
75 17.2 141 17.2 75 9.4 150 100 250
TA 49/30
CFS-PEC-
100 30.5 250 30.5 100 14.4 200 100 250
TA 54/33
CFS-PEC-
150 55.6 360 55.6 150 22.2 250 100 400
TA72/49

This table may be used in simple cases. The values are for tension only, shear only, or compare resultant forces of a
tension and shear components with the shear capacities. In cases where there is a longitudinal force along the length
of the channel, please see our nibbed bolt and toothed channel products.
These values are ultimate capacities and should be compared with the factored design loads.
PEC Rail software is available on our website [Link] that would be useful for complex cases, with
tensile and shear forces together, with close edge distances, different slab thickness or different concrete strength.
CFS will provide technical assistance for any problems you have, so if in doubt, ask for help.

[Link] 9-6
 Cast-in Channel - Hot Rolled
Channel PEC-TA 40/22 PEC-TA 50/30 PEC-TA 52/34
Anchor Hot rolled Hot rolled Hot rolled
Welded I anchor Welded I anchor Welded I anchor

Hot Rolled C-Channel

Material
Hot-dip. galvan. x x x
Stainless steel A2 On Demand On Demand On Demand
Bolt to suitv 40/22 50/30 50/30
hef,min /bch /hch 79/40/22 94/50/30 155/52/34
hef,min - Effective anchoring depth min. bch - Width of channel hch - Height of channel

Capacities per bolt where the T-bolts are spaced no closer than the anchors on the back of the channel

Tension Shear Shear Slab Anchor

Capacity C25/30 Capacity C30/37 Capacity C30/37 thickness ≥ Spacing
where c≥ Tension where c≥ Shear where c≥ Shear (if thinner, 5min 5max
Only Only Only consult soft-
ware)
mm kN mm kN mm kN mm mm mm
PEC-TA 40/22 50 11.1 100 11.1 50 6.4 150 100 250
PEC-TA 50/30 75 17.2 141 17.2 75 4 150 100 250
PEC-TA 52/34 100 30.6 250 30.5 100 6.1 200 100 250

This table may be used in simple cases. The values are for tension only, shear only, or compare resultant forces of a
tension and shear components with the shear capacities.
These values are ultimate capacities and should be compared with the factored design loads.
For more complicated design cases, please consult with CFS who will prepare a calculation for situation.

9-7 [Link]
T-Bolts
CFS T-bolts are drop forged specifically designed to be used Grade A4 and class 70 are also available to
with the appropriate channel section. All mild steel T-bolts order. Please note that when deciding the correct
are supplied electroplated finish as standard grade 4.6. channel and ‘T’-bolt combination the load capacity of both
channel and ‘T’-bolt need to be taken into consideration.
They are also available grade 4.6 hot dip spun galvanised
to BS-1971 to provide a minimum of 43 microns thickness.
Stainless steel T-bolts are A2 grade 50.

Size Range for Channels

Type T Bolt 28/15 T Bolt 38/17 T Bolt 40/22 T Bolt 50/30 T Bolt 72/48

All bolts are delivered in one

box with nuts and washers.
Nuts and washers are packed
in separate plastic bags.

Electro zinc plated* x x x x x

Stainless steel A4 x x x x x
Grade 4.6 as standard x x x x x

CAST-IN CHANNELS
8.8 on request x x x x x
Diameter M8-M12 M10-M16 M10-M16 M12-M20 M20-M30
Length (mm) 15-100 20-200 20-300 30-300 50-200

*Hot-dip galvanised available on request.

SWL and Technical Characteristics

Grade 4.6 Grade 8.8

Max. Load kN* Bending Max. Load kN* Bending

Bolt size Torque Torque
Moment Moment
Nm Nm
Tension Shear kNm Tension Shear
kNm
M6 3 4.3 2.9 3 3 11.6 6.4 9
M8 8 7.9 5.3 8 8 21.1 11.7 22
M 10 13 12.5 8.4 16 15 33.4 18.6 43
M 12 25 18.2 12.1 28 25 48.6 27 75
M 16 40 33.9 22.6 72 40 90.4 50.2 192
M 20 120 52.9 35.3 140 120 141.1 78.4 374
M 24 200 76.3 50.7 242 200 203.3 113 647
M 27 300 99.1 66 360 300 264.1 146.9 959
M 30 380 121.1 80.6 486 380 322.8 179.5 1295

* Please also check channel capacities for the conditions present.

[Link] 9-8
 DETERMINING REQUIRED BOLT LENGTH

Profile Type f (mm) Bolt m+s+u (mm)

CFS-PEC-TA 28/15 Cold 2.3 M6 8.8
CFS-PEC-TA 38/17 Cold 3 M8 11.3
CFS-PEC-TA 40/25 Cold 6 M10 13.9
CFS-PEC-TA 49/30 Cold 7.5 M12 17.3
CFS-PEC-TA 54/33 Cold 8 M16 21.8
CFS-PEC-TA 72/49 Cold 10 M20 27.0
CFS-PEC-TA 40/22 Hot 6 M24 32.5
CFS-PEC-TA 50/30 Hot 8 M27 36.5
CFS-PEC-TA 52/34 Hot 11.5 M30 40
l = Required bolt length
f = Height of the profile lip

Cold = Cold rolled m = Height of the nut

Hot = Hot rolled s = Thickness of the washer
lk = Clamping thickness
u = Length of bolt protruding

Once you have determined the minimum required bolt length for your
application, please consult with CFS to establish the suitable stock length.
We carry a wide range of lengths in stock.

9-9 [Link]
Longitudinal Resistance
Where forces exist along the length of the channel, there
are two alternative solutions, ribbed T-Bolts alongside our
hot-rolled channels, or toothed channels. If in doubt, please
send your conditions to CFS for advice.

Nibbed T-Bolts
These bolts must be used with hot rolled channels, hot
dipped galvanized. All bolts grade 8.8

Channel Nibbed T-Bolt Toque Longitudinal

Nm Design Capacity
kN
CFS-PEC-TA 40/22 HSZ 40-22 M16 120 4.1
CFS-PEC-TA 50/30 HSZ 50-30 M16 120 10.0
CFS-PEC-TA 50/30 HSZ 50-30 M20 360 11.8
CFS-PEC-TA 52/34 HSZ 52-34 M20 360 11.8

A steel-to-steel contact is required between channel and attachment.

A calibrated torque wrench must be used.

CAST-IN CHANNELS

[Link] 9-10
 Channel BoClh
t annel BolT-b
t olt lengthsT-b
avaoilltab
leln
eg(tm
hm
s a) vailable (mm) Stainless steelSb
taoilntlleesnsgsttheselavbaoilltableln
eg(tm
hm
s a) vailable (mm)
profile dip
arm
oefitleer Grade
diameter 8.8 (CZS )
Grade 8.8 (CZS) A4 (CZS ) A4 (CZS ) A 2 (CZS ) A2 (CZS )

38/23 M16
38/23 30, 40, 50, 603, 08,04, 01,0500, ,16205,, 8105,01
M16 , 0200,01
, 2350,0150, 200, 30600 60

Toothed Channel Type CHT

M12 30, 40, 50, 60, 30,
M12 80, 40,
100,125,150,200,300
50, 60, 80, 100,125,150,200,300

41/22 M16
41/22 50, 100
M16 50, 100 35, 50 35, 50 40, 50, 60, 7540, 50, 60, 75

M12 M12 35, 50 35, 50 loads in 35, 50, 80

35, 50, 80 50 50
Bolt Channel Allowable Longitudinal loads Minimum spacing in
diameter profile reinforced concrete reinforced concrete (mm)
Bolt ChBan onltel
(CHT)
Allo
Cwhaan
bnleelload(kN)†inlefolrocaeddscionnrcerientfeo(rkceNd) concrete (kN)
Asllionwraeb Minimum spacM inin
gim
inurm
einsfpoarcciendgcio
nnrcerientfeo(rm
cem
d )concrete (m
Channel spacing
diameter prodfiia
lemeter(pupllr-oofu Long
pelrls-eolength
ilte, tran(sor
vu ush osrvreerssShort
t,etarran ueltsahnetchannel
alroo
ad ) sultantLong
r sre (llooandgsilength
)tudbolt
inal l(olo
ad
n
Bolt
sg)itupair
dinal load s) ChNormal
annel sp acingannel sedge
pair ChParallel pacingEnd edge
single bolt with bolt pair or single 2-anchor* 3-anchor*
(CHT) Long(CHT) length Long Short
length channel with bolt pair Long
Short channel with bolt pair Long length length Bolt pair Bolt pair Normal pair Normal
C1 C2 C3 Parallelpair
edge ParallelEnd edge edge End edge
3-anchor
or single bolt or sin 3g - alencbhooltr 3- anchor or single bolt or 2 si-nagnlcehb
oo
r*lt 32- ann
-a choo
ch r*r* 3C1
- anchor* C2
C1 C3
C2 C3
250 150 150 150 150
250

150 C1
250 250 150 C1 C2 C2
250 250
C3
C3

T- bolts Grade T-
8.8bolts Grade 8.8
T-bolts Grade 8.8
M16 38/M16
23 381/ 22.30 12.0 20.0 20.0 12.0 122.00.0 2204..00 12245.0 18255 8755 75
M16 41/ 22 38/23
41/ 82.20 12.0 20.0
8.0 14.0 14.0 12.0
5.5 20.0 24.0
5.58 .0 181..00 1101125 85
0.0 7
10075
5 7650 60
41/22 8.0 14.0 5.5 8.0 110 100 75 60
M12 38/M12
23 381/ 22.30 12.0 20.0 20.0 12.0 122.00.0 2204..00 12245.0 18255 8755 75
M12 41/ 22 38/23
41/ 82.20 12.0 20.0
8.0 14.0 14.0 12.0
5.5 20.0 24.0
5.58 .0 181..00 1101125 85
0.0 7
10075
5 7550 50
41/22 8.0 14.0 5.5 8.0 11.0 100 75 50
Stainless steel bolts
Stainless steel bolts
Stainless steel bolts
M16 41/M16
22 41/ 82.20 8.0 14.0 14.0 5.5 5.85.0 181..00 11010.0 17050 7650 60
M16 41/22 8.0 14.0 5.5 8.0 11.0 100 75 60
M12 41/M12
22 41/ 82.20 8.0 14.0 14.0 4.0 4.80.0 88..00 1080.0 17050 7550 50
M12
Notes: Notes:
41/22 8.0 14.0 4.0 8.0 8.0 100 75 50
* Subject to check on resultant
* Subject to check load.
on resultant load.
Notes: *Subject
Allowable loads to checkare
quoted onafter
resultant load. †Pull-out,
application transverse
of aapplication
Safety Factor shear or resultant 2.5
loads.
on Allowable loads quoted are after application of a Safety Factor of approximately
Allowable loads quoted are after of aofSafety
approximately test in reinforced
Factor of approximately 2.5 on testconcrete.
in reinforced concrete.
2.5 on test in
For extreme bolt reinforced
positions concrete.
and For extreme
minimum cut boltdistances,
edge positions and minimum
please consultcut edge
CFS [Link], please consult CFS Ltd. Two bolts on the same channel taking longitudinal
For extreme bolt positions and minimum
loads can be as little as 50mm apart, please consult CFS Ltd. cut edge distances, please consult CFS Ltd.
Two bolts on theTwo
same channel
bolts on thetaking longitudinal
same channel loads
taking can be as loads
longitudinal little as 50be
can mmas apart;
little asplease
50 mm consult
apart; CFS Ltdconsult
please . CFS Ltd .

9-11 [Link]
CFS Flexi Channels Type F
CFS Flexi Channels are ideally suited for the quick, reliable
and cost efficient fixing of different construction elements to
metal deck floors.
The insert can be adjusted in height to suit the varying floor
profiles and fabricated ski assemblies are simple to fit to the
base of the adjustable feet.

CFS Cast-In 49/30 with Flexible Anchor

Product Description
Length Number Min. Total Max. Total
Hot dipped galvanized or
[mm] of Anchors Height [mm] [mm]
stainless steel
CFS - TA/F - 40/25, 49/30 200 or 350 200 (2) / 350 (3) 60 90
CFS - TA/F - 40/25, 49/30, 54/33 200 or 350 200 (2) / 350 (3) 85 110
CFS - TA/F - 40/25, 49/30, 54/33 200 or 350 200 (2) / 350 (3) 108 158
Other lengths / profile types or materials are available on request
For min. total height = 60mm the loads FRd have to be reduced by factor 0.92

CAST-IN CHANNELS
N

Total min and max height

N N
V
V 49

V 3.25
30

200m 350m

Resultant
Tension [kN] Shear [kN] Min. Edge T-Bolts
Section [kN]
SWL [NRD] SWL [N] Distance [mm] SWL
SWL [R]
40/25 10 10 10 120 12mm (9.3kN) 16mm (17.3kN)
49/30 15 15 15 150 16mm (17.3kN) 20mm (27.0kN)
54/33 25 25 25 250 16mm (17.3kN) 20mm (27.0kN)
All load values in accordance with design criteria CEN­/TS 1992-4-3

• Loads based on minimum C35 concrete strength

• For 350mm channels minimum bolt centres = 150mm
• For minimum height flexi anchors reduce the load by (x 0.92)

[Link] 9-12
 CFS Captive Fixing Nuts
The Economic Fix to Channel Inserts
The main benefits are:
• Channels are supplied ready for casting in complete
with the channel nuts.
• Very quick to install – no down time looking for
seperate T-Bolts.
• Very economical particularly for larger diameters and
longer projections.

Captive Nut Data for Cast-In Channel Inserts

Captive Nut Indicative Load Capacities

40/25 Channel c/w M12 Captive Nut 8kN Tensile: 10kN Shear
49/30 Channel c/w M16 Captive Nut 12.5kN Tensile: 15kN Shear
54/33 Channel c/w M20 Captive Nut 25kN Tensile: 25kN Shear

40/25 Channel c/w M12 Captive Nut

49/30 Channel c/w M16 Captive Nut

54/33 Channel c/w M20 Captive Nut

9-13 [Link]
CFS UNI Channel 41/21
Cast-In Insert
Size: 41 x 21 x 2.5mm
• Concrete inserts are available in standard lengths of
3 metres which are supplied complete with polystyrene
infill and End Caps in place.
• Non-standard lengths can be supplied in increments of
200mm. Dedicated lengths to suit your requirements
can also be produced.
• Finish pre-galvanised or hot dip galvanised. If site
installation requires the concrete insert to be cut and
end caps must be reinserted at each end.

22 15

100mm

CAST-IN CHANNELS
100mm
39

100mm

7mm Diameter
Fixing Hole 21mm

Recommended loadings
UNI Channel 41/21 Safe working load 41mm
Point load
(250mm centres) 5.5 kN

Continuous Load
(per 1000mm) 22 kN

Concrete Strength 35 N/mm

[Link] 9-14
 CAST-IN CHANNEL

Sled Channels for Metal

LS FOR METAL DECK FLOORS MET STOP FOR
Deck Floors Sled channel assemblies are fabricated to suit
e designed to to be used in CFS Met-stop pro
CFS ski channels are designed to to be used in the top Ski channel assemblies are fabricated to suit your particular
etal decksurface
[Link] channel your particular project requirements. We fixing
metal deck floors. Ski channel assemblies allow project requirements. We manufacture to suit your slabto metal dec
annel inserts to be
channel easily
inserts manufacture
to be easily positioned to they
so that suit are
your slab depth anddecking
depth and decking channel contained
type and edge condition details.
flush with the surface
ey are flush with the surface of the concrete and maintain a
type and edge condition details. CFS
CFS will will be to advise of the most economical
be pleased
maintain correct edgeedge
a correct distance from the decking
pleased toedge trim.
advise assembly for you.
of the most economical
ecking edge trim. assembly for you.
Channel with support foot for metal deck flooring

TAIL

Edge spacers give precise setting out.

Edge spacers give precise setting out.
Manufactured to suit the slab depth,
or to sit on top of the ribs.
Manufactured
Please advise your exact decking detail. to suit the slab depth,
or to sit on top of the ribs.
Please advise your exact decking detail.

Single, double or triple channel

assemblies can be produced.
Single, double or triple channel
assemblies can be produced.

Ski allowable load data

LOAD DATA
(for typical example when used to fix curtain walling)
when used to fix curtain walling)

Min. edge Resultant Loads (R) Reinforcement

Channel distance e Single point Bolt pair* requirements
38/17 100 mm 16 kN 12 kN Standard mesh
40/25 125 mm 18 kN 16 kN and
49/30 150 mm 10 kN 20 kN 10 mm dia. bar
³ 50 ³ 25
Notes: Quoted loads assume unit cast into lightweight con-
e 450 mm long
Resultant
Mesh
load (R) crete minimum 130 mm thick, 25 N/mm2 strength and are with
after the application Resultant
of a safety factor of approximately 3:1.
load (R)
4 No.
* Loads quoted assume the component is fixed to sled 10 mm dia.
assembly using two bolts minimum 100 mm apart. Bobs(300/80)
Additional reinforcement
Fix restr
leg back

9–7

9-15 [Link]
Met Stop for Fixing to the Edge
of Metal Deck Floors
CFS Met stop provides the complete solution for fixing to metal deck floors.
Comprising a cast-in channel contained within a metal edge trim.

to Min
order 50

to order

CAST-IN CHANNELS
CFS Met stop is manufactured to suit your particular
project conditions. Met-stop edge trim is produced from
pre-galvanized sheet with either hot-dip galvanized or
stainless steel channel inserts.

Typical installation showing Met stop shot fired or

tek-screwed down to the steel frame. Restraint straps are
provided to give additional restraint to the upper edge.

Fix restraint straps, tying vertical

leg backto the metal decking

[Link] 9-16
 MET STOP LOAD DATA AND REINFORCEMENT REQUIREMENTS
Met stop load data and reinforcement requirements
Loading 2 strength 2
Loadingdata
dataforfor
lightweight concrete
lightweight of minimum
concrete 25 N/mm25
of minimum N/mm strength reinforced
reinforced as detailed on previous page.
as detailed on previous page.

Extreme bolt Allowable

250mm mc
Maximum position (ed), resultant
250 mm mc
Met stop cantilever (c)* (assuming mc)* load (F)
28/15 MTS 40 mm 25 mm 3.5 kN
38/17 MTS 50 mm 30 mm 6.0 kN
F
ed 40/25 MTS 75 mm 45 mm 8.0 kN
F
ed Quoted loads are after the application of a safety factor
of 3:1. * ‘Preferred cantilever’ = 25 mm.

Reinforcement requirements to achieve full loading in lightweight concrete, strength 25 N/mm2.

Reinforcement requirements to achieve full loading in lightweight concrete, strength 25 N/mm2.

300
Standard mesh
standart
300 mesh
standart
plus
mesh
10Standard mesh longitudinal bar
mm diameter
50 50

plus
min. min.
to order

with
10 mm diameter longitudinal bar
to order

10 mm diameter bobs (300/80)

with
at10
300
mmmm centres bobs
diameter for long lengths
(300/80)
150 mm mm
at 300 centres for short
centres lengths
for long lengths
to order
150 mm centres for short lengths
to order

CFS Met stop can be provided to suit your site requirements at short notice.
We manufacture to suit your site dimensions.

CFS Met-stop can be provided to suit your site

requirements at short notice. We manufacture to
suit your site dimensions.

9-9 9–9

9-17 [Link]
CFS Plain Back Channels
Plain back channels are useful in non-concrete applications
for example, welded to steel stations.

[Link] Bending load capacity at span L (single span element) Corresponding

load F flex [kN] 2x F flex [kN] q flex [kN/m] Bolt

L max L [m] L [m] L [m] Type Thread

Fz
[kN] [cm] 0.50 1.00 1.50 0.50 1.00 1.50 0.50 1.00 1.50 M

28/15 3.9 8 0.8 0.3 0.12 0.6 0.16 0.07 3.3 0.4 0.13 28/15 6-12

38/17 4.8 11 1.5 0.6 0.3 1.1 0.3 0.15 6.1 0.9 0.3 38/17 10-16

41/41 5.6 49 5.4 2.7 1.8 4.0 2.0 1.3 21.5 5.4 2.3 41/41 8-16

40/25 3.8 33 2.6 1.3 0.6 1.9 0.8 0.4 10.3 2.2 0.7 40/22 10-16

CAST-IN CHANNELS
49/30 4.9 46 4.3 2.2 1.2 3.3 1.6 0.7 17.4 4.3 1.3 50/30 10-20

40/22 5.7 21 2.6 1.3 0.6 2.0 0.8 0.3 10.5 2.1 0.6 40/22 10-16

50/30 11.0 19 5.3 2.7 1.6 4.0 2.0 0.9 21.4 5.3 1.7 50/30 10-20

52/34 17.0 21 8.8 4.4 2.8 6.6 3.3 1.6 35.1 8.8 3.0 50/30 10-20

72/48 31.0 32 22.3 11.2 7.4 16.7 8.4 5.6 89.3 22.3 9.9 72/48 20-30

All load bearing are calculated as elastic-plastic values according to DIN 18800; these are approximate values and can be
used for EC3.
Partial safey coefficient gamma f=1.4, deflection =max l/150. Calculate the design values as FR,d=1.4xF
For other sizes, please consult CFS.

[Link] 9-18
 Special Channel Fabrications

Welded in pairs to aid setting out SKI Channel for the Metal Deck Floor

Radiussed Fabricated corner piece

9-19 [Link]
Channels - Material,
Standards
Channel Hot Rolled, Cold Rolled T-Bolt Grade 4.6, Grade 8.8

Mild Steel Material S235JR (RSt 37-2) Hot Dip Galvanized DIN EN ISO 10684,
Material No. 1.0038, 1.0044 DIN EN ISO 898-1
DIN EN 10025 DIN EN ISO 4034
Hot Dip Material S235JR (RSt 37-2) zinc coating ≥ 40 µm
Galvanized
Material No. 1.0038, 1.0044 DIN 50961, DIN EN 1403,
DIN EN 10025 DIN EN ISO 4042
hot dip galvanised - DIN EN ISO DIN EN ISO 898-1
1461,
zinc coating ≥12 µm
zinc coating ≥ 50 µm
Grade A2-50, A2-70
Stainless Steel HCR
Grade A4-50, A4-70
Material No. 1.4529/1.4547
Stainless Steel HCR
DIN EN 10088
Material No. 1.4529, HCR50
A4
DIN EN 3506-1

CAST-IN CHANNELS
Material No. 1.4401/ 1.4404/
DIN EN 10 088
1.4571
A4
DIN EN 10088
Material No. 1.4401/ 1.4404/
1.4571
DIN EN ISO 3506-1
DIN EN 10 088

[Link] 9-20
 Precast Panel Support
and Restraint Systems

10-1 [Link]
Contents
Panel Support Shoe System 10-3

Angle Cleats to Support Panels 10-5

CFS Design Support 10-6

PRECAST PANEL SUPPORT AND RESTRAINT SYSTEMS

10
[Link] 10-2
 Panel Support Shoe
System
CFS have developed an innovative solution to panel
support which are cost effective and make optimal use of
material.
Our shoe system is designed to be cast in to the concrete
panel and poduced in a range of projections to suit
different cavity widths.

Part No Working Load kN Dimensions

Cavity
C B W H
mm
CFS-SB25-250 25 60 250 100 78
CFS-SB25-310 25 120 310 100 90
CFS-SB45-250 45 60 250 130 92
CFS-SB45-310 45 120 310 140 112
CFS-SB60-250 60 60 250 140 95
CFS-SB60-310 60 120 310 190 115

CFS can design and produce these brackets for other cavities and working loads. Please contact CFS with your precise
requirements and we will prepare specific calculations.

10-3 [Link]
PRECAST PANEL SUPPORT AND RESTRAINT SYSTEMS

10-4
[Link]
 Angle Cleats to Support Panels

Available in stainless steel or hot dip galvanised.

Dimensions to suit your requirements with precision
cut slots or serrated patches. Fixed with cast-in
channels, cast-in sockets or drill and fixed.
Provides three-dimensional adjustment on site.

10-5 [Link]
CFS Design Support
CFS can help you with Autocad design to produce the
most economical user friendly design to suite your
application. We can analyse your loads to select the
correct channel profile. Precast brackets designs can also
be optimised, taking in to account your façade dead and
wind loads. Fischer drill fixing applications are calculated
utilising the Compufix Software programme.

Available in either painted mild steel, hot dip galvanised

and stainless steel.
Brackets are produced to short lead times. CFS will work
closely with your production team to assemble complete
fixings assemblies including associated isolators, set
screws and bolts.

PRECAST PANEL SUPPORT AND RESTRAINT SYSTEMS

Alternative Bracket
Fixing Methods
Plain back channels are available for welding or bolting
to structural steelwork. The maximum length of channels
available is 3.0 m length up to 3.0 meters can be cut to
suit your requirements.

Welded to Steel Sections

Fixed to Steel Structure

with Blind Bolts
CFS can provide ‘Blind Bolt’ fixings. There are ideal for
situations where you may be connecting to an enclosed
steel section or those which have difficult access.
Available electroplated stainless steel finishes. Fixed with Blind Bolts

[Link] 10-6
 MOSO Precast Panel
Suspension System

11-1 [Link]
Contents
MOSO Precast Panel Suspension System for Concrete Facades 11-3

MOSO Product Summary 11-4

System Diagram 11-5

Precast Panel Suspension System 11-6

Technical data 11-7

Precast Panel Suspension System 11-8

Precast Panel Suspension System 11-9

Precast Panel Suspension System 11-10

Precast Panel Suspension System 11-11

MOSO PRECAST PANEL SUSPENSION SYSTEM

Precast Panel Suspension System 11-12

Precast Panel Suspension System 11-13

Assembly Instructions CFS-FB-H 11-14

Parapet anchor – Standard design CFS-FB-E 11-16

Parapet anchor – with adjustment CFS-FB-EJ 11-18

Assembly instructions CFS-FB-E 11-20

Assembly instructions CFS-FB-EJ 11-21

Pressure screws CFS-FB-DS 11-22

Wind Anchor Restraint CFS-FB-DZA 11-24

Assembly Instructions CFS-FB-DZA 11-25

Dowel Connection CFS-FB-VD 11-26

Other Products 11-27

10
[Link] 11-2
 MOSO Precast Panel
Suspension System for
Concrete Facades
Introduction
The MOSO precast panel suspension system is an
approved system. It consists of an upper part, a middle
part and a cast-in part.
There are several models of the upper part available
depending on the structural situation.
The standard upper part is fastened to a vertical surface
of the structure, or alternatively there is a fixing available
to connect to the top of a slab.
If a single point fixing is insufficient a double bolt version
is available.
The component cast into the facade was developed for
slender precast concrete units

Product information
• Load range: 6.0 – 70.0 kN
• Material: approved stainless steel
• Certificate: technical approval.

11-3 [Link]
MOSO Product
Summary
Precast panel suspension system: Parapet anchors: Wind anchor restraint:
FB-H FB-E FB-DS, FB-DZA

MOSO PRECAST PANEL SUSPENSION SYSTEM

Dowel connection Turn buckle restraint system

[Link] 11-4
 System Diagram

Wind pressure WD,d

Wind suction WD,d

alternatively:

Typical suspension system Angle of inclination

Cross section wall fixing type

11-5 [Link]
Precast Panel
Suspension System
Precast panel cast-in component, Type CFS-FB-HE
Together with the supplementary reinforcement included
in the scope of supply, the cast-in parts form an officially
approved system.
Type 1 covers load range from
6.0 kN to 22.0 kN inclusive.
Type 2 was designed for loads from
38.0 kN to 70.0 kN inclusive.
Please refer to the table for the dimensions.

Product information Type 1 Type 2

• Load range: 6.0 – 70.0 kN

• Material: approved stainless steel
• Certificate: technical approval.

MOSO PRECAST PANEL SUSPENSION SYSTEM

Cast-in part: load range : 6,0 kN - 22,0 kN

Stud Anchors

C-channel with two

nail holes Ø 4 mm

Front view Side view Top view

Cast-in part: load range : 38,0 kN - 70,0 kN

Stud Anchors

Hex bolt acc. to

DIN EN ISO 4017
L Profile (DIN 933)

Front view Side view Top view

[Link] 11-6
 Technical data
CFS-FB-HE

Boundary conditions [mm] Additional reinforcement

Working Load Design load VRd
fmin c1, min c2, min hges Ød a b c
6.0 kN 8.10 kN 70 50 110 335 6 24 250 13
8.5 kN 11.48 kN 70 100 125 335 6 24 250 13
Type 1

13.5 kN 18.23 kN 80 125 125 340 8 32 250 22

16.0 kN 21.60 kN 80 175 175 390 8 32 300 22
22.0 kN 29.70 kN 90 200 200 525 8 32 400 22
38.0 kN 51.30 kN 100 200 200 630 10 40 500 30
Type 2

48.0 kN 64.80 kN 115 225 225 685 12 48 500 33

70.0 kN 94.50 kN 125 225 225 805 12 48 600 35

Additional reinforcement

11-7 [Link]
 13.5 kN 18.23 kN 16.0° 18.5° 21.5° 24.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 18
16.0 kN 21.60 kN 14.0° 16.5° 19.0° 22.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 18
22.0 kN 29.70 kN 13.0° 15.0° 17.5° 20.0° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 18/22
38.0 kN 51.30 kN - 14.0° 16.0° 18.0° 20.0° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22
48.0 kN 64.80 kN - - - - 14.5° 17.0° 18.0° 19.0° 20.0° 20.0° 20.0° 20.0° 22

Precast Panel 70.0 kN

CFS-FB-HO1
CFS-FB-HO1
 Please refer to page
94.50 kN - - - -
12 for more information about the installation part.
- 13.5° 15.0° 16.0° 17.5° 18.5° 19.5° 20.0° 26

Suspension System
Working Load
Working Load
Design load VRd
Design load VRd 60 70
CFS-FB-HO1
Connection angle α at wall distance b in mm 
Connection angle α at wall distance b in mm 
80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 >160Dim.[mm]
Dim.
Ø dDim. Dowel
Connection angle α at wall distance b in mm  Ød Dowel [-]
SingleLoad
Working bolt type for
Design loadwall
V fixing, 60Type70FB-HO1 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 >160 [mm]
6.0 kN 8.10
Rd kN 18.0° 21.5° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° Ø25.0° d 12
Dowel [ - M10
]
60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 >160 [mm] [-]
The upper 6.08.5
kNkN
mounting 8.10
is kNkNto the
fixed
11.48 18.0° 21.5°
21.5°25.0°
concrete
18.0° 25.0°25.0°
frame with
25.0° 25.0°
a 25.0°
25.0° 25.0°25.0° 25.0°25.0° 25.0°25.0° 25.0°25.0° 25.0°25.0°
25.0°25.0°
25.0° 12 14 M10 M12
6.0 kN 8.5
drilled bolt kN
or a 8.10 kN
11.48
cast-in kN18.0°
channel. 21.5°
18.0° 25.0°
21.5° 25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0° 12
25.0° 14 M10 M12
13.5 kN 18.23 kN 16.0° 18.5° 21.5° 24.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 18 M16
8.5 kN13.5 kN 11.48 kN 18.23 kN18.0° 16.0°
21.5° 18.5°
25.0° 21.5°
25.0° 24.0°
25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0°
25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0°
25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
14 18M12 M16
16.0 kN 21.60 kN
Please refer to the table for the dimensions.14.0° 16.5° 19.0° 22.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 18 M16
13.5 kN16.0 kN 18.23 kN 21.60 kN16.0° 14.0°
18.5° 16.5°
21.5° 19.0°
24.0° 22.0°
25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0°
25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0°
25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
18 18M16 M16
22.0 kN 29.70 kN 13.0° 15.0° 17.5° 20.0° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 18/22 M16/M20
16.0 kN22.0 kN 21.60 kN 29.70 kN14.0° 13.0°
16.5° 15.0°
19.0° 22.0° 20.0°25.0° 25.0° 22.5° 25.0° 25.0° 22.5° 25.0° 25.0° 22.5° 25.0° 25.0° 22.5°18 M16M16/M20
Product information
38.0 kN 51.30 kN - 14.0°17.5° 16.0° 18.0°22.5° 20.0° 22.5°22.5° 22.5° 22.5°22.5° 22.5° 22.5°22.5° 22.5° 22.5°18/2222 M20
22.0 kN38.0 kN 29.70 kN 51.30 13.0°
kNkN 15.0° 17.5° 20.0° 22.5°
- - 14.0°- 16.0°- 18.0°- 20.0° 22.5° 22.5°
22.5° 22.5°
22.5° 22.5°
22.5° 22.5°
22.5° 22.5°
22.5° 22.5°
22.5° 18/22
22.5° M16/M20
22 22 M20
• Load 48.0 kN 64.80 14.5° 17.0°
range: 6.0 – 70.0 kN - 14.0° 16.0° 18.0° 20.0° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22 18.0° 19.0° 20.0° 20.0° 20.0° 20.0° M20
38.0 kN48.0 kN 51.30 kN 64.80 kN - - - - 14.5° 17.0° 18.0° 19.0° 20.0° 20.0° 20.0° 20.0° 22 M20 M20
70.0 kN 94.50 kN - - - - - 13.5° 15.0° 16.0° 17.5° 18.5° 19.5° 20.0° 26 M24
• Cavity: up to 500
48.0 kN70.0 mm
kN 64.80 kN 94.50 kN - -- -- -- 14.5° - 17.0°
- 13.5° 18.0° 15.0° 19.0° 16.0°
20.0° 17.5° 20.0° 18.5° 20.0° 19.5°
20.0° 20.0°
22 26M20 M24
 Please refer to page 12 for more information about the installation part.
70.0 kN
• Material: 94.50 kNstainless- steel-
approved - - - 13.5° 15.0° 16.0° 17.5° 18.5° 19.5° 20.0° 26 M24
 Please refer to page 12 for more information about the installation part.
 Please refer to page 12technical
• Certificate: for more information about the installation part.
approval
• Fixing angle allowable variance ±5°

CFS-FB-HO1

MOSO PRECAST PANEL SUSPENSION SYSTEM

Connection angle α at wall distance b in mm  Dim.
Working Load Design load VRd Ød Dowel
60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 >160 [mm] [-]
6.0 kN 8.10 kN 18.0° 21.5° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 12 M10
8.5 kN 11.48 kN 18.0° 21.5° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 14 M12
13.5 kN 18.23 kN 16.0° 18.5° 21.5° 24.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 18 M16
16.0 kN 21.60 kN 14.0° 16.5° 19.0° 22.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 18 M16
22.0 kN 29.70 kN 13.0° 15.0° 17.5° 20.0° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 18/22 M16/M20
38.0 kN 51.30 kN - 14.0° 16.0° 18.0° 20.0° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22 M20
48.0 kN 64.80 kN - - - - 14.5° 17.0° 18.0° 19.0° 20.0° 20.0° 20.0° 20.0° 22 M20
70.0 kN 94.50 kN - - - - - 13.5° 15.0° 16.0° 17.5° 18.5° 19.5° 20.0° 26 M24
 Please
1 refer to page
For more 12 for more information
information please about
see the
pageinstallation
11-12 [Link] contact us.

Front view Side view Top view

[Link] 11-8
 16.0 kN 21.60 kN 14.0° 16.5° 19.0° 22.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 14
22.0 kN 29.70 kN 13.0° 15.0° 17.5° 20.0° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 18
38.0 kN 51.30 kN - 14.0° 16.0° 18.0° 20.0° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 18
48.0 kN 64.80 kN - - - - 14.5° 17.0° 18.0° 19.0° 20.0° 20.0° 20.0° 20.0° 18
70.0 kN 94.50 kN - - - - - 13.5° 15.0° 16.0° 17.5° 18.5° 19.5° 20.0° 22

Precast Panel
Suspension System CFS-FB-HO2
CFS-FB-HO2
Double bolt type for wall fixing, CFS-FB-HO2 CFS-FB-HO2
Connection
Connection
angle
angle
α atαwall
at wall
distance
distance
b inbmm
in mm
 Dimensions
Dimensions
The double slotted Design
bracketDesign
of the upper Connection
part is fastened
Working
Working
loadload angle α at wall distance b in mm  Dimensions j a a Dowel Dowel
loadload
Design VRdVRd 60 60 70 70 80 80 90 90 100100 110110 120120 130130 140140 150150 160160>160 Ø d Ø d j
>160[mm][mm][mm][mm][mm][mm] [ - ] [ - ]
to the in-situ
Working loadconcrete with two drilled bolts or a cast in Dowel
load VRd 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 >160 [mm] [mm] [mm] [ - ]
Ø d j a
channel. 6.0 6.0 kN kN 8.10 8.10
kN kN 18.0°
18.0°
21.5°
21.5°
25.0°
25.0°
25.0°
25.0°
25.0°
25.0°25.0°
25.0°25.0°
25.0°
25.0°
25.0°
25.0°
25.0°
25.0°
25.0°
25.0°
25.0°
25.0°
25.0°10 10 20 20 100100 M8 M8
6.0 kN
8.5 8.5
kN kN 8.10 kN
11.48
11.4818.0°
kN kN 21.5°
18.0°
18.0°
Please refer to the table for the dimensions. 25.0°
21.5°
21.5° 25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 10 1220
25.0°
25.0° 12 20100 20 100M8
100M10M10
8.5 13.5
kN 13.5 11.4818.23
kN kN kN18.23
kN18.0° 21.5°
kN 16.0°
16.0° 25.0°
18.5°
18.5° 25.0°
21.5°
21.5° 25.0°
24.0°
24.0° 25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 12 1420
25.0°
25.0° 14 25100 M10
25 115115M12M12
13.5information
Product kN 16.0
16.0 18.2321.60
kN kN kN21.60
kN16.0° 18.5°
kN 14.0°
14.0° 21.5°
16.5°
16.5° 24.0°
19.0°
19.0° 25.0°
22.0°
22.0° 25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 14 1425
25.0°
25.0° 14 25115 M12
25 115115M12M12
16.0 22.0
kN 22.0
kN 21.6029.70
kN kN29.70
14.0° 16.5°
kN 19.0° 22.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 14 1825
18 30115 M12
• Load range: 6.0 – 70.0 kNkN 13.0°
13.0°
15.0°
15.0°
17.5°
17.5°
20.0°
20.0°
22.5°
22.5°
22.5°
22.5°
22.5°
22.5°
22.5°
22.5°
22.5°
22.5°
22.5°
22.5°
22.5°
22.5°
22.5°
22.5° 30 130130M16M16
22.0 38.0
kN 38.0 29.7051.30
kN kN kN51.30
kN13.0°
kN 15.0° 17.5°
- - 14.0°
14.0° 20.0°
16.0°
16.0° 22.5°
18.0°
18.0° 22.5°
20.0°
20.0° 22.5°
22.5°
22.5° 22.5°
22.5°
22.5° 22.5°
22.5°
22.5° 22.5°
22.5°
22.5° 22.5°
22.5°
22.5° 22.5°
22.5°
22.5° 18 1830
22.5°
22.5° 18 40130 M16
40 150150M16M16
• Cavity: up to 500 mm
38.0 48.0
kN 48.0 51.30 kN
kN kN 64.80 64.80 - 14.0° 16.0° 18.0°
kN kN - - - - - - - - 14.5° 20.0° 22.5°
14.5° 22.5°
17.0°
17.0° 22.5°
18.0°
18.0° 22.5°
19.0°
19.0° 22.5°
20.0°
20.0° 22.5°
20.0°
20.0° 22.5°
20.0°
20.0° 18
20.0° 40 150 M16
20.0°18 18 40 40 180180M16M16
• Material:
kNapproved
48.0 70.0
70.0 64.80 stainless
kN
kN kN 94.50 94.50 - steel
- - - 14.5°
kN kN - - - - - - - - - - 13.5° 17.0° 18.0°
13.5° 19.0°
15.0°
15.0° 20.0°
16.0°
16.0° 20.0°
17.5°
17.5° 20.0°
18.5°
18.5° 20.0°
19.5°
19.5° 18 2240
20.0°
20.0° 22 60180 M16
60 205205M20M20
70.0 kN technical
• Certificate: 94.50 kNapproval
- - - - - 13.5° 15.0° 16.0° 17.5° 18.5° 19.5° 20.0° 22 60 205 M20

• Fixing angle allowable variance ±5°

Technical data

CFS-FB-HO2

Connection angle α at wall distance b in mm  Dimensions

Design
Working load Dowel
load VRd 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 >160
Ød j a
[mm] [mm] [mm] [-]
6.0 kN 8.10 kN 18.0° 21.5° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 10 20 100 M8
8.5 kN 11.48 kN 18.0° 21.5° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 12 20 100 M10
13.5 kN 18.23 kN 16.0° 18.5° 21.5° 24.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 14 25 115 M12
16.0 kN 21.60 kN 14.0° 16.5° 19.0° 22.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 14 25 115 M12
22.0 kN 29.70 kN 13.0° 15.0° 17.5° 20.0° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 18 30 130 M16
38.0 kN 51.30 kN - 14.0° 16.0° 18.0° 20.0° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 18 40 150 M16
48.0 kN 64.80 kN - - - - 14.5° 17.0° 18.0° 19.0° 20.0° 20.0° 20.0° 20.0° 18 40 180 M16
70.0 kN 94.50 kN - - - - - 13.5° 15.0° 16.0° 17.5° 18.5° 19.5° 20.0° 22 60 205 M20

1 For more information please see page 11-12 or contact us.

Front view Side view Top view

11-9 [Link]
 22.0 kN 29.70 kN 12.5° 14.5° 16.5° 18.0° 20.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5°
38.0 kN 51.30 kN - 12.5° 15.0° 16.5° 18.5° 20.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5°
48.0 kN 64.80 kN - - - - 15.0° 16.0° 17.0° 18.5° 20.0° 20.0° 20.0°
70.0 kN 94.50 kN - - - - - 14.0° 15.0° 16.0° 17.0° 18.0° 19.0°

Precast Panel CFS-FB-HO2A

Suspension System
Working Design Connection angle α at wall distance b in mm  Dimensions
CFS-FB-HO1A
CFS-FB-HO1A
load load VRd Ød j a cmin Dowel
60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 >160 [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [-]
Design load
Design load fixing, Connection
Connection
angle α atangle
wall distance
α at wallbdistance
in mm  b in mm  Dimensions Dimensions
Single bolt
6.0
Working loadtype
kN for
8.10
Working load kNtop of
18.0° slab
21.5° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 10 20 100 80 M8
VRd V 60 Ød cminØ d Dowelcmin Dowel
Type CFS-FB-HO1A 70 60 80 70 90 80 10090 110100 120110 130120 140130 150140 160150>160 160 >160[mm]
8.5 kN 11.48 kN 15.5° Rd19.0° 22.5° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 10 [mm] 20 100 [mm] [ - 85
[mm]
] M8
[-]
6.0 13.5
The upper kN mounting
6.0 kN
kN 8.10kN
18.23 iskN 8.10to
14.5°
fixed 18.0°
kNthe21.5°
17.0° 18.0°25.0°
19.5°
concrete 21.5°
22.5° 25.0°
25.0°25.0°
25.0°
frame 25.0°25.0°
25.0°
with 25.0°25.0°
25.0° 25.0°25.0°
25.0° 25.0°25.0°
25.0° 25.0°25.0°
25.0° 25.0°25.0°
25.0° 25.0°25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
12 12 25.0°
20 45 11512 M10 8545 M10
M10
8.5 16.0
a drilled kN 8.5
or akN
boltkN 11.48
kNkN13.0°
cast-in
21.60 11.4815.5°
kN 19.0°
channel.
15.0° 15.5°22.5°
17.0° 19.0°25.0°
19.5° 22.5°25.0°
22.5° 25.0°25.0°
25.0° 25.0°25.0°
25.0° 25.0°25.0°
25.0° 25.0°25.0°
25.0° 25.0°25.0°
25.0° 25.0°25.0°
25.0° 25.0°25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
12 12 25.0°
20 60 12 M10
115 60 M10
90 M10
13.5
Please kN to
22.0
refer 13.5 kN18.23
29.70
kN the kNkNfor
table 18.23
12.5° 14.5°
thekNdimensions.
14.5° 17.0°
14.5°19.5°
16.5° 17.0°22.5°
18.0° 19.5°25.0°
20.5° 22.5°25.0°
22.5° 25.0°25.0°
22.5° 25.0°25.0°
22.5° 25.0°25.0°
22.5° 25.0°25.0°
22.5° 25.0°25.0°
22.5° 25.0°25.0°
22.5° 25.0°
12 14 25.0°
20 60 14 M12
130 9060 M10
M12
16.0 38.0
kN 16.0
kN kN 21.60
51.30 kNkN 21.60
- 13.0°
kN 15.0°
12.5° 13.0°17.0°
15.0° 15.0°19.5°
16.5° 17.0°22.5°
18.5° 19.5°25.0°
20.5° 22.5°25.0°
22.5° 25.0°25.0°
22.5° 25.0°25.0°
22.5° 25.0°25.0°
22.5° 25.0°25.0°
22.5° 25.0°25.0°
22.5° 25.0°
14 14 25.0°
40 65 14 M12
150 12565 M12
M12
22.0 48.0
Product kN 22.0
kN kN
information29.70
64.80 kNkN 29.70
- 12.5°
kN- 14.5°
12.5°
- 16.5°
14.5°
- 18.0°
16.5°20.5°
15.0° 18.0°22.5°
16.0° 20.5°22.5°
17.0° 22.5°22.5°
18.5° 22.5°22.5°
20.0° 22.5°22.5°
20.0° 22.5°22.5°
20.0° 22.5°22.5°
20.0° 22.5°
18 14 22.5°
40 65 14 M12
180 16065 M16
M12
38.0 70.0
kN 38.0
kN6.0kN51.30
94.50 kN
kN kN51.30
- kN
- - 12.5°
- - 15.0°
12.5°
- 16.5°
15.0°18.5°
16.5°20.5°
18.5°22.5°
20.5°22.5°
22.5°22.5°
22.5°22.5°
22.5°
- 14.0° 15.0° 16.0° 17.0° 18.0° 19.0° 20.0° 1822.5°
22.5°22.5°
22.5° 18
22.5° 8018 M16
40 205 180 M1680 M16
• Load range: – 70.0
48.0 kN 48.0 kN64.80 kN 64.80 kN - - - - - - - 15.0°- 16.0° 15.0°17.0°
16.0°18.5°
17.0°20.0°
18.5°20.0°
20.0°20.0°
20.0°20.0°
20.0° 18
20.0° 9018 M1690 M16
• Cavity: up to 500 mm
70.0 kN 70.0 kN94.50 kN 94.50 kN
- - - - - - - - - 14.0°- 15.0°
14.0°16.0°
15.0°17.0°
16.0°18.0°
17.0°19.0°
18.0°20.0°
19.0° 22
20.0°12022 M20
120 M20
• Material: approved stainless steel
• Certificate: technical approval
• Fixing angle allowable variance ±5°

MOSO PRECAST PANEL SUSPENSION SYSTEM

Technical data

CFS-FB-HO1A

Design load Connection angle α at wall distance b in mm  Dimensions

Working load Ød cmin Dowel
VRd 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 >160 [mm] [mm] [-]
6.0 kN 8.10 kN 18.0° 21.5° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 12 45 M10
8.5 kN 11.48 kN 15.5° 19.0° 22.5° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 12 60 M10
13.5 kN 18.23 kN 14.5° 17.0° 19.5° 22.5° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 14 60 M12
16.0 kN 21.60 kN 13.0° 15.0° 17.0° 19.5° 22.5° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 14 65 M12
22.0 kN 29.70 kN 12.5° 14.5° 16.5° 18.0° 20.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 14 65 M12
38.0 kN 51.30 kN - 12.5° 15.0° 16.5° 18.5° 20.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 18 80 M16
48.0 kN 64.80 kN - - - - 15.0° 16.0° 17.0° 18.5° 20.0° 20.0° 20.0° 20.0° 18 90 M16
70.0 kN 94.50 kN - - - - - 14.0° 15.0° 16.0° 17.0° 18.0° 19.0° 20.0° 22 120 M20

1 For more information please see page 11-13 or contact us.

Edge protection profile

Washer acc. to
DIN EN ISO 7093 (DIN 9021)

Front view Side view Top view

[Link] 11-10
 16.0 kN 21.60 kN 13.0° 15.0° 17.0° 19.5° 22.5° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 12 20
22.0 kN 29.70 kN 12.5° 14.5° 16.5° 18.0° 20.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 12 20
38.0 kN 51.30 kN - 12.5° 15.0° 16.5° 18.5° 20.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 14 40
48.0 kN 64.80 kN - - - - 15.0° 16.0° 17.0° 18.5° 20.0° 20.0° 20.0° 20.0° 18 40
70.0 kN 94.50 kN - - - - - 14.0° 15.0° 16.0° 17.0° 18.0° 19.0° 20.0° 18 40

Precast Panel CFS-FB-HO2A

CFS-FB-HO2A
CFS-FB-HO2A
Suspension System
Working Working
DesignDesign
Working Design
ConnectionConnection
angle angle
Connection α atangle
wall
α atdistance
αwall
at wall distance
b in mm
distance bmm
b in in mm
 Dimensions Dimensions
Dimensions
load V
load loadload load load V Ø d j Ø d a j c a Dowel c Dowel
Double bolt type V60
Rd for Rd 70
Rd top
60 slab
60of 708070 fixing,
809080 9010090 100
110
100 110
120110 120
130
120 130
140
130 140
150
140 150
160
150 160
>160
160>1[mm]
>160Ø[mm]
60
d j
[mm] [mm]
a min
[mm] [mm]
c min Dowel
[ -[mm]
[mm] min ] [-]
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [-]
Type6.0CFS-FB-HO2
kN6.06.0
8.10
kNkN 8.10
18.0°kN 21.5°
18.0°25.0°
21.5° 25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0°25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0°25.0°
25.0°25.0°
25.0° 10
25.0° 20 10 100 20 80
100 M8 80 M8
kN 8.10 kN 18.0° 21.5° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 10 20 100 80 M8
8.5 kN8.5bolt
The double 8.5
11.48
kNkN 11.48
bracket15.5°kN
of 19.0°
15.5°
the 22.5°
19.0°
upper 25.0°
22.5°
part is 25.0°
25.0°25.0°
fastened 25.0°
to25.0°
25.0°
the 25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0°
kN 11.48 kN 15.5° 19.0° 22.5° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 10 25.0°
25.0°25.0°
25.0° 10
25.0° 20 10 100 20
20 100 85
100 M885 M8M8
85
in-situ
13.5concrete
kN 18.23
13.513.5
with two
kN18.23
14.5°
kN kN18.23
drilled
kN kN14.5°
17.0°
14.5°bolts
19.5°
17.0°
17.0°
or a cast
22.5°
19.5°
19.5°
in25.0°
25.0°
22.5°
22.5°
channel.
25.0°
25.0°25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 12
25.0°122012 20
25.0° 11520 11585
115 M10
85 85M10M10
16.0refer
Please kN 21.60
16.016.0
to kNtable
kN the 21.60
13.0°
kN21.60 kN kN 15.0°
for 13.0°17.0°
15.0°
the15.0°
13.0° 19.5°
17.0°
dimensions.
17.0° 22.5°
19.5°
19.5° 25.0°
22.5°
22.5° 25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
25.0°
25.0° 12
25.0°122012 20
25.0° 11520 11590
115 M10
90 90M10M10
22.0 kN 29.70
22.022.0 kN29.70
12.5°
kN kN29.70 kN kN12.5°
14.5°
12.5°16.5°
14.5°
14.5° 18.0°
16.5°
16.5° 20.5°
18.0°
18.0° 22.5°
20.5°
20.5° 22.5°
22.5°
22.5° 22.5°
22.5°
22.5° 22.5°
22.5°
22.5° 22.5°
22.5°
22.5° 22.5°
22.5°
22.5° 22.5°
22.5°
22.5° 12
22.5°122012 20
22.5° 13020 13090
130 M10
90 90M10M10
38.0 kN
Product 51.30
38.0 kN51.30
kN kN51.30
information
38.0 - kN12.5°
kN - - 12.5°
15.0°
12.5°16.5°
15.0°
15.0° 18.5°
16.5°
16.5° 20.5°
18.5°
18.5° 22.5°
20.5°
20.5° 22.5°
22.5°
22.5° 22.5°
22.5°
22.5° 22.5°
22.5°
22.5° 22.5°
22.5°
22.5° 22.5°
22.5°
22.5° 14
22.5°144014 40
22.5° 15040 150
125
150 125
M12
125M12M12
48.0 range:
• Load kN
48.048.0 kN64.80
64.80
kN6.0kN–64.80
- kNkN
kN
70.0 - - - - - - - - - 15.0°
- - 15.0°
16.0°
15.0°17.0°
16.0°
16.0° 18.5°
17.0°
17.0° 20.0°
18.5°
18.5° 20.0°
20.0°
20.0° 20.0°
20.0°
20.0° 20.0°
20.0°
20.0° 18
20.0°184018 40
20.0° 18040 180
160
180 160
M16
160M16M16
70.0 kN 70.0 kNkN94.50
94.50 - kN - - - -- - -- - - - - 14.0°
- - 14.0°
15.0°
14.0°16.0°
15.0°17.0°
16.0°18.0°
17.0°19.0°
18.0°20.0°
19.0° 18
20.0°184018 40
20540 205
180
205 180
M16
180M16M16
• Cavity:70.0
up kN 94.50mm
to 500 kN 15.0° 16.0° 17.0° 18.0° 19.0° 20.0°

• Material: approved stainless steel

• Certificate: technical approval
• Fixing angle allowable variance ±5°

Technical data

CFS-FB-HO2A

Working Design Connection angle α at wall distance b in mm  Dimensions

load load VRd Ød j a cmin Dowel
60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 >160 [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [-]
6.0 kN 8.10 kN 18.0° 21.5° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 10 20 100 80 M8
Edge protection profile
8.5 kN 11.48 kN 15.5° 19.0° 22.5° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 10 20 100 85 M8
13.5 kN 18.23 kN 14.5° 17.0° 19.5° 22.5° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 12 20 115 85 M10
Washer acc. to
16.0 kN 21.60 kN 13.0° 15.0° 17.0° 19.5° 22.5° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0° 25.0°
DIN EN ISO25.0° 12
7093 (DIN 9021) 20 115 90 M10
22.0 kN 29.70 kN 12.5° 14.5° 16.5° 18.0° 20.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 12 20 130 90 M10
38.0 kN 51.30 kN - 12.5° 15.0° 16.5° 18.5° 20.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 22.5° 14 40 150 125 M12
48.0 kN 64.80 kN - - - - 15.0° 16.0° 17.0° 18.5° 20.0° 20.0° 20.0° 20.0° 18 40 180 160 M16
70.0 kN 94.50 kN - - - - - 14.0° 15.0° 16.0° 17.0° 18.0° 19.0° 20.0° 18 40 205 180 M16
1 For more information please see page 11-13 or contact us.

Edge protection
Edge protection
profile profile
Edge protection profile

Washer [Link]
to acc. to
Washer acc. to
DIN EN ISODIN
7093
EN(DIN
ISO9021)
7093 (DIN 9021)
DIN EN ISO 7093 (DIN 9021)

Front view Side view Top view

11-11 [Link]
 h hx hx hx hx hx hx hx hx hx hx hx hx h
Cavity
x
[mm]
b [mm]α [mm][mm]
α α
[mm][mm]
α α
[mm][mm]
α α
[mm][mm]
α α
[mm][mm]
α α
[mm][mm]
α α
[mm
185
60 18.0° 18518518.0° 18.0°21018516.0° 18.0°24021014.0° 16.0°26024013.0° 14.0° - 260 - 13.0° - - - - -
180
70 21.5° 18018021.5° 21.5°21018018.5° 21.5°23521016.5° 18.5°26023515.0° 16.5°28526014.0° 15.0° - 285 - 14.0° -
Precast Panel
175
80 25.0° 17517525.0° 25.0°20517521.5° 25.0°23020519.0° 21.5°25523017.5° 19.0°28525516.0° 17.5° - 285 - 16.0° -
Suspension System
200
90 25.0° 19520025.0° 25.0°20019524.0° 25.0°22520022.0° 24.0°25022520.0° 22.0°28025018.0° 20.0° - 280 - 18.0° -
100
220 and
Single 25.0°
double215
anchors - overview
bolt22025.0°
wall 25.0°22021525.0°
fixed 25.0°22022025.0° 25.0°24522022.5° 25.0°27524520.0° 22.5°38027514.5° 20.0° -
110
240 25.0° 24024025.0° 25.0°24024025.0° 25.0°24524025.0° 25.0°27024522.5° 25.0°27027022.5° 22.5°36527017.0° 22.5°45
Technical data
120
265 25.0° 26026525.0° 25.0°26526025.0° 25.0°26526525.0° 25.0°29026522.5° 25.0°29529022.5° 22.5°36529518.0° 22.5°45
130
285 25.0° 28028525.0° 25.0°28528025.0° 25.0°28528525.0°
CFS-FB-H1 / CFS-FB-H2
25.0°31528522.5° 25.0°32031522.5° 22.5°37532019.0° 22.5°45
140
305 Working
25.0°load 305305 25.0°
6.0 kN25.0°
305 8.5305
kN 25.0° 25.0° 310305
13.5 kN 25.0°
16.0 25.0°340
kN 22.0310
kN22.5°25.0° 340340
38.0 kN 22.5°
48.0 kN22.5°385
70.0340
kN 20.0°22.5°45
Design load V 8.10 kN 11.48 kN 18.23 kN 21.60 kN 29.70 kN 51.30 kN 64.80 kN 94.50 kN
150
325 25.0° 325325 Rd
h
25.0° 25.0°325
h
32525.0° 25.0°
h
330325 h
25.0° 25.0°365
h
33022.5°
25.0°
h
365365 h
22.5°22.5°410
h
36520.0° 22.5°45
Cavity b [mm] x α xα x α x α α
x xα α
x α x

160
350 25.0° 345350 25.0°
[mm]
25.0°350
[mm]
34525.0° 25.0°350350
[mm]
25.0°
[mm]
25.0°[mm]
39035022.5° 25.0°390390
[mm] [mm]
22.5°22.5°43539020.0°
[mm]
22.5°45
60 185 18.0° 185 18.0° 210 16.0° 240 14.0° 260 13.0° - - - - - -
170
370 25.0° 70 370370 25.0°
180 25.0°370
21.5° 180 370 25.0°
21.5° 25.0°
210 375370
18.5° 23525.0°25.0°410
16.5° 260 375 22.5°
15.0° 25.0°
285 415410
14.0° - 22.5°22.5°
- 465
- 415 - 20.0°
22.5°46
180
390 25.0° 80
390390 25.0° 25.0°39039025.0° 25.0°39539025.0° 25.0°43539522.5°
175 25.0° 175 25.0° 205 21.5° 230 19.0° 255 17.5° 285 16.0° -
25.0°44043522.5° 22.5°
-
490
-
440-
20.0°
22.5°49
90 200 25.0° 195 25.0° 200 24.0° 225 22.0° 250 20.0° 280 18.0° - - - -
190
415 25.0°100 410415 25.0°
220 25.0°415
25.0° 215 410 25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
220 415415
25.0° 22025.0°25.0°460
25.0° 245 415 22.5°
22.5° 25.0°
275 460460
20.0° 38022.5° 22.5°520
14.5° - 460 - 20.0°
22.5°52
110 240 25.0° 240 25.0° 240 25.0° 245 25.0° 270 22.5° 270 22.5° 365 17.0° 450 13.5°
200
435 25.0° 430435 25.0° 25.0°43543025.0° 25.0°44043525.0° 25.0°48544022.5° 25.0°48548522.5° 22.5°54548520.0° 22.5°55

MOSO PRECAST PANEL SUSPENSION SYSTEM

120 265 25.0° 260 25.0° 265 25.0° 265 25.0° 290 22.5° 295 22.5° 365 18.0° 450 15.0°
210
455 25.0°130 450455 25.0°
285 25.0°455
25.0° 280 450 25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
285 460455
25.0° 28525.0°25.0°510
25.0° 315 460 22.5°
22.5° 25.0°
320 505510
22.5° 37522.5° 22.5°
19.0° 570505
450 16.0°20.0°
22.5°57
140 305 25.0° 305 25.0° 305 25.0° 310 25.0° 340 22.5° 340 22.5° 385 20.0° 450 17.5°
220
475 25.0° 475475 25.0° 25.0°47547525.0° 25.0°48047525.0° 25.0°53548022.5° 25.0°53053522.5° 22.5°59553020.0° 22.5°60
150 325 25.0° 325 25.0° 325 25.0° 330 25.0° 365 22.5° 365 22.5° 410 20.0° 450 18.5°
230
495 25.0°160 495495 25.0°
350 25.0°500
25.0° 345 495 25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
350 500500
25.0° 35025.0°25.0°560
25.0° 390 500 22.5°
22.5° 25.0°
390 555560
22.5° 43522.5° 22.5°
20.0° 620555
450 19.5°20.0°
22.5°62
170 370 25.0° 370 25.0° 370 25.0° 375 25.0° 410 22.5° 415 22.5° 465 20.0° 465 20.0°
240
520 25.0°180
515520 25.0° 25.0°52051525.0° 25.0°52052025.0° 25.0°58052022.5° 25.0°58058022.5°
390 25.0° 390 25.0° 390 25.0° 395 25.0° 435 22.5° 440 22.5° 490 20.0° 495 20.0°
22.5°65058020.0° 22.5°65
250
540 25.0°190 540540 25.0°
415 25.0°540
25.0° 410 540 25.0°
25.0° 25.0°
415 540540
25.0° 41525.0°25.0°605
25.0° 460 540 22.5°
22.5° 25.0°
460 605605
22.5° 52022.5° 22.5°
20.0° 675605
520 20.0°20.0°
22.5°68
200 435 25.0° 430 25.0° 435 25.0° 440 25.0° 485 22.5° 485 22.5° 545 20.0° 550 20.0°
Cast in part 210
FB-HE-6.0 FB-HE-8.5
FB-HE-6.0 FB-HE-13.5
FB-HE-8.5FB-HE-16.0 FB-HE-13.5 FB-HE-22.0
FB-HE-16.0 FB-HE-38.0
455 25.0° 450 25.0° 455 25.0° 460 25.0° 510 22.5° 505 22.5° 570 20.0° 575 20.0°
FB-HE-22.0 FB-HE-48.0
FB-HE-38.0 FB
ThreadedM8
rod220 M10
475 M8
25.0° 475 M12 M10
25.0° 475 25.0°M16
480M12
25.0° 535 M16 530 22.5° M20
22.5°M16 595M16
20.0° 600 M24
20.0°M20
230 495 25.0° 495 25.0° 500 25.0° 500 25.0° 560 22.5° 555 22.5° 620 20.0° 625 20.0°
ize
Metric spanner size
13 240 17
520 13
25.0° 515 19
25.0°17520 25.0° 24
520 19
25.0° 580 24
22.5°24580 22.5° 30
650 24
20.0° 36 30
655 20.0°
250 540 25.0° 540 25.0° 540 25.0° 540 25.0° 605 22.5° 605 22.5° 675 20.0° 680 20.0°
Cast in part FB-HE-6.0 FB-HE-8.5 FB-HE-13.5 FB-HE-16.0 FB-HE-22.0 FB-HE-38.0 FB-HE-48.0 FB-HE-70.0
Threaded rod M8 M10 M12 M16 M16 M20 M24 M27
Metric spanner size 13 17 19 24 24 30 36 41

Single bolt wall fixed anchor Double bolt wall fixed anchor

[Link] 11-12
 Cavity b [mm] [mm]
α
[mm]
α
[mm]
α
[mm]
α
[mm]
α
[mm
325 25.0° 325 25.0° 325 25.0° 360 22.5° 360 22.5° 410 20.0° 430 19.0°
60 170 18.0° 195 15.5° 210 14.5° 240 13.0° 250 12.5° -
350 25.0° 345 25.0° 345 25.0° 385 22.5° 385 22.5° 440 20.0° 435 20.0°
70 165 21.5° 190 19.0° 210 17.0° 240 15.0° 250 14.5° 280
370 25.0° 365 25.0° 370 25.0° 410 22.5° 410 22.5° 465 20.0° 460 20.0°
80 160 25.0° 180 22.5° 210 19.5° 240 17.0° 250 16.5° 275
Precast Panel
390 25.0° 385 25.0° 390 25.0° 435 22.5° 435 22.5° 495 20.0° 490 20.0°
90 180 25.0° 175 25.0° 205 22.5° 240 19.5° 255 18.0° 275
Suspension System
415 25.0° 410 25.0° 410 25.0° 460 22.5° 460 22.5° 520 20.0° 520 20.0°
100 200 25.0° 195 25.0° 200 25.0° 230 22.5° 250 20.5° 275
435 25.0° 435 25.0° 435 25.0° 485 22.5° 475 22.5° 550 20.0° 545 20.0°
110 220
Single and double bolt top of slab fixed
25.0° 220 25.0° 220 25.0° 220 25.0° 240 22.5° 270
460 25.0°
anchors -455
overview25.0° 455 25.0° 510 22.5° 500 22.5° 575 20.0° 575 20.0°
120 245 25.0° 240 25.0° 240 25.0° 240 25.0° 265 22.5° 265
480 25.0°
Technical 480
data 25.0° 475 25.0° 535 22.5° 525 22.5° 605 20.0° 600 20.0°
130 265 25.0° 260 25.0° 260 25.0° 260 25.0° 290 22.5° 290
500 25.0° 500 25.0° 495 25.0° 555 22.5° 550 22.5° 630 20.0° 630 20.0°
CFS-FB-H1A / CFS-FB-H2A
140 285 25.0° 280 25.0° 280 25.0° 285 25.0° 315 22.5° 315
525 25.0° 520 25.0° 520 25.0° 580 22.5° 575 22.5° 660 20.0° 655 20.0°
Working150
load 6.0 kN 3058.5 kN 25.0° 13.5305kN 25.0°
16.0 kN 305 25.0°38.0305
22.0 kN kN 25.0°
48.0 kN 335 22.5°
70.0 kN 335
FB-HE-8.5Design
FB-HE-13.5
load V FB-HE-16.0
8.10 kN 11.48 kNFB-HE-22.0
18.23 kN FB-HE-38.0
21.60 kN 29.70 kN FB-HE-48.0
51.30 kN FB-HE-70.0
64.80 kN 94.50 kN
160 Rd
h
330h
25.0°h 325 25.0° h
325h
25.0°h 325 25.0° h
360h
22.5° 360
M10 Cavity b170 M12
[mm]
[mm] M16
α
xA
[mm]
αxA
M16
[mm]
α
xA
[mm] M20
α
xA
[mm]
xA

350 25.0° 350 25.0° 345 25.0° 345 25.0° 385 22.5°
α
M24
[mm]
xA α
[mm]
xA
M27
α
[mm]
xA α
385
60 170 18.0° 195 15.5° 210 14.5° 240 13.0° 250 12.5° - - - - - -
17 7018019 165 21.5°24370 25.0°21024370
190 19.0° 25.0°
17.0° 240 30365
15.0° 25.0°28036370
250 14.5° 12.5° 25.0°
- - 41410 - 22.5°
- 410
80 160 25.0° 180 22.5° 210 19.5° 240 17.0° 250 16.5° 275 15.0° - - - -
90
190 395 25.0° 390 25.0° 385
180 25.0° 175 25.0° 205 22.5° 240 19.5° 255 18.0° 275 16.5° -
25.0° 390 25.0° -
435 -
22.5°
-
435
100200 200 25.0° 415 25.0°200 415
195 25.0° 25.0°
25.0° 230 22.5° 410 25.0°275 410
250 20.5° 25.0°
18.5° 335 15.0° 460 - 22.5°
- 460
110 220 25.0° 220 25.0° 220 25.0° 220 25.0° 240 22.5° 270 20.5° 345 16.0° 400 14.0°
120
210 440 25.0° 435 25.0° 435 25.0° 435 25.0° 485 22.5°
245 25.0° 240 25.0° 240 25.0° 240 25.0° 265 22.5° 265 22.5° 360 17.0° 405 15.0°
475
130220 265 25.0° 460 25.0°260 460
260 25.0° 25.0°
25.0° 260 25.0° 455 25.0°290 455
290 22.5° 25.0°
22.5° 355 18.5° 510
415 16.0°22.5° 500
140 285 25.0° 280 25.0° 280 25.0° 285 25.0° 315 22.5° 315 22.5° 355 20.0° 420 17.0°
150
230 480 25.0° 480 25.0° 480 25.0° 475 25.0° 535 22.5°
305 25.0° 305 25.0° 305 25.0° 305 25.0° 335 22.5° 335 22.5° 380 20.0° 425 18.0°
525
160240 330 25.0° 505 25.0°325 500
325 25.0° 25.0°
25.0° 325 25.0° 500 25.0°360 495
360 22.5° 25.0°
22.5° 410 20.0° 555
430 19.0°22.5° 550
170 350 25.0° 350 25.0° 345 25.0° 345 25.0° 385 22.5° 385 22.5° 440 20.0° 435 20.0°
180
250 525 25.0° 525 25.0° 520 25.0° 520 25.0° 580 22.5°
370 25.0° 370 25.0° 365 25.0° 370 25.0° 410 22.5° 410 22.5° 465 20.0° 460 20.0°
575
Cast190in part 395 25.0° FB-HE-6.0
390 25.0° 385 FB-HE-8.5
25.0° 390 25.0°FB-HE-13.5
435 22.5° 435 FB-HE-16.0
22.5° 495 20.0° FB-HE-22.0
490 20.0° FB-
200 415 25.0° 415 25.0° 410 25.0° 410 25.0° 460 22.5° 460 22.5° 520 20.0° 520 20.0°
Threaded
210 rod 440 25.0° 435M825.0° 435 25.0°M10
435 25.0° 485M12
22.5° 475 22.5°M16
550 20.0° 545M16
20.0°
220 460 25.0° 460 25.0° 455 25.0° 455 25.0° 510 22.5° 500 22.5° 575 20.0° 575 20.0°
Metric 230
spanner size480 25.0° 4801325.0° 480 25.0°17475 25.0° 535 19
22.5° 525 22.5°24605 20.0° 600 24
20.0°
240 505 25.0° 500 25.0° 500 25.0° 495 25.0° 555 22.5° 550 22.5° 630 20.0° 630 20.0°
250 525 25.0° 525 25.0° 520 25.0° 520 25.0° 580 22.5° 575 22.5° 660 20.0° 655 20.0°
Cast in part FB-HE-6.0 FB-HE-8.5 FB-HE-13.5 FB-HE-16.0 FB-HE-22.0 FB-HE-38.0 FB-HE-48.0 FB-HE-70.0
Threaded rod M8 M10 M12 M16 M16 M20 M24 M27
Metric spanner size 13 17 19 24 24 30 36 41

Single bolt top of slab fixed anchor Double bolt top of slab fixed anchor

11-13 [Link]
Assembly Instructions CFS-FB-H
1.1 Components of 1.2 Components of 3.1 Attaching to the formwork
precast panel part precast panel part
The cast in part can be attached to the formwork with
Type 1 Type 2 the help of two nails. There are two nail holes on the
back of the MOS channel for this purpose. This enables
The precast part with The precast part with load
casting flush with the concrete surface.
load range 6.0 kN – 22.0 range 38.0 kN – 70.0 kN
kN consists of a MOS consists of a bracket, two
anchor channel two T-head bolts and two end
T-head bolts and two plates for connecting the
end plates for connecting reinforcement loops.
the reinforcement loops.
The MOS anchor channel
contains a recess unit
made of PE foam.

MOSO PRECAST PANEL SUSPENSION SYSTEM

2.1 Assembly of the 2.2 Assembly of the 3.2 Attaching to the formwork
reinforcement reinforcement
The Type 2 cast in part can be fixed to the formwork with
Additional U bars Additional U bars the projecting stud.

Connection Width across

Working load Tinst [Nm]
bolt flat
6.0 kN 15 M10 17
Connection Width across
Working load Tinst [Nm] 8.5 kN 25 M12 19
bolt flat
6.0 kN 15 M10 17 13.5 kN 60 M16 24
Connection Width across
8.5 kNload
Working Tinst 25
[Nm] M12 19 16.0 kN 60 M16 24
bolt flat
13.5 kN 60 Connection
M16
Connection WidthWidth
across24
across 22.0 kN 120 M20 30
Working 6.0 kN
load
Working load Tinst [Nm] 15
Tinst [Nm] M10 17
bolt bolt flat flat
16.0 kN
8.5 kN 60 M16 24 38.0 kN 240 M20 30
6.0 kN6.0 kN 15 1525 M12
M10 M10 17 1719
22.0
13.5 kN
kN 120 M20 30 48.0 kN 240 M20 30
8.5 kN8.5 kN 25 2560 M16
M12 M12 19 1924
38.0
16.0 kN
kN 240 M20 30 70.0 kN 420 M24 36
13.5 13.5
kN kN 60 6060 M16
M16 M16 24 2424
48.0 kN
22.0 kN 240
120 M20
M20 30
16.0 16.0
kN kN 60 60 M16 M16 24 2430
70.0 kN
38.0 kN 420
240 M24
M20 36
22.0 22.0
kN kN 120 120 M20 M20 30 3030 11-14
[Link]
48.0 kN
38.0 38.0
kN 240 240 240 M20
M20 M20 30 3030
kN
70.0 kN
48.0 48.0
kN 240 240 420 M24
M20 M20 30 3036
kN
 4.1 Attaching the suspension system to the precast 4.2 Attaching the suspension system to the precast
panel - Type 1 panel - Type 2
The installation part of the suspension system consists of The installation part of the suspension system consists
an upper part (available in four different designs) and a of an upper part (available in four different designs) and
middle part (available in two different designs). The hanger a middle part (available in two different designs). The
is delivered completely pre-assembled. Prior to installing the hanger is delivered completely pre-assembled.
suspension anchor, the channel filler must be removed from
The hanger is connected to the mounting part with
the MOS anchor channel. Then the hanger is connected
the aid of a washer and a hexagon nut. The tightening
to the cast-in part with the aid of an MHH T-bolt, washer
torques indicated in the table on page 11-14 must be
and hexagon nut. The anchor channel allows for horizontal
adhered to.
adjustment. The tightening torques indicated in the table on
page 11-14 must be adhered to.

Recess unit Recess unit

5.1 Attaching suspension system to the in-situ 5.2 Attaching suspension system to the in-situ
concrete - Single fixing concrete - Double fixing
The upper part of the suspension system is fastened to The upper part of the suspension system is fastened to
the in-situ concrete with an officially approved through the in-situ concrete with an officially approved through
bolt or a cast-in channel. The tightening torques must be bolt or a cast-in channel. The tightening torques must be
taken from the relevant approvals and must be adhered taken from the relevant approvals and must be adhered
to. to. The slots in the upper part allow for a horizontal
Recess unit Recess unit adjustment.
A vertical adjustment of the precast part can be made
by means of the adjustment of the hexagon nut on A vertical adjustment of the precast part can be made
the threaded rod. In order to minimise the risk of cold by means of the adjustment of the hexagon nut on
welding, a lubricant must be applied (e.g. Molykote® – the threaded rod. In order to minimise the risk of cold
can be ordered separately). Height adjustment not to be welding, a lubricant must be applied (e.g. Molykote® –
taken under load. can be ordered separately). Height adjustment not to be
taken under load.

11-15 [Link]
Parapet anchor –
Standard design CFS-FB-E
For connecting upstand/downstand parapets
to slabs
The MOSO precast fixing CFS-FB-E is a anchor for supporting
parapet elements.
In order to achieve a uniform distribution of load, each
concrete element is braced with at least two anchors. When
using more than two anchors, the design with adjusting
screw must be used
The parapet anchor is fastened to the in-situ concrete with an
officially approved through bolt or a cast in channel. Please
refer to the table for the dimensions.
Product information
• Types: 1 – 8
• Wall thicknesses: up to 200 mm (> on request)
• Material: approved stainless steel

MOSO PRECAST PANEL SUSPENSION SYSTEM

• Certification: structural analysis
FB-E c b h t
FB-EA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
1 102 62 45 3

2 106 62 48 3
Serrated
plate
3 126 76 55 4

4 134 76 66 4

5 138 78 70 5

6 148
Compression 78 83 5
packer piece Slotted
7 160 80 84 shim 6
Profile cross-section
For upstand situation FB-E
8 190 90 85 8
FB-E c b h t
FB-EA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Serrated
1 102 62 45 3 plate FB-E
FB-EA
2 106 62 48 3 1

3 126 76 55 4 2

4 134 76 66 4 FB-E c b3
FB-EA
Slotted [mm] [mm]
shim 4
5 138 78 70 5 Compression 1 102 62
packer piece
5
6 148 78 83 5 2 106 62
6
7 160 80 84 6 3 126 76
7
8 190 90 85 8 4 134 76
For downstand situation FB-EA
8
5 138 78

[Link]
6 148 11-16
78
FB-E c b h t
FB-EA [mm] [mm] [mm] 7 [mm]160 80
 Technical data CFS-FB-E / CFS-FB-EA

Standard lengths Longitudi-

CFS-FB-E Anchoring
/ CFS-FB-EA Panel
Reinforcement
L in mm with cavity b nal hole depth thickness
Standard lengths
110 – 140 150 – 200 Longitudi-
LL Anchoring
te Panel
fmin ds i lb
0 – 40 mm 50 – 100 mm Reinforcement
L in mm with cavity mmb mm nal[mm]
hole depth
[mm] thickness
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
1 400 450 110500 
– 140 150600 
– 200 18 LL
x 80 70
te 100
fmin Ød10 40
i 350
lb
0 – 40 mm 50 – 100 mm s
2 450 500 550
mm 650
mm 18[mm]
x 80 72
[mm] 100
[mm] Ø[mm]
10 40
[mm] 400
[mm]
31 400
500 450
550 500
600  600
700  18 x 80 70
82 100
110 10
Ø 12 40
50 350
450
42 450
550 500
600 550
650 650
750 18 x 80 72
92 100
120 Ø 14
10 40
60 400
500
53 500
550 550
600 600
650 700
750 18 x 80
22 82
102 110
130 Ø 14
12 50
70 450
525
64 550
600 600
650 650
700 750
800 18
22 x 80 92
108 120
135 Ø 16
14 60
75 500
600
75 550
650 600
700 650
750 750
850 22 x 80 102
123 130
150 Ø 16
14 70
90 525
625
86 600
700 650
750 700
800 800
900 22 x 80 108
125 135
150 16
Ø 20 75
90 600
700
7 650 700 750 850 22 x 80 123 150 Ø 16 90 625
8 700 750 800 Accessories
900 for
22 parapet
x 80 system
125 150 Ø 20 90 700

Max. W t = 3Accessories
mm for parapet
W t = 6 system
mm Tooth. W t = 5 mm PDP
size Length SH Ø Length SH Ø Length RH Ø Length t
Max. W t = 3 mm[mm]
[mm] W t = 6 mm[mm]
[mm] Tooth.
[mm] W t = 5[mm]
mm [mm] PDP [mm]
1 M12
size 50
Length 13Ø
SH 50
Length SH13
Ø 34
Length 13Ø
RH 70
Length 5t
2 M16 65
[mm] 17
[mm] 65
[mm] 17
[mm] 40
[mm] 17
[mm] 70
[mm] 5
[mm]
31 M12
M16 50
65 13
17 50
65 13
17 34
40 13
17 70 5
42 M16 65 17 65 17 40 17 70 5
53 M16
M20 65
90 17
21 65
90 17
21 40
45 17
21 70
90 5
64 M16
M20 65
90 17
21 65
90 17
21 40
45 17
21 70
90 5
75 M20 90 21 90 21 45 21 90 5
86 M20 90 21 90 21 45 21 90 5
7 M20 90 21 90 21 45 21 90 5
8 M20 90 21 90 21 45 21 90 5

1 Select accessories set 2 with size M16

11-17 [Link]
Parapet anchor – with
adjustment CFS-FB-EJ Adjusting Serrated
The MOSO precast fixing FB-EJ is a parapet anchor for screw washer
parapet elements. The system allows for the quick and
easy adjusment of structural tolerances using the height
adjusting screw.
Adjustinga uniform distribution
In order to achieve of load,
Serrated
screw washertwo
each concrete element is braced with at least Pressure
anchors. When using more than two anchors, a uniform distribution
distribution of load must also be ensured. plate
Slotted
The parapet anchor is fastened to the in-situ concrete washer
with officially approved through bolts or a cast in
channel. Please refer to the table for the dimensions.
Pressure
Productdistribution
informationplate
Slotted
• Types: 1 – Adjusting
8 Serrated
washer
screw
• Wall thicknesses: up to 200 mm (> on washer
request)
• Material: approved stainless steel

MOSO PRECAST PANEL SUSPENSION SYSTEM

• Certification: structural analysis FB-EJ c b h t
FB-EJA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
1 102 62 45 3
Pressure
distribution Serrated plate
plate 2 106Adjusting 62 48 3
Slotted Serrated
screw washer
washer
3 126 76 Adjusting 55 4 Serrated
screw washer di
4 134 76 66 4

5 138 78 70 5

Adjusting Serrated
6 148Pressure 78 83 5
screw washer distribution plate Pressure
7 160 80distribution 84 Slotted6
For upstand situation FB-EJ plate washer
Slotted
8 190 90 85 8 washer
FB-EJ c b h t Serrated plate
FB-EJA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Adjusting Serrated
1 102 62 Pressure 45 3 screw washer FB-EJ
distribution plate FB-EJA
Slotted
2 106 62 48 3 1
washer

3 126 Adjusting 76 55 4
Serrated 2
screw washer
Pressure 3
4 134 76 66 4 distribution
FB-EJ c b h t
plate
FB-EJA [mm] [mm]
Slotted [mm] [mm]4
5 138 78 70 5 washer
1 102 62 45 3
5
6 148 78 83 5
2 106 62 48 3
Pressure 6
7 160
distribution plate 80 84 6
Slotted 3 126 76 55 4
washer8
7
8 190 90 85
For downstand situation 4FB-EJA 134 76 66 4
8
5 138 78 70 5

FB-EJ c b h
[Link] t 11-18
6 148 78 83 5
FB-EJA [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
1 1027 160
62 80
45 3 84 6
 Technical data

CFS-FB-EJ / CFS-FB-EJA
CFS-FB-EJ / CFS-FB-EJA
Standard lengths Longitudi- Anchoring Panel
Reinforcement
L in mm with wall
Standard distance b
lengths nal hole Anchoring
Longitudi- depth thickness
Panel
110 – 140 150 – 200 Reinforcement
0 – 40 mm L in50mm
– 100with
mm wall distance b nalLL
hole te
depth fmin
thickness ds i lb
mm mm [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
110 – 140 150 – 200 LL te fmin ds i lb
1 0 –400
40 mm 50 –450
100 mm 500
mm  600
mm  18[mm]
x 80 70
[mm] 100
[mm] Ø[mm]
10 40
[mm] 350
[mm]
21 450
400 500
450 550 
500 650 
600 18
18 xx 80
80 72
70 100
100 Ø
Ø 10
10 40
40 400
350
32 500
450 550
500 600
550 700
650 18 x 80
18 x 80 82
72 110
100 Ø
Ø 12
10 50
40 450
400
43 550
500 600
550 650
600 750
700 18
18 xx 80
80 92
82 120
110 Ø
Ø 14
12 60
50 500
450
54 550
550 600
600 650
650 750
750 22 x 80
18 x 80 102
92 130
120 Ø
Ø 14
14 70
60 525
500
65 600
550 650
600 700
650 800
750 22
22 xx 80
80 108
102 135
130 Ø
Ø 16
14 75
70 600
525
76 650
600 700
650 750
700 850
800 22
22 xx 80
80 123
108 150
135 Ø
Ø 16
16 90
75 625
600
87 700
650 750
700 800
750 900
850 22
22 xx 80
80 125
123 150
150 Ø
Ø 20
16 90
90 700
625
8 700 750 800 900 22 x 80 125 150 Ø 20 90 700
Accessories for parapet system
Accessories for parapet system
Max. W t = 3 mm W t = 6 mm Tooth. W t = 5 mm PDP Pres-
Length SH Ø Length SH Ø Length W LengthPDP t sure
mounting
Max. size W t = 3 mm W t = 6 mm Tooth. t = 5RHmm
Ø Pres-
screw
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] sure
mounting Length SH Ø Length SH Ø Length RH Ø Length t
1 M12 size 50
[mm] 13
[mm] 50
[mm] 13
[mm] 34
[mm] 13
[mm] 70
[mm] 5
[mm] M16
screw
21 M16
M12 65
50 17
13 65
50 17
13 40
34 17
13 70
70 55 M16
M16
32 M16
M16 65
65 17
17 65
65 17
17 40
40 17
17 70
70 55 M20
M16
43 M16
M16 65
65 17
17 65
65 17
17 40
40 17
17 70
70 55 M24
M20
54 M20
M16 90
65 21
17 90
65 21
17 45
40 21
17 90
70 55 M30
M24
65 M20
M20 90
90 21
21 90
90 21
21 45
45 21
21 90
90 55 M30
M30
76 M20
M20 90
90 21
21 90
90 21
21 45
45 21
21 90
90 55 M30
M30
87 M20
M20 90
90 21
21 90
90 21
21 45
45 21
21 90
90 55 M30
M30
8 accessoriesM20
1 Select 90
set 2 with size M16 21 90 21 45 21 90 5 M30

11-19 [Link]
Assembly instructions CFS-FB-E

MOSO PRECAST PANEL SUSPENSION SYSTEM

CFS-FB-E: Through bolt fixing CFS-FB-E: Cast in channel fixing

Installing the parapet anchor in the precast Installing the parapet anchor on the slab
concrete unit
The parapet anchor is fastened to the slab with an
The parapet anchor is installed in the precast concrete officially approved through bolt or a cast-in channel.
unit in such a way that the rear reinforcement bars have Height adjustment can be made on the U profile by
a concrete cover towards the inside of the precast part means of the included slotted washers.
of at least 25mm. The reinforcement bars must have
To do this, the associated accessories of the relevant
sufficient concrete cover all around.
anchor must be used according to the table.
Please note the following during installation:
The height of the parapet anchor depends on the
mounting level of the top side of the slab. The lower
edge of the profile should be Δh = 5 – 10 mm
above level so that there is enough clearance for the
adjustment.
If the parapet anchor is mounted in a recess, as shown in
the sketches, the setting position depends on the level of
the lower edge of this recess plus the measurement Δh.

[Link] 11-20
 Assembly instructions CFS-FB-EJ

CFS-FB-EJ: Through bolt fixing CFS-FB-EJ: Cast in channel fixing

Mounting the parapet anchor in the precast Installing the parapet anchor on the slab
concrete unit
The parapet anchor is fastened to the slab with an
The parapet anchor is installed in the precast concrete officially drilled bolt or a cast in channel. A height
unit in such a way that the rear reinforcement bars have adjusment can be made by means of the included slotted
a concrete cover towards the inside of the precast part washers as well as with the adjusting screw on the
of at least 25mm. The reinforcement bars must have pressure bearing.
sufficient concrete cover all around.
To do this, the correct parts of the relevant anchor must
Please note the following during installation: be used according to the table. The pressure distribution
plate is shimmed at the lower end of the screw in such a
The height of the mounting part depends on the
way that the screw is located in the recess of the plate.
mounting level of the parapet anchor on the upper edge
of the slab. The lower edge of the profile should be Δh The hexagon bolt may only be rotated manually to adjust
= 15 – 25 mm above this mounting level so that there is the height, during which the precast part must not be
enough clearance for the adjustment. under load. In order to minimise the risk of cold welding,
a lubricant must be applied (e.g. Molykote®).
If the parapet anchor is mounted in a recess, as shown in
the sketches, the mounting measurement depends on the
lower edge of this recess plus the measurement Δh.

11-21 [Link]
Pressure screws
CFS-FB-DS
The MOSO precast fixing FB-DS is used for the horizontal
restraint façade panels. The acting pressure forces are
absorbed in combination with panel suspension system.
It is connected to the precast part by means of a CFS cast
in socket which must be ordered separately.

Product information CFS-FB-DS1, Pressure screw

CFS-FB-DS2 Solid rod socket c/w
cross pin
• Diameter: M12 – M24
• Cavity: up to 300 mm larger
distances on request
• Material: A4-70; 1.4362
• Certification: structural analysis
CFS-FB-DS1
Product information CFS-FB-M

MOSO PRECAST PANEL SUSPENSION SYSTEM

• Diameter: M12 – M20 Pressure screw
Solid rod socket c/w
• Material: approved stainless steel cross pin

• Certificate: technical approval

CFS-FB-DS2

CFS-FB-DS1 / CFS-FB-DS2

Thread length l Cast in Adju-

Pressure
plate for a
for the cavity bCFS-FB-DS1
[mm] / CFS-FB-DS2 part stment SW
Type DS2
60 80 100 120 140 160 180
CFS-FB-DS1
200 220
/ CFS-FB-DS2
240 260 280 300 [-] [mm] [mm] [mm]
80 100 120 140 160 Thread 180 length
200 l 220 240 260 280 300 320 Cast
Thread length l FB-M12K
in ±
Adju- 15 Pressure
80 / 80 /
platePressure
8 a 13 19
M12 for the190
cavity210
b [mm] partCast in stment
Adju- for a SW
90 110 130 150 170 230
for the cavity b [mm] 250 270 290 310 330 FB-M12Lpart ± 20 80 /
stment TypeType80
plate
DS2 / 8
for 13 19
SW
60 80 80100 100120 120140 140160 160180 180200 200220 220240 240260 260280 280300 300320 FB-M16K DS2
60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300
[-]
[-] ±[mm]
[mm] 20 80 / [mm]
[mm] 80 / 10 [mm][mm]
16 24
M16
80100 100120 120140 140160 160180 180200 200220 220240 240260 260280 280300 300320 320340FB-M12K
FB-M16L ± 15
± 20 8080 / 80
/ 80 / 8/ 10 13 16 19 24
M12 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 FB-M12K ± 15 80 / 80 / 8 13 19
M12 90 80 110100 130120 150140 170160 190180 210200 230220 250240 270260 290280 310300 330320FB-M12L
FB-M20K ± 20
± 20 80100 / 100
/ 80 / 8 / 1213 20 19 30
M20 90 110 130 150 170 190 210 230 250 270 290 310 330 FB-M12L ± 20 80 / 80 / 8 13 19
80100 100120 120140 140160 160180 180200 200220 220240 240260 260280 280300 300320 320340FB-M16K
FB-M20L ± 20
± 20 80100
/ 80/ 100
/ 10 / 1216 20 24 30
M16 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 FB-M16K ± 20 80 / 80 / 10 16 24
M16
M24 100100 120120 140140 160160 180180 200200 220220 240240 260260 280280 300300 320320 340340FB-M16L ± 20 80100
FB-M24 ± 20 / 80/ 100
/ 10 / 1516 24 24 36
100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 FB-M16L ± 20 80 / 80 / 10 16 24
80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 FB-M20K ± 20 100 / 100 / 12 20 30
M20
1 The 80 100
threaded 120is only
sleeve 140 to160 180 for200
be used Type220 240 260 280 300 320 FB-M20K ± 20 100 / 100 / 12 20 30
FB-DS2.
M20 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 FB-M20L ± 20 100 / 100 / 12 20 30
Table of100100
pressure 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 FB-M20L ± 20 100 / 100 / 12 20 30
M24 120 screw
140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 FB-M24  ± 20 100 / 100 / 15 24 36
M24 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300 320 340 FB-M24  ± 20 100 / 100 / 15 24 36

[Link] 11-22
 Technical Data
Table of pressure screw diameter in relation to cavity width and corresponding load capacities

CFS-FB-DS1

Bearing capacity (without reinforcement)

Boundary conditions
Panel Edge Tensile Pressure load for cavity b in mm
Min.
thick- distance concrete load FD, Rd
ness c1,min; FZ, Rd [kN]
quality
FB fmin c2,min [kN] 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300
M12K 70 mm 50 mm C25/30 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15 3.15
M12L 100 mm 75 mm C25/30 8.54 8.54 8.54 8.54 8.54 8.54 8.54 8.54 7.92 7.02 6.25 5.60 5.04 4.55
M16K 80 mm 75 mm C25/30 6.05 6.05 6.05 6.05 6.05 6.05 6.05 6.05 6.05 6.05 6.05 6.05 6.05 6.05
M16L 120 mm 100 mm C25/30 12.13 12.13 12.13 12.13 12.13 12.13 12.13 12.13 12.13 12.13 12.13 12.13 12.13 12.13
M20K 100 mm 75 mm C30/37 8.80 8.80 8.80 8.80 8.80 8.80 8.80 8.80 8.80 8.80 8.80 8.80 8.80 8.80
M20L 140 mm 125 mm C30/37 24.93 24.93 24.93 24.93 24.93 24.93 24.93 24.93 24.93 24.93 24.93 24.93 24.93 24.93

Nailing plate

CFS-FB-DS2

Bearing capacity (with minimum reinforcement Q188 + pressure plate)

Boundary conditions
Panel Edge Minimum Tensile Pressure load for cavity b in mm
thick- distance concrete load FD, Rd
ness c1,min; FZ, Rd [kN]
quality
FB fmin c2,min [kN] 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200 220 240 260 280 300
M12K 70 mm 285 mm C25/30 3.15 12.84 10.16 9.21 8.34 7.55 6.83 6.19 5.61 5.10 4.64 4.24 3.88 3.56
M12L 100 mm 350 mm C25/30 8.54 19.55 17.28 15.18 13.30 11.64 10.20 8.97 7.92 7.02 6.25 5.60 5.04 4.55
M16K 80 mm 250 mm C25/30 6.05 12.64 12.64 12.64 12.64 12.64 12.64 12.64 12.64 12.64 12.64 12.64 12.64 12.64
M16L 120 mm 350 mm C25/30 12.13 30.97 30.97 30.97 30.97 29.43 26.75 24.28 22.04 20.02 18.21 16.59 15.16 13.88
M20K 100 mm 375 mm C30/37 8.80 22.91 22.91 22.91 22.91 22.91 22.91 22.91 22.91 22.91 22.91 22.91 22.91 22.91
M20L 140 mm 500 mm C30/37 24.93 49.20 49.20 49.20 49.20 49.20 49.20 45.94 42.55 39.39 36.45 33.73 31.24 28.95
M24 140 mm 425 mm C30/37 - 41.84 41.84 41.84 41.84 41.84 41.84 41.84 41.84 41.84 41.84 41.84 41.84 41.84
M24 160 mm 500 mm C30/37 - 57.33 57.33 57.33 57.33 57.33 57.33 57.33 57.33 57.33 57.33 57.33 54.59 51.18

*Use table for guidance.

For project ordening please ask
CFS for exact length
Nailing plate
Note: CFS cast in solid socket to
be ordered separately

11-23 [Link]
Wind Anchor
Restraint CFS-FB-DZA
For negative wind loads (suction) acting on facade
panels.
The MOSO precast fixing CFS-DB-DZA is used for the
horizontal suction protection of façade panels. This is
used in combination with pressure screw CFS-FB-DS. It is
connected to the precast part by means of the CFS cast in
socket. The mounting part and the pressure screw must
be ordered separately.

Product information
• Load range 2.0 – 6.0 kN
• Material: approved stainless steel
• Certification: structural analysis

MOSO PRECAST PANEL SUSPENSION SYSTEM

Washer Slotted hole LH
for pressure screw

WasherRound hole Ød for Slotted hole LH

anchoring for pressure screw

Adjusting screw Round hole Ød fo

Round hole with anchorin
internal thread for
adjusting screw
Adjusting screw
Round hole wit
internal thread fo
adjusting screw
CFS-FB-DZA

CFS-FB-DZA CFS-FB-DZA

Load range Suitable Dimensions

pressure l a t x y Ød LL
CFS-FB-DZA
[kN] screw  [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
2.0 M12 157 40
Load range10Suitable 38 69 12 13Dimensions
x 40
Type 3.5 M12 / M16 148 48 12pressure 39 l 59 a 14 t 17 x 40 x y
6.0 M16 / M20 171 60 [kN] 15screw  49 [mm] 72 [mm] 18 [mm] 21 x 40
[mm] [mm
 See table "Pressure screws" for the admissible compressive forces. 2.0 M12 157 40 10 38 69
Type 3.5 M12 / M16 148 48 12 39 59
Please note: The pressure screw and the cast in socket to6.0 M16separately.
be ordered / M20 171 60 15 49 72
 See table "Pressure screws" for the admissible compressive forces.

[Link] 11-24
 CFS-FB-DZA

Load range Design load

Recommended Suitable pressure
FH,Rd Adjusting screw
mount  screw‚
[kN] [kN]
Technical data 2.0 3.00 FAZ II 10/50 M10 x 40 M12
Type 3.5 5.25 FAZ II 12/60 M12 x 40 M12 / M16
6.0 9.00 CFS-FB-DZA
FAZ II 16/50 M16 x 50 M16 / M20
 The proof of anchoring must be provided
Loadin range
consideration of the respective
Designboundary
load conditions.
‚ See table "Pressure screws" for the admissible compressive forces. Recommended Suitable pressure
FH,Rd Adjusting screw
mount  screw‚
[kN] [kN]
2.0 3.00 FAZ II 10/50 Nailing
M10 x 40plate M12
Type 3.5 5.25 FAZ II 12/60 M12 x 40 M12 / M16
6.0 9.00 FAZ II 16/50 M16 x 50 M16 / M20
 The proof of anchoring must be provided in consideration of the respective boundary conditions.
‚ See table "Pressure screws" for the admissible compressive forces.

Nailing plate

CFS-FB-DZA: Installation condition

Assembly Instructions CFS-FB-DZA: Installation condition

CFS-FB-DZA
Œ 
The pressure screw Type The pressure screw
FB-DS1 or Type FB-DS2 is screwed into the
with previously fixed embedded cast in
washer is passed through channel of the precast
the slot of the plate. part. The distance of
the precast part to the
in-situ concrete can be
set exactly by rotating
Œ  the pressure screw.

Ž 
The plate is pre-mounted The adjusting screw is
on the in-situ concrete used to set the plate
using the ith a drilled parallel to the wall.
bolt or a cast-in channel. The through bolt or
When setting the anchor, MHH screw boltis
the offset dimension x subsequently tightened
(distance between slot with the required
of pressure screw and tightening torque.
Ž round hole of anchor) 
must be noted. The plate
can be mounted in any
direction radially around
the pressure screw.

11-25 [Link]
 Dowel Connection
CFS-FB-VD
The dowel connection allow the transmission of shear forces Additional reinforcement
between two precast parts.
A round sleeve is embedded into the bottom of the upper
panel and grouting sleeve is embedded into the top of the
lower panel.
Please refer to the table for the dimensions.

Product information
Additional reinforcement
• Load range: 1.0 kN – 5.0 kN Additional reinforcem
• Material: approved stainless steel
Recessed top part
• Certification: structural analysis Additional reinforcement

MOSO PRECAST PANEL SUSPENSION SYSTEM

Recessed top part
Recessed top part
Mortar

Recessed top part

Recessed bottom part

Mortar
Mortar

Recessed bottom part

Recessed bottom part
Mortar
Reinforcement is
cessed bottom part
not included in scope of supply
Reinforcement is
not included in scope of supply
Reinforcement is
not included in scope
CFS-FB-VD: Installation
Reinforcement is condition
not included in scope of supply
Technical data
Table of dowel sizes and design loads
CFS-FB-VD
CFS-FB-VD CFS-FB-VD
Dimensions Accessories
Dimensions AccessoriesAdditional
CFS-FB-VD Dimensions Accessories
Load Design Diame-
Panel Joint
thick- thick-
Panel Joint
Plastic sleeve reinforc- Ad
range load Load ter Diame-
DesignLength Plastic sleeve ement
ness ness thick- thick- re
Panel Joint range load ter Additional
Load Design Diame-
Dimensions Accessories PlasticFsleeve Ød l fmin ness ness top
Length amax bottom e
reinforc-
H,Rd
thick- thick- [kN] [kN] [mm] FH,Rd [mm]Ø d [mm] l  [mm]fmin round
amax oval top round bottom
‚
range Panel
load Joint ter Additional
ement
Load Design Diame-
thick- thick-
Length ness ness
Plastic sleeve reinforc-
[kN] [kN] [mm] [mm]
± 1.0 ± 1.50 12 180 100
[mm] [mm]
20 Ø12x80 round - oval
Ø40x100 round
required
range load ter
FH,Rd ness Ø d
Length ness l fmin amaxement Type top ± 1.0 ± bottom
1.50 12 180 100 20
± 2.5 ± 3.75 16 200 100 20 Ø16x100 44/18x100 Ø40x100 required re
Ø12x80 - Ø40x100
top bottom
FH,Rd Ød [kN]
l [kN] amax [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
fmin
round ±Type ± 2.5 20
5.0 ± 7.50
oval ± 3.7522016 120
round 200 20100 Ø20x140
‚ 20 47/22x100
Ø16x100 44/18x100 required re
Ø40x100 Ø40x100
[kN] [kN] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] round oval round ‚
 l = 100 + a + 5 * Ød acc.±to5.0 ± 7.5034620 220 120 20 Ø20x140 47/22x100 Ø40x100 re
acc. to DAfStb
± 1.0 ± 1.50 12 ±180
1.0 ±1001.5020 12Ø12x80 180 - 100 Ø40x10020 ‚Ø12x80
requiredMinimum concrete - * Ød acc.
l = 100quality
+ a + 5C30/37
Ø40x100
to
required
346 acc. to DAfStb
Type ± 2.5 ± Type
3.75 16 ±200
2.5 ±1003.7520 16 Ø16x100200
44/18x100100
Ø40x10020 Ø16x100
required ‚ Minimum concrete quality
44/18x100 C30/37
Ø40x100 required
± 5.0 ± 7.50 20 220 120 20 Ø20x140 47/22x100 Ø40x100 required
l = 100 + a + 5 * Ød acc. to
± 346
5.0acc.±to DAfStb
7.50 20 220 120 20 Ø20x140 47/22x100 Ø40x100 required
Minimum concrete quality C30/37
l = 100 +
a + 5 * Ød acc. to 346 acc. to DAfStb
‚ Minimum concrete quality C30/37

[Link] 11-26
 Other Products
Turnbuckle Restraint System CFS-FB-SPV
The turnbuckle restraint system CFS-FB-SPV allows for the
transmission of tensile and compressive forces between
two concrete elements. It consists of a turnbuckle and
two MHH T-bolts with a left-hand and a righthand
thread. The turnbuckle can be rotated to adjust the
tolerances.

Product information
• Load range: 5.0 kN – 10.0 kN
• Diameter: M12 and M16
• Material: approved stainless steel * For more detail please consult CFS.
• Certification: structural analysis

11-27 [Link]
 11-28
MOSO PRECAST PANEL SUSPENSION SYSTEM

[Link]
 Precast Wall Connection
Wire Rope Boxes

12-1 [Link]
Contents
Wire Boxes for Precast Panels 12-3

Selection 12-4

Capacities 12-5

Installation 12-7

Reinforcement of Concrete Elements 12-8

Supervision of Installation 12-9

R-Steel Loops 12-10

Dimensions 12-11

Installation 12-12

PRECAST WALL CONNECTION WIRE ROPE BOXES

10
[Link] 12-2
 Wire Boxes for
Precast Panels
Wire Rope Boxes are designed to be used as a structural
connection for pre-cast units with recesses, or between
precast units and in-situ concrete components. The casing
of the box eliminates the need for additional formwork.
The rope boxes are very easy to use on site, with proven
no-tool tear-off tape that releases the flexible loops. The
loops are stitched into the adjoining element with rods
and insitu concrete.
We can provide boxes either containing a single loop or
a double loop, depending on the load capacities that
are required.

12-3 [Link]
Selection
Our range includes Standard wire boxes, a Maxi wire box and Double wire rope boxes. The four
types of Standard wire boxes have the same load capacity, selection should be made based on the
4
thickness of the joint. For greater loads, use the Maxi box or Doube wire rope boxes.

2 DIMENSIONS AND MATERIALS

Dimensions
2.1 Dimensions and tolerances

PRECAST WALL CONNECTION WIRE ROPE BOXES

Figure 1. Dimensions of the RWL wire rope loop
Standard and Maxi Wire Loop Boxes Double Wire Loop Boxes
Table 1. Dimensions and tolerances of the RWL wire rope loop
SL L L1 h b t Ø D
Wire rope loop [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
Box Type Part No SL L L1 h b ±10 ±20 t ±10 ±2 ø(mm)
±2 ±2 D 1)
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
RWL-THIN (mm) 80 306 (mm)
220 180 Note
50 1 20 (mm)
6 60
± 10 ± 20 ± 10 ± RWL-WIDE
2 ± 2100 331 ± 225
2 220 80 25 6 60
Standard CFS-RVL-60 60 336 270 160 50 20 6 55
1) according to SFS-EN 12385.
CFS-RVL-80 80 250 60
CFS-RVL-100 100 230 Thickness of the steel plate of the box is 0,7mm. 65
CFS-RVL-120 120 210 70
Maxi CFS-RVL-140 140 528 370 200 50 20 8 100
Double CFS-RWL- 80 306 220 180 50 20 6 60
THIN
CFS-RWL- 100 331 225 220 80 25 6 60
WIDE
R-Group Finland Oy | Olavinkatu 1 | 57130 Savonlinna, Finland | VAT: FI20250445 | Tel. +358 20 722 9420 [Link] | [Link]

Thickness of steel plate of the box is 0,7mm. Note 1 – according to SFS-EN 12385

Materials

Part Material Standard

Steel box 1.0330 SFS-EN 10130
Wire rope high strength steel wire rope SE-Zn SFS-EN 12385
Compression sleeve 1.0046 SFS-EN 10025

The steel box and the wire rope are zinc coated. Zinced products are passivated with min. 1 month of storage.

[Link] 12-4
 Capacities
The Standard boxes (RVL-60, -80, -100 and -120) all have
equal capacities. For greater loads, use the Maxi box (RVL-
140) or the Double boxes (RWL-THIN and –WIDE).

Design Principles
The capacities presented in the tables below are calculated
for static loads. Our wire rope loops are not designed to be
used for dynamic loading or for lifting. For the capacities
to be achieved, there should be no cracks or deformations
in the joints.
The capacities of the wire rope loops are calculated for a
joint as presented in the diagram with seam thickness and
reinforcement as outlined in the following sections. The
steel boxes and the seam must be fully filled with concrete.
The capacities given are the resistances in ultimate limit
state, so please compare to design loads.

Longitudinal Force Capacity

Boxes Centre Design Value of Longitudinal Shear Resistance, VRd (kN/m)
to Centre
Standard Maxi Double Thin Double Wide
CFS-RVL-60, -80, -100, -120 CFS-RVL-140 CFS-RWL-THIN CFS-RWL-WIDE
C25/30 C40/50 C25/30 C40/50 C25/30 C40/50 C25/30 C40/50
250 125 159 112 116
300 117 148 94 98 141 154
350 101 128 182 230 81 84 120 132
400 89 112 163 207 70 74 106 118
450 79 100 146 184 63 66 95 106
500 72 91 131 166 56 59 85 96
550 66 83 120 152 51 54 77 87
600 60 76 110 139 46 49 70 80
650 56 71 102 129 43 45 64 73
700 52 66 95 120 40 43 60 69
750 49 62 37 40 55 63

The resistance is defined by the weakest concrete in the system, either to fill the joint or the concrete used to make the
precast element.

12-5 [Link]
Tensile Capacity

Capacities are shown here per box, thus for Standard and
Maxi boxes the capacities are for a single wire rope pair,
and for the double boxes are for two wire rope pairs.

Box Type Part No Design Value of Tensile Resistance,

FRd (kN)
C25/30 C40/50
CFS-RVL-60
CFS-RVL-80
Standard 12.9 12.9
CFS-RVL-100
CFS-RVL-120
Maxi CFS-RVL-140 23.1 23.1
CFS-RWL-THIN
Double 17 25.8
CFS-RWL-WIDE

The resistance is defined by the weakest concrete in the

system, either to fill the joint or the concrete used to
make the precast element. The distance between wire
loop boxes must be as defined later in this section.

PRECAST WALL CONNECTION WIRE ROPE BOXES

Horizontal Shear Force

Capacities are shown here per box, thus for Standard and
Maxi boxes the capacities are for a single wire rope pair,
and for the double boxes are for two wire rope pairs.

Box Type Part No Design Value of Horizontal Shear

Resistance, NRd (kN)
C25/30 C40/50
CFS-RVL-60
CFS-RVL-80
Standard 4.6 5.8
CFS-RVL-100
CFS-RVL-120
Maxi CFS-RVL-140 8.2 10.3
CFS-RWL-THIN
Double 10.8 13.6
CFS-RWL-WIDE

The resistance is defined by the weakest concrete in the

system, either to fill the joint or the concrete used to
make the precast element. The distance between wire
loop boxes must be as defined later in this section.

Combined Forces

For circumstances where there is a combination of forces

on the wire loop joints, the following must apply:

VApplied FApplied NApplied

+ + ≤ 1
VRd FRd NRd

[Link] 12-6
 Installation
Seam Thickness
The size of the wire rope loops must be chosen according
to the thickness of the joint to enable the vertical ribbed
steel bar in the joint to pass through the wire rope loops
on both side of the joint.

Box Type Part No Recommended

thickness of rope loop
seam (mm)
CFS-RVL-60 70-90
CFS-RVL-80 90-110
Standard
CFS-RVL-100 110-140
CFS-RVL-120 140-190
11
Maxi CFS-RVL-140 160-220
CFS-RWL-THIN 90-130
Double 5 APPLICATION
CFS-RWL-WIDE 110-160

5.1 Limitations for application

Minimum Edge Distance and Spacing
Resistances presented in tables 2…6 are calculated for static loads. RWL
wire rope loops are not designed to be used for lifting or as lifting loops.
Centre to centre Emin = minimum distance between wire rope loops at the same side of the joint.
Resistance of the RWL wire rope loop is defined by the weakest concrete in
Edge distance Dmin = the minimum distance of the
thejoint
wire rope loop
(element/joint to theTheupper
concrete). andcalculations
resistance lower edgedo notof the
take intoconcrete element
(see diagram for double boxes). account cracks or deformations in the joint. Resistances of RWL wire rope
loops are calculated assuming that the steel boxes and the seam are fully
filled with concrete.
Centre to centre Cmax = minimum distance between wire rope loops at opposite sides of the joint.
Minimum width Bmin = minimum total wall width.
5.1.1 Minimum edge and center distances

Figure 5. Markings for distances of RWL wire rope loops

Dimensions for Standard and Maxi Boxes Dimensions for Double Boxes
Table 6. Minimum distances of RWL wire rope loops
Wire rope center to edge center to minimum

Box Type Part No Centre to Centre Emin Edge Distance Dmin Centre to Centre Cmax Minimum Width Bmin
mm R-Group Finland Oy | Olavinkatu 1 | 57130 Savonlinna, Finland | VAT: FI20250445 | Tel. +358 20 722 9420 [Link] | [Link]

CFS-RVL-60
CFS-RVL-80
Standard 250 100 20 120
CFS-RVL-100
CFS-RVL-120
Maxi CFS-RVL-140 350 200 25 150
CFS-RWL-THIN 250 250 20 80
Double
CFS-RWL-WIDE 300 300 25 100

12-7 [Link]
Reinforcement of the joint

When using wire rope loops, a vertical ribbed steel bar

must always be installed through the wire loops as
shown here.
Box Type Part No Diameter of the
ribbed steel bar Øs
Standard CFS-RVL-60 12
CFS-RVL-80 Reinforcing steel A500HW or similar
CFS-RVL-100
CFS-RVL-120
Maxi CFS-RVL-140 16
Double CFS-RWL-THIN 12
CFS-RWL-WIDE

Reinforcement of Case Study 1 Diagrams

Concrete Elements
The wall elements must be reinforced according to the wall
element design.

PRECAST WALL CONNECTION WIRE ROPE BOXES

Case 1 – Where wire loops are used to
transfer forces
When RVL wire rope loops are used to transfer forces
in the joint, anchorage of the wire rope loop must be
secured by overlapping the wire rope loop sufficiently
with the reinforcement of the concrete element. This
should be done to the engineer’s design depending on
your precise arrangement.
Where the wire loop is used in a corner joint a reinforcing
bar should be installed into the inner edge of the fold of
the RVL wire rope loop, the diameter of this bar should
be the same as the reinforcement installed in the joint.
Case 2 – Where RVL wire loops are not used to Case Study 2 Diagrams
transfer forces
When wire rope loops are used to limit cracking of the
seam or to tie elements together without defining the
required force, additional reinforcement in the wall is
recommended as shown here, including 2 No 10mm
diameter additional bars in each piece.
Attachment to the formwork
The wire rope loop box must be attached securely so it
cannot move during casting of the concrete. At the wire
rope loop, the concrete must be compacted carefully
as the loop cannot be vibrated. The wire rope loops
Loop boxes may be fastened to formwork with nails or
by magnets. The part of the wire rope which enters the
concrete element is installed amidst the reinforcement
and does not need to be tied to the reinforcement.

[Link] 12-8
 Supervision of
Installation
Check list before casting:
• Wire rope loop is in good condition
• Wire rope loop is according to designs and in the right
place
• Wire rope loop is attached firmly
• The required additional reinforcement is installed.
During the casting:
• Wire rope loop stays in the right place
• The concrete is thoroughly vibrated around the RVL wire
rope loop.
After the casting:
• The tape covering the steel box is removed at the factory
after the concrete is cured.

Manufacturing
Our RVL wire rope loops are manufactured by
R-Group Finland Oy.

Manufacturing markings
The product packaging includes a R-Steel sticker,
containing the following information: product type,
product name, quantity, ISO9001 and ISO14001 quality
and environmental system markings, FI marking and
product picture.
Products are delivered in cardboard boxes marked with
FI and BY (Concrete Association of Finland) logo and the
number of certified product declaration, numbers of the
ISO-certificates and the product type and name.
Quality control
Quality control of the wire rope loops is done according
to the requirements of the Finish Code of Building
Regulation and the instructions according to the quality
and environment system of R-Group Finland Oy (ISO 9001
and ISO 14001).

12-9 [Link]
R-Steel Loops
R-Steel Loops are used to tie precast concrete elements to
the building frame using a reinforcement bar through the
loops and casting some concrete insitu.
They are similar to the RVL Wire Loop in application. The
wire boxes have the advantage of ease of casting and
protection of the loop, however the R-Steel loops can be
used in thinner panels and can also be used for lifting.

PRECAST WALL CONNECTION WIRE ROPE BOXES

[Link] 12-10
 Dimensions Materials
Part Material Standard
Wire rope high strength steel wire SFS-EN 12385
SE-Zn
Compression sleeve 1.0046 SFS-EN 10025

Capacities
Design principles:
The capacities presented in the tables below are calculated
for ultimate limit states according to the following codes
and regulations:
• SFS-EN1992-1-1
• SFS-EN1993-1-1
R Steel loops cannot be welded.

Capacity for element tying

Ultimate limit capacity for horizontal force, NRd = 4.8kN
Concrete strength ≥C25/30. This design is for a static
load, for dynamic load please seek advice from CFS
technical help.

Capacity for element lifting

The R-Steel Loop can be used for lifting concrete elements,
according to the diagram below as long as the following
are met:
• Lifting angle must be between 0° and 45°
• R-Steel Loop resistance for lifting FRd = 1.9kN (concrete
≥ C15/20)
• Lifting device diameter must be ≥ 40mm

12-11 [Link]
Installation
Minimum Edge Distance
and Spacing Reinforcement

Minimum edge distance from sleeve, e = 15mm Anchoring reinforcement must be installed through the
R-Steel Loop and it must be anchored to cast in situ
A reinforcing bar needs to be provided in the element as concrete. Reinforcement to be A500HW or similar.
shown above to prevent the loop bursting out of the wall.

Attachment to the formwork

The R-Steel Loop and anchoring reinforcement must be
securely attached and must not move during casting. The
R-Steel Loop may not be vibrated during casting.

PRECAST WALL CONNECTION WIRE ROPE BOXES

Supervision of Manufacturing
Installation R-Steel loops are manufactured by R-Group
Finland Oy.
Check before casting: Manufacturing markings
• R-Steel loop is in good condition The product packaging includes a R-Steel sticker,
• R-Steel loop I according to design and in the right place containing the following information: product type,
product name, quantity, ISO9001 and ISO14001 quality
• R-Steel loop is attached firmly and environmental system markings, FI marking and
• The additional reinforcement is installed product picture.
During casting: Products are delivered in cardboard boxes marked with
FI and BY (Concrete Association of Finland) logo and the
• R-Steel loop stays in the right place number of certified product declaration, numbers of the
• The concrete is thoroughly vibrated around ISO-certificates and the product type and name.
the R-Steel loop Quality control
After casting: Quality control of the wire rope loops is done according
• The situation of the R-Steel loop is according to the requirements of the Finish Code of Building
to the design Regulation and the instructions according to the quality
and environment system of R-Group Finland Oy (ISO 9001
and ISO 14001).

[Link] 12-12
 CVS Staircase
Connectors

13-1 [Link]
Contents
CVS 40 / 60 / 100 Staircase Products 13-3

Reinforcement Arrangement 13-5

CVS STAIRCASE CONNECTORS

10
[Link] 13-2
 CVS 40 / 60 / 100
Staircase Products
The CVS 40 / 60 / 100 staircase products are used for
connecting precast staircases to concrete shear walls. This
is done by having a bearing that rests within the shear
wall.
The former for the cast in part is re-usable. The former
is
CVSsecured
bearingby two screws and can be removed
in mold. oncepart
CVS inner theslide out of bearing. CVS bearing under test to failure.
concrete has cured.
The inner bearing part of the connector is slid out into
the pocket in the shear wall on the construction site. CVS bearing in mold. CVS i
CVS bearers are produced under ISO 9001.

CVS bearing in mold. CVS inner part slide out of bearing. CVS b

HF

M8 H1

L1 B1

La max 110

HF
M8
H1
L1

La max 1
13-3 [Link]

HF
 To reduce the noise transmission, an insolating pad can be inserted into the
wall pocket underneath the bearing part.
The staircase connectors, made of material S355 are available in four different
load groups. The product designation CVS 40 / 60 / 100 / 200 indicates the
ultimate capacity per connector in kN.
Additional reinforcement located at the rear of the cast in part is required to
transfer loads from the connectors into precast unit (see above image and
overleaf).

CVS STAIRCASE CONNECTORS

Calculations are available for the staircase connectors to provide proof for the
steel components and the anchorage arrangement within the precast unit.
Connector load bearing capacities have also been verified by practical tests.
Available in black or galvanised finish.

Technical Data
Part No CFS-CVS-40 CFS-CVS-60 CFS-CVS-100
Design Capacity kN 40 60 100
Landing Thickness mm 150 175 200 175 200 200 250
Concrete
C30/37

C35/45

C30/37

C35/45

C30/37

C35/45

C30/37

C35/45

C30/37

C35/45

C40/50

C30/37

C35/45

C30/37

C35/45

Bar No 1 - Bars No 2 2 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 1
Front Shear
Diameter, ds mm 12 12 16 16 16 12 12 12 10 16 16 16 16 20 20
Bar
Lb,net mm 60 60 85 85 110 110 85 85 110 110 110 110 110 160 160
La ≥ 5 x ds mm 60 60 80 80 80 60 60 60 50 80 80 80 80 100 100
Bar No 2 - Bars No 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2
Back Shear
Diameter, ds mm 16 12 12 12 12 12 16 16 16 16 16 12 12 12 12
Bar
Lb,net mm 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 110 110 110 110
La ≥ 5 x ds mm 80 60 60 60 60 60 80 80 80 80 80 60 60 60 60
Bar No 3 - Bars No 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Edge U Bar
Diameter, ds mm 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 16 16 16 16
Spacing, e mm 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
Lb,net mm 350 350 350 350 350 350 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400

The maximum gap between the concrete stair and wall elements to achieve the full design capacity is 40mm.
If this is increased to 50mm, the capacities reduce by 5kN.

[Link] 13-4
 Reinforcement
Arrangement
Bar No 1 - Front Shear Bar

- Anchorage of shear bars may be bent either

perpendicular or aligned to CVS.
- Shear bar may be vertical or at an angle as shown.
- Shear bars may be doubled up in some cases.

Bar No 2 - Back shear bar Bar No 3 - Edge U Bar

13-5 [Link]
CVS STAIRCASE CONNECTORS

13-6
[Link]
 Precast Column and
Wall Shoes, and Other
Connection Systems

14-1 [Link]
Contents
Anstar Products 14-3

Diagonal Ties and Lifting Anchors 14-4

Fastening Plates 14-5

Fastening Plates 14-6

Standard Steel Anchors 14-7

Standard Steel Anchors 14-8

PRECAST COLUMN AND WALL SHOES, AND OTHER CONNECTION SYSTEMS

Standard Steel Anchors 14-9

Standard Steel Anchors 14-10

Column Shoes 14-11

Column Shoes 14-12

Anchor Bolts 14-13

Anchor Bolts 14-14

Wall Shoes 14-15

Steel Brackets 14-16

Steel Brackets 14-17

Composite Beams 14-18

Bracing Connections 14-19

Bracing Connections 14-20

10
[Link] 14-2
 Anstar Products
Quality Products from Finland
Range includes column shoes, wall shoes, foundation
bolts, composite structures steel to concrete connections,
precast panel suspension system and lattice reinforcement
for sandwich panels product.

14-3 [Link]
Diagonal Ties and Lifting Anchors
AD diagonal ties
DIMENSIONS

Standard products Recommended insulation thickness

[Code B-L]
[mm]
AD 150-2400 (2700) 90
AD 180-2400 (2700) 120

15
AD 200-2400 (2700) 140
AD 220-2400 (2700) 160 Ø5

B
Ø5
AD 240-2400 (2700) 180
appr. 45°

15
AD 260-2400 (2700) 200 L

AD 280-2400 (2700) 220

AD 300-2400 (2700) 240
Diagonal External bar Internal bar
AD 320-2400 (2700) 260

PRECAST COLUMN AND WALL SHOES, AND OTHER CONNECTION SYSTEMS

AD 1.4301 1.4301 B500 K
AD 360-2400 (2700) 300 ADR 1.4301 1.4301 1.4301

Concrete Association of Finland certificate 281

AN lifting anchors
DIMENSIONS CAPACITIES t

Allowed Allowed
TYPE t d H weight lifting angle lifting angle
0-20º 0-30º
[mm] [mm] [mm] [kg] Concrete K20 Concrete K25

Oval hole for 5 or 8

H

tons hoist lock

AN25-V, AN25-O 8 12 1000 3.9 25 kN 25 kN
AN40-V, AN40-O 12 16 1100 6.1 40 kN 40 kN
AN60-V, AN60-O 16 20 1450 12.0 60 kN 60 kN d
AN25-V AN25-O
AN40-V AN40-O
AN60-V AN60-O

Rebars A500HW
Profile S235JR+AR
Steelplate S355J2+N

Concrete Association of Finland certificate 250

Fastening Plates
SBKL fastening plates
SBKL fastening plates
DIMENSIONS CAPACITIES
CODE L/B H t A C Ø weight Nu Vu MuL MuB Tu
[mm] [kg] [kN] [kNm]
SBKL 50/100 68 8 0 60 12 0.5 7.7 9.8 0.38 0.30 0.49
SBKL 100/100 68 8 60 60 12 1.0 13.7 19.3 0.68 0.68 1.38
SBKL 100/150 70 10 60 90 12 1.5 18.4 19.3 1.20 0.91 1.76
SBKL 100/200 162 12 60 120 12 2.5 37.2 19.3 2.98 1.86 2.15
SBKL 150/150 162 12 90 90 12 2.7 39.6 22.6 2.57 2.57 2.10
SBKL 200/200 162 12 120 120 16 5.0 82.8 43.5 6.62 6.62 4.92
SBKL 200/300 and SBKL 300/300 are delivered as AKL-fastening plates, see page 4.

Plate Anchors
SBKL S235JR+AR S235JR+AR
A
B

SBKLR 1.4301 S235JR+AR

SBKLRr 1.4301 1.4301
Ø

C t
SBKLH 1.4401 S235JR+AR
L H
Concrete Association of Finland certificate 269

[Link] 14-4
 Fastening Plates
KL fastening plates
DIMENSIONS CAPACITIES
CODE L/B H t A C Ø weight Nu Vu MuL MuB Tu
[mm] [kg] [kN] [kNm]
KL 50/100 218 8 0 60 12 0.7 7.7 9.8 0.38 0.30 0.49
KL 100/100 218 8 60 60 12 1.4 13.7 19.3 0.68 0.68 1.38
KL 100/150 220 10 60 90 12 2.0 18.4 19.3 1.20 0.91 1.76

Plate Anchors

A
B
KL S235JR+AR A500HW
KLR 1.4301 A500HW

Ø
KLH 1.4401 A500HW C t
L H
Concrete Association of Finland certificate 269

AKL fastening plates

DIMENSIONS CAPACITIES
CODE L/B t Ø C A H weight Nu Vu MuL MuB Tu
[mm] [kg] [kN] [kNm]
AKL 150/150 11 12 90 90 161 2.7 99.7 38.9 8.4 8.4 3.0
AKL 200/100 11 12 120 60 161 2.5 94.2 38.0 11.3 5.6 3.2
AKL 200/200 12 16 120 120 162 5.0 201.0 73.0 20.0 20.0 7.3
AKL 300/100 15 16 180 60 165 4.7 177.0 71.5 30.1 9.3 8.1
AKL 300/200 13 16 180 120 163 7.5 215.0 74.2 30.1 20.1 9.3
AKL 300/300 12 16 180 180 162 9.8 231.0 77.0 30.1 30.1 10.9

Plate Anchors
AKL S355J2+N A500HW
A
B

AKLR 1.4301 A500HW

Ø

AKLH 1.4401 A500HW C t

L H
Concrete Association of Finland certificate 218

AKLP and AKLJ long fastening plates

DIMENSIONS CAPACITIES
Ø

100

CODE B/L t Ø A H weight Nu V uL V uB

[mm] [kg/m] [kN] [kNm]
200

AKLP 100/L 12 16 60 115 10.8 79.4 23.4 37.4

AKLP 150/L 12 16 90 115 15.5 93.6 27.6 37.4
L = n*200 max. 2000
200

AKLP 200/L 12 16 100 115 20.2 97.1 28.6 37.4

AKLP 300/L 12 16 200 115 29.6 116.5 34.4 37.4
AKLP 400/L 12 16 200 115 39.0 116.5 34.4 37.4
200

AKLJ 300/L 20 20 200 220 53.9 182.0 53.7 58.4

200

AKLJ 400/L 24 20 300 220 82.0 195.0 57.6 58.4

AKLJ 500/L 24 20 200 220 104.0 287.0 84.9 87.6
100

AKLJ 600/L 25 20 250 220 128.0 296.0 87.6 87.6 t A

H B

Plate Anchors
AKLP/AKLJ S355J2+N A500HW
AKLPR/AKLJR 1.4301 A500HW
AKLPH/AKLJH 1.4401 A500HW

Concrete Association of Finland certificate 218

14-5 [Link]
Fastening Plates
JAL heavy fastening plates
DIMENSIONS CAPACITIES
CODE L/B t Ø C A H weight Nu Vu MuL MuB Tu
[mm] [kg] [kN] [kNm]
JAL 150/150 25 16 90 90 220 6.0 177 69.2 15.1 15.1 5.4
JAL 200/150 25 20 120 90 220 8.5 295 110.0 31.4 23.6 10.0
JAL 250/150 25 20 190 90 220 10.0 316 114.0 49.7 23.6 14.1
JAL 250/200 25 20 190 120 220 12.4 339 116.0 49.7 31.4 15.1
JAL 250/250 25 20 190 190 220 14.9 369 121.0 49.7 49.7 18.0
JAL 300/200 25 25 200 120 280 16.8 533 182.0 81.8 49.1 24.5
JAL 300/300 25 25 200 200 280 22.9 584 190.0 81.8 81.8 29.7
JAL 400/400 30 25 300 300 280 42.7 646 196.0 123.0 123.0 44.5
JAL 500/300 30 25 140 200 280 46.0 687 374.0 190.0 108.0 62.3

PRECAST COLUMN AND WALL SHOES, AND OTHER CONNECTION SYSTEMS

JAL 500/500 30 25 400 400 280 63.9 682 200.0 164.0 164.0 59.4
JAL 600/600 30 25 500 500 280 89.8 705 202.0 205.0 205.0 74.2
JAL 800/500 30 25 175 400 280 106.0 912 490.0 358.0 265.0 131.0
JAL 800/800 30 25 350 350 280 162.0 1050 404.0 430.0 430.0 156.0
JAL 1000/600 30 25 180 500 280 156.0 1050 595.0 515.0 374.0 192.0
JAL 1000/1000 30 25 450 450 280 244.0 1240 408.0 550.0 550.0 200.0

Plate Anchors
JAL S355J2+N A500HW
A
B

JALR 1.4301 A500HW

JALH 1.4401 A500HW

Ø
C t
Concrete Association of Finland certificate 218
L H

Standard Steel Anchors

AVT 15 – 17
B t
DIMENSIONS CAPACITIES
TYPE L H B t Ø weight Vu
H

[mm] [kg] [kN] 30

AVT 15 460 95 450 8 10 2.5 35.2

Vu
AVT 16 550 105 475 10 12 3.9 51.5
L

140
AVT 17 740 125 560 12 16 7.1 89.1 Ø

Plate Anchors
AVT S355J2+N A500HW
AVTr 1.4301 A500HW
Concrete Association of Finland certificate 270

AVT 25 – 27
DIMENSIONS CAPACITIES B L1 150

TYPE H B L1 L2 Ø weight Nu V 1u V 2u Nu

[mm] [kg] [kN] V1u V2 u

H

AVT 25 80 80 235 270 8 1.9 92.2 17.9 10.7

100 100 315 350 10 3.4 115.2 30.5 10.7
Ø

AVT 26 25

AVT 27 120 120 385 430 12 5.0 198.9 43.6 10.7

L2

Angle Bar Plate (AVT 27) Anchors 75

AVT S235JR+AR S355J2+N A500HW

AVTr 1.4301 1.4301 A500HW

Concrete Association of Finland certificate 270

[Link] 14-6
 Standard Steel Anchors
AVT 23 and 24
DIMENSIONS CAPACITIES
TYPE H B S L1 Ø1 L2 Ø2 weight N 1u M1u N 2u M2u Vu
[mm] [kg] [kN] [kNm] [kN] [kNm] [kN]
AVT 23 55 65 15 205 8 100 10 0.8 15.7 0.57 4.3 0.29 10.7
AVT 24 80 85 20 305 10 120 12 1.3 26.6 0.85 6.6 0.69 11.6

M2u N1u
Plate Anchors

15
AVT S355K2C A500HW M1u B

S
AVTR 1.4301 A500HW
AVTRr 1.4301 1.4301

100
H
Ø2 Ø1
Concrete Association of Finland certificate 270 N2u L2
L1 Vu

AVT 32 and 33
DIMENSIONS CAPACITIES
TYPE B A L Ø weight Nu Mu Vu Ø
[mm] [kg] [kN] [kNm] [kN]

15
AVT 32 65 60 245 8 2.3 28.1 2.0 21.5
AVT 33 80 80 305 10 3.3 43.5 2.5 33.6

300
Nu
Plate Anchors Vu
15

AVT S355K2C A500HW

B

AVTR 1.4301 A500HW Mu

A
Ø
AVTRr 1.4301 1.4301
B

Nu L
Concrete Association of Finland certificate 270
6

AVT 34 – 37
DIMENSIONS CAPACITIES
TYPE H B A L Ø weight Nu V 1u V 2u
[mm] [kg] [kN]
AVT 34 150 65 60 245 8 1.3 16.9 1.2 10.7
AVT 35 150 80 80 305 10 1.8 26.2 1.2 16.8
AVT 36 80 65 60 245 8 0.9 11.5 0.6 10.7
AVT 37 100 80 80 305 10 1.4 21.4 0.8 16.8
15

Nu
15

Plate Anchors Ø
B

AVT S355K2C A500HW

Mu
H
A

Ø
AVTR 1.4301 A500HW
B

AVTRr 1.4301 1.4301

Vu L
Nu
Concrete Association of Finland certificate 270
6

14-7 [Link]
Standard Steel Anchors
AVT 38, 41 and 42
DIMENSIONS CAPACITIES
TYPE B H L S weight Nu Mu Vu
[mm] [kg] [kN] [kNm] [kN]
AVT 38 100 45 575 120 1.1 14.8 1.11 14.8
AVT 41 150 65 690 200 2.7 33.9 2.61 26.1
AVT 42 200 85 870 320 5.5 64.9 5.01 40.7

Nu

20
Mu
Plate Anchors
AVT S355J2+N A500HW Mu

B
AVTR 1.4301 A500HW Vu

H
AVTRr 1.4301 1.4301 L B
edge distance S

PRECAST COLUMN AND WALL SHOES, AND OTHER CONNECTION SYSTEMS

Concrete Association of Finland certificate 270

AVT 39
CAPACITIES 45

15

Ø8
weight Nu Vu
TYPE Nu
K45-1 K30-2 K45-1 K30-2
600
[kg] [kN]
AVT 39 0.8 17.6 12.1 13.8 10.7

Plate Anchors
150

100
AVT S355J2+N A500HW Vu

AVTR 1.4301 A500HW Concrete Association of Finland certificate 270

AVT 44
CAPACITIES Nu

weight Nu Vu 650
TYPE
K45-1 K30-2 K45-1 K30-2
[kg] [kN] 70

AVT 44 1.4 49.9 45.8 18.3 16.8

350
140

Plate Anchors Vu
AVT S355J2+N A500HW
AVTR 1.4301 A500HW Concrete Association of Finland certificate 270

AVT 43, 45 – 47
DIMENSIONS CAPACITIES
TYPE B C E H L Ø weight V 1u V 2u Nu M1u M2u
[mm] [kg] [kN] [kNm]
AVT 43 100 150 100 45 320 8 1.3 29.3 4.7 5.6 0.29 0.56
AVT 45 100 100 100 45 320 8 1.0 22.8 3.9 5.6 0.28 0.28
AVT 46 150 150 170 65 430 10 2.5 45.1 4.7 16.0 1.04 1.15
AVT 47 200 200 210 85 545 12 5.1 70.9 5.1 28.0 2.29 2.70
25

Nu B

Plate Anchors
M1u
AVT S355J2+N A500HW
M2u V2u
Ø
C

AVTR 1.4301 A500HW

H

AVTRr 1.4301 1.4301 25 E V1u

L
Concrete Association of Finland certificate 270

[Link] 14-8
 Standard Steel Anchors
AVT 48
CAPACITIES
WEIGHT

25
TYPE Vu Nu Mu 100

[kg] [kN] [kNm]

AVT 48 1.0 14.5 5.2 0.28

100
Mu
Nu
Plate Anchors

15
Vu 320
AVT S355J2+N A500HW
AVTR 1.4301 A500HW

45
100
Concrete Association of Finland certificate 270

AVTR 51 and 52 balcony slab joint

WEIGHT
TYPE
[kg] Vu = 6,9 kN M12-45

AVTR 51 2.9 N u = 26,4 kN

555

135

105
65

55
AVTR 52 0.3

40 100
Plate, square bar and U-loop 1.4301
Nuts M12 and washers 1.4301 AVTR 51 -L FRAMEWORK BALCONY
AVTR 52
Angle bar S235JR+AR 550
100 15 13
Anchor bar A500HW

50
25
50

Concrete Association of Finland certificate 270 8

65 L < 400

AVT 57 corner protector

CAPACITIES
WEIGHT
TYPE Vu
[kg] [kN]
AVT 57 6.3 5.3
Vu Vu
60

Plate Anchors
AVT S235JR+AR A500HW
22
115

AVTR 1.4301 A500HW 100 4*400 100

Ø8
Concrete Association of Finland certificate 270 1800

ASKT fastening angle bar

DIMENSIONS CAPACITIES
S weight Nu
TYPE Nu Vu
angle size
S

[mm] [kg] [kN]

8
Ø

ASKT 50 50x50x5 15 26.6 7.7 10.7

ASKT 80 80x80x8 25 62.0 7.7 10.7
21
0

ASKT 100x50 100x50x8 15 58.0 7.7 10.7

ASKT 100 100x100x10 25 94.6 7.7 10.7
Vu Vu Vu

Angle Bar Anchors

ASKT S235JR+AR A500HW
ASKTR 1.4301 A500HW
150 300 n*300 150
Concrete Association of Finland certificate 270 L=6000 standard length

14-9 [Link]
Standard Steel Anchors
AUKT fastening angle bar
DIMENSIONS CAPACITIES
TYPE weight Nu Vu
angle size

20

Ø8
[kg] [kN]
Nu
AUKT 50 50x50x5 26.6 1.0 10.7
AUKT 80 80x80x8 62.0 1.0 10.7

200
AUKT 100x50 100x50x8 58.0 1.0 10.7
AUKT 100 100x100x10 94.6 1.0 10.7
Vu Vu Vu

Angle bar Anchors

AUKT S235JR+AR A500HW
AUKTR 1.4301 A500HW
150 300 n*300 150

L=6000 standard length

PRECAST COLUMN AND WALL SHOES, AND OTHER CONNECTION SYSTEMS

Concrete Association of Finland certificate 270

AKKT
Nu
DIMENSIONS CAPACITIES
TYPE

Ø
weight Nu Vu
Angle size
[kg/m] [kN]

30
50x5

16
AKKT 50 5.3 14.1 16.3

0
AKKT 80 80x8 11.2 15.1 17.3
AKKT 100 100x10 18.0 25.0 28.7
Vu Vu

Angle bar Anchors

AKKT S235JR+AR A500HW

Concrete Association of Finland certificate 270

100 C n*C 100
L=6000 standard length

Column Shoes
APK
APK Capacities due to BY50 and EC2 SFS-EN 1992-1-1:2005 (+NA2007)
CAPACITIES
DIMENSIONS ANCHOR
N t,Rd V c,Rd
TYPE BOLT
A A1 E H D1 D2 ø T weight C32/40 (K40-1)
[mm] [kg] [kN]
APK16 95 110 50 850 10 10 25 12 3.0 62.2 6.8 ATP16
APK20 100 120 50 1045 12 12 30 18 5.1 97.0 10.7 ATP20
APK24 110 130 50 1025 16 16 35 25 8.9 174.5 13.2 ALP22
APK30 125 140 50 1360 20 20 40 30 15.6 264.4 17.2 ALP27
APK33 150 180 50 1540 25 20 50 40 26.4 365.0 27.2 AET36
APK36 150 180 50 1680 25 25 50 40 30.6 470.6 35.5 ALP36
APK39 160 180 60 1830 25 20 54 40 34.2 562.2 41.8 ALP39
APK45 175 230 60 2050 32 25 60 50 54.0 752.2 55.6 ALP45
APK52 190 280 60 2230 32 25 70 70 78.2 1012.6 74.3 ALP52
APK60 240 305 70 2255 32 25 75 70 118.2 1340.0 99.7 ALP60

APK APK-M
Baseplate S355J2+N column shoe beam shoe
Anchors A500HW A1 A1
A A
Nuthouse S355J2+N
H

Ø Ø
44-50

44-50

Concrete Association of Finland certificate

B

BY-272 and EC-3

C

C
E

E
T

[Link] 14-10
 Column Shoes
AK-S2
AK – S2 Capacities due to EC2 SFS-EN 1992-1-1:2005 (+NA2007)

CAPACITIES D1
DIMENSIONS
N t,Rd V c,Rd ANCHOR D2
TYPE
B C E L D1 D2 ø T weight C32/40 (K40-1) BOLT
B
[mm] [kg] [kN]

L
AK16S2 75 66 50 650 12 12 25 15 3.3 62.2 6.8 ATP16

B
AK20S2 80 70 50 1115 12 12 30 18 4.5 97.0 10.7 ATP20
A

50
139,7 16,6 ATP24

T
AK24S2 95 74 50 1475 16 12 35 25 8.7
174,5 13,2 ALP22
222,1 27,2 ATP30
AK30S2 120 88 50 1820 20 16 40 30 14.8

Ø
264,4 17,2 ALP27 A-A C
AK36S2 130 100 50 1910 25 16 50 35 22.6 349.5 36.8 AET36
AK39S2 140 116 60 2300 25 20 54 40 30.3 386.5 43.2 ATP39

E
AK45S2 150 120 60 2325 32 25 60 50 45.9 546.0 41.9 AET45

AK-S column shoes with one anchor rebar are available on request.

43
B-B
Baseplate, nuthouse S355J2+N
Rebars A500HW Concrete Association of Finland certificate 184
hole for wire
Rebar ø40 NFA 35016-NS on request

43
AK-KK and AK-KI Capacities due to BY50 and EC2 SFS-EN 1992-1-1:2005 (+NA2007)

CAPACITIES
DIMENSIONS
N t,Rd V c,Rd
TYPE ANCHOR
A B E/F L D1 D2 ø T weight C32/40 (K40-1) BOLT
[mm] [kg] [kN]
AK20KK 90 80 50/53 905 20 - 30 18 4.4 97.0 10.7 ATP20
139,7 16,6 ATP24
AK24KK 98 95 50/55 1290 25 - 35 25 8.2
174,5 13,2 ALP22
222,1 27,2 ATP30
AK30KK 112 120 50/60 1520 32 - 40 30 15.0
264,4 17,2 ALP27
AK36KK 118 130 50/60 1840 32 - 50 35 19.0 349.5 36.8 AET36
AK39KK 129 140 60/65 2420 40 - 54 40 34.7 386.5 43.2 ATP39
AK45KK 137 150 60/65 3065 40 - 60 50 45.5 546.0 41.9 AET45
AK36KI 120 130 50/56 1635 25 20 50 35 22.5 470.6 35.5 ALP36
AK39KI 127 140 60/56 1650 25 25 54 40 27.4 562.2 41.8 ALP39
AK45KI 137 150 60/60 2080 32 20 60 50 43.4 752.2 55.6 ALP45
AK52KI 146 160 60/60 2115 32 32 70 60 64.4 1012.6 74.3 ALP52

D1
AK-KK D1
AK-KI
D2

B-B A-A C-C

A A
B B C C
F E F
L

35 Ø 40
B
B

A A A A
70
50

T
T

Concrete Association of Finland certificate 184

14-11 [Link]
Column Shoes
AK-P column shoe for round columns
CAPACITIES AK-P
DIMENSIONS
N t,Rd V c,Rd ANCHOR
TYPE D
A L B E D ø T weight C32/40 (K40-1) BOLT
[mm] [kg] [kN]
B B
AK20P 100 1040 80 50 20 30 15 4.3 97.0 10.7 ATP20

L
AK24P 105 1295 95 50 20 36 20 5.5 136.5 10.6 AET24
AK30P 116 1620 120 50 25 40 25 10.3 213.0 16.4 AET30
A A

B
AK36P 139 2060 130 50 32 50 35 20.6 349.5 26.8 AET36
AK39P 168 2440 140 60 40 56 40 34.3 386.5 43.2 ATP39

T
AK45P 182 3065 150 60 40 63 50 44.9 546.0 41.9 AET45
E
B-B
Capacities due to EC2 SFS-EN 1992-1-1:2005 (+NA2007)
Baseplate, nuthouse S355J2+N

PRECAST COLUMN AND WALL SHOES, AND OTHER CONNECTION SYSTEMS

Rebars A500HW
Rebar ø40 NFA 35016-NS A
E
Concrete Association of Finland certificate 184 A-A

Ø
35

AK-P-J- L
AK K/P-J-L for storey high columns M

CAPACITIES
DIMENSIONS

K
N t,Rd V c,Rd
TYYPPI
B E D T M K C32/40 (K40-1)
[mm] [kN] D

AK20 K/P-J-L 80 50 20 15 20 120 97.0 10.7

L
AK24 K/P-J-L 95 50 20 20 24 130 136.5 10.6
AK30 K/P-J-L 120 50 25 25 30 150 213.0 16.4
130 50 32 35 39 170 349.5 26.8
B
AK36 K/P-J-L
AK39 K/P-J-L 140 60 40 40 39 190 386.5 43.2 T

AK45 K/P-J-L 150 60 40 50 48 210 546.0 41.9

Capacities due to EC2 SFS-EN 1992-1-1:2005 (+NA2007) AK-K-J- L
Baseplate, nuthouse S355J2+N
Rebars A500HW
Rebar ø40 NFA 35016-NS

Concrete Association of Finland certificate 184

35

Ø
E

[Link] 14-12
 Anchor Bolts
ATP and AHP foundation bolts
ATP and AHP foundation bolts
CAPACITIES
DIMENSIONS
N t,Rd V c,Rd
TYPE
L K M ø weight C25/30 (K30-2)
ATP AHP
M M
[mm] [kg] [kN]
ATP16 280 100 M16 16 0.7 62.2 6.8
ATP20 350 120 M20 20 1.2 97.0 10.7

K
ATP24 430 140 M24 25 2.2 139.7 16.6
ATP30 500 170 M30 32 4.3 222.1 27.2
ATP39 700 190 M39 40 10.0 386.5 43.2

L
Ø
AHP16 800 100 M16 16 1.5 62.2 7.6 Ø
AHP20 1000 120 M20 20 2.7 97.0 11.8

L
AHP24 1200 140 M24 25 4.8 139.7 18.2
AHP30 1500 170 M30 32 10.2 222.1 29.8
AHP39 2000 190 M39 40 21.6 386.5 47.1

Capacities due to BY50 and EC2 SFS-EN 1992-1-1:2005 (+NA2007)

TYPE LENGTH

L = 1500
L = 2000
EXTRA LONG BOLTS

AHP 20 Rebars A500HW

L = 2500
Rebar ø40 NFA 35016-NS
L = 3000
Nuts strength m8
L = 1500
Washers S235J2+AR
L = 2000
AHP 24
L = 2500 ALP-L ALP-P
L = 3000 M M
L = 2000
AHP 30 L = 2500

K
K

L = 3000
50
50
L

ALP anchor bolts

L

Capacities due to BY50 and EC2 SFS-EN 1992-1-1:2005 (+NA2007)

Ø
CAPACITIES
DIMENSIONS
N t,Rd V c,Rd
TYPE
L K M ø weight C25/30 (K30-2)
Ø
[mm] [kg] [kN]
M22-M52
ALP22L 490 140 M22 3x16 2.6 174.5 13.2
ALP27L 620 170 M27 3x20 5.0 264.4 17.2
ALP30L 650 170 M30 3x20 5.7 323.1 24.6 M60
ALP36L 740 180 M36 3x25 10.0 470.6 35.5
ALP39L 860 190 M39 3x25 12.6 562.2 41.8
ALP45L 970 210 M45 3x32 22.5 752.2 55.6
ALP52L 1130 240 M52 3x32 27.2 1012.6 74.3
M36-M60
ALP60L 1290 270 M60 4x32 39.6 1340.0 99.7

ALP22P 1070 140 M22 3x12 3.6 174.5 13.2

ALP27P 1150 170 M27 3x16 6.7 264.4 17.2 M22, M27

ALP30P 1370 170 M30 3x16 8.0 323.1 24.6

ALP36P 1390 180 M36 4x16 11.8 470.6 35.5
ALP39P 1490 190 M39 4x20 17.7 562.2 41.8 Rebars A500HW
ALP45P 1710 210 M45 4x20 23.6 752.2 55.6 Thread part ImacroM
ALP52P 1880 240 M52 4x25 36.3 1012.6 74.3 Nuts strength m10
ALP60P 2430 270 M60 4x32 70.0 1340.0 99.7 Washers S235J2+AR

Concrete Association of Finland certificate BY-289 and EC-2

14-13 [Link]
Anchor Bolts
AMP anchor bolts
CAPACITIES
DIMENSIONS
N t,Rd V c,Rd
TYPE
L K M A B ø U weight C25/30 (K30-2)
[mm] [kg] [kN]
AMP36 670 180 M36 160 80 25 137 10.5 470.6 35.5
AMP39 680 190 M39 180 90 32 140 13.8 562.2 41.8
AMP45 800 210 M45 200 100 32 165 20.7 752.2 55.6
AMP52 930 240 M52 230 115 32 190 38.3 1012.6 74.3
AMP60 1490 270 M60 270 130 40 270 72.8 1340.0 99.7

Capacities due to BY50 and EC2 SFS-EN 1992-1-1:2005 (+NA2007)

Rebars A500HW K U

Ø
A
50
Threaded part ImacroM

PRECAST COLUMN AND WALL SHOES, AND OTHER CONNECTION SYSTEMS

Nuts strength m10
AMP
M

Washers S235J2+AR
L

Concrete Association of Finland certificate BY-289 and EC-2

AET and AES full capacity bolts

CAPACITIES AET AES
DIMENSIONS M M
N t,Rd V c,Rd
TYPE
L K M ø weight C25/30 (K30-2)
[mm] [kg] [kN]

K
AET24 430 135 M24 20 1.7 136.5 10.6
AET30 500 150 M30 25 3.3 213.0 16.4

AET45 760 210 M48 40 13.4 546.0 43.2

L

- Ø
AES24 1275 135 M24 20 3.7 136.5 10.7
Ø
AES30 1435 150 M30 25 6.6 213.0 16.4
L

AES36 1910 170 M39 32 13.1 349.5 26.8

AES45 2315 210 M48 40 26.0 546.0 43.2

Capacities due to BY50 and EC2 SFS-EN 1992-1-1:2005 (+NA2007)

Rebars A500HW
Rebar ø40 NFA 35016-NS
Nuts strength m8
Washers S235J2+AR
Concrete Association of Finland certificate BY-290 and EC-4

AAK assembly frame

TYPE

AAK 16, 20, 22 Rectangular assembly frames

AAK 24, 27, 30, 36 for 4 bolts max cc 500/500
B
H

AAK 39, 45, 52, 60

[Link] 14-14
 Wall Shoes
ASL
CAPACITY BOLTS (Including a nut
DIMENSIONS
and a special washer)
TYPE Fu
B H t D Ø d L C Weight K30-2
TYPE
[mm] [kg] [kN]
ASL 16 80 120 30 115 41*76 10 600 20 3.6 63.8 AHP 16 +AL
ASL 20 90 130 30 120 45*80 12 800 24 5.5 99.2 AHP 20 +AL
ASL 24 110 145 35 135 49*85 16 1000 32 10.5 143.8 AHP 24 +AL
ASL 30 130 160 40 140 55*90 20 1300 40 19.0 229.7 AHP 30 +AL
ASL 36 150 175 55 160 61*96 25 1600 50 34.9 469.5 ALP 36/P +AL
ASL 39 160 205 60 170 64*99 25 1800 75 42.0 565.0 ALP 39/P +AL
ASL 45 180 220 70 180 70*105 32 1900 96 67.9 752.8 ALP 45/P +AL
ASL 52 200 260 80 200 77*105 32 2400 96 90.7 1005.0 ALP 52/P +AL

Bolts available also on special lengths.

Baseplate S355J2+N d
Washers and nuthouses S235JRG2 special washer
Anchors A500HW
L

Concrete Association of Finland certificate 277 Ø

D

H
AHP +AL
t

B
C

Reinforcement Joints
ARJ
Threaded joint for full rebar capacity!
DIMENSIONS CAPACITIES
Fu
TYPE ø1 M L1 L2 B1 B2 ø2 ø3 COLOUR
K40-1 K30-2
[mm] [kN]
ARJ16 16 20 1200 220 23 46 28 60 91.2 83.7 yellow
ARJ20 20 24 1500 290 27 54 35 60 142.5 130.8 blue
ARJ25 25 30 1700 360 32 64 40 80 222.4 204.1 black
ARJ32 32 38 2400 500 40 80 55 80 365.0 335.0 grey

ARJ40 on request.
10

10

10

Rebar A500HW
M

B1

B2

B2

B2

Sleeves MoC 210M or ImacroM

AR

L=
AR

AR
J -L

AR

or
J-L
L1

de
J-A
L1
J-R

rl
T

Ask tender for

en
gt
Ø1

rebar tension rods.

1
Ø

1
Ø
Ø1

Ø3

Ø2

Concrete Association of Finland certificate 11

14-15 [Link]
Steel Brackets
ASL
CAPACITIES
SHEAR, TORSION, TENSION
TYPE COLOUR
V c,Rd T Rd N ta,Rd
[kN] [kNm] [kN]
AEP400 400 10 100 red
AEP600 600 20 110 grey
AEP800 800 30 120 yellow
AEP1100 1100 50 150 green
AEP1600 1600 30 240 black
AEP2200 2200 50 300 blue
Wedge with assembly arm AEP-KL-500
Capacities due to EC2 SFS-EN 1992-1-1:2005 (+NA2007), concrete C40/50

PRECAST COLUMN AND WALL SHOES, AND OTHER CONNECTION SYSTEMS

AEP-PI
AEP-S is column part
for wall connections. arm wedge AEP-K
280

280
D1

T12 AEP-KL

TYPE

500
AEP-PA
AEP400-S AEP450PI-280-2 AEP450PI-Ø280-2

AEP600-S
150 mm AEP300S
AEP800-S 150 mm AEP450S
175 mm AEP650S
AEP1100-S 215 mm AEP950S
380

Concrete Association of
Finland certificate 227

AEP-PS
AEP450PI-380-190-3 AEP450S

AEP-PI AEP1300PI (2 x AEP650PI)

AEP1900PI (2 x AEP950PI)
A1 A1

40

A4

A6
A2

A5

45
40
A3

NEW: Beam to beam connection. See manual.

AEP-PA AEP1300PA (2 x AEP650PA)

AEP1900PA (2 x AEP950PA)
B1 B1 B4
Ø1

B5

B7
B2

Ø2
71

B6 B3

[Link] 14-16
 Steel Brackets
AEP bridge
AEP-K

35
DIMENSIONS
TYPE C1 C2 C3 C4 C5 C6 weight
[mm] [kg]
AEP400K 125 70 195 56 35 15 5.6
AEP600K 180 80 260 56 35 15 8.6

C3
C1
AEP800K 230 100 305 56 35 20 12.7 C6 C5

AEP1100K 260 100 350 71 50 20 22.3

45
Plate Optim500ML C4
C2 BEAM LOWER SURFACE

Slab Hangers
AOK slab hanger for hollow core slabs

DIMENSIONS
TYPE A B C H
[mm] A C
AOK200 100 140 68 200
AOK265 100 140 68 265
AOK320 100 140 70 320
H

AOK370 100 140 70 370

AOK400 100 150 80 400
AOK500 100 150 80 500 L B

Concrete Association of Finland certificate BY-283, EC-1

Composite Beams
A-BEAM
A-beam is composite steel/concrete beam system designed by Anstar Oy. Anstar’s complete service includes
strength calculations, manufacturing, concreting of the beam and carriage to site.
Beams are dimensioned and priced individually for each project.
AEP-K bridge part
Ask for tender! into concrete column

AEP-KL wedges
against torsion

anchors into
surface concrete

suspension bar

fire resistance up
to 180 minutes

AEP-PS fire
protection plate

anchor bar into

slab seams

14-17 [Link]
Composite Beams
STANDARD BEAMS LOWERED BEAMS
WITH SURFACE CONCRETE WITHOUT SURFACE CONCRETE
Reinforced surface concrete acts as composite structure with beam Beam steels are protected by seam concrete

EDGE BEAM MIDDLE BEAM EDGE BEAM

e.g. A265-280R e.g. A265-280 e.g. A265-280Rm

HC200
HC265
HC320
HC370
HC400
20 HC500

280-380-480 30 30 280-380-480-580 30 30 280-380-480

PRECAST COLUMN AND WALL SHOES, AND OTHER CONNECTION SYSTEMS

Concrete Association of Finland certificate 216

Bracing Connections
ADE ADL ADK

Normal surface treatment: hot dip galvanising. Manufactured on request.

Ask for tender!

Concrete Association of Finland certificate 291

ADE horizontal rod connection

ADE-P
DIMENSIONS CAPACITIES
L
weight Fu Vu T
TYPE L B D T M ø
(L = 600mm) K40-1
Ø

[mm] [kg] [kN]

ADE20P-L column width 190 110 12 20 16 11,3 190 10
ADE24P-L column width 200 120 12 20 16 11,7 260 10
ADE30P-L column width 200 120 12 24 20 14,7 390 20
ADE36P-L column width 250 150 12 30 25 22,5 550 30
thread M
Plates S355J2+N
Anchors A500HW
Sleeves MoC 210M
D
B

Concrete Association of Finland certificate 291

[Link] 14-18
 Bracing Connections
ADL truss connection
ADL truss connection
CAPACITIES
DIMENSIONS Truss connection Horizontal rod connection
TYPE K40-1 K40-1 K40-1 K40-1
L H B T M ø1 ø2 weight Fu Vu Fu Vu
[mm ] [kg] [kN]
ADL250P1 295 660 175 45 30 16 114 14,5 250 100 353,5 20
ADL350P1 365 800 200 45 36 20 139 21,3 350 150 469,5 30
ADL500P1 395 800 240 45 45 25 169 32,4 500 250 752,9 40

Plates and S355J2+N

tubes

B
ADL-P1

Ø1
Anchors A500HW
Sleeves MoC 210M
Ø2

th
re
ad
B T

M
H L

ADK diagonal rod connection

thread M
Normal force of
DIMENSIONS diagonal rod Connection capacities ADK
= 0°- 60° =60° =0°
TYPE
Fdv Nu60 Vu60 Nu0 V u0
H B L M weight
K40-1
[mm] [kg] [kN]

L
ADK300 300 280 240 24 17,0 300 150 260 300 10
ADK500 440 280 240 24 26,6 500 250 433 500 10
ADK700 510 280 340 24 37,0 700 350 606 700 20
ADK900 550 320 440 30 57,8 900 450 779 900 20
ADK1100 600 320 440 30 67,5 1100 550 952 1100 30

Plates S355J2+N
Anchors A500HW B
Sleeves MoC 210M
H

dimensions weight
FLAT BAR
t

b t kg/m stainless 1.4301

PL 50 x 5 50 5 1,96 acid-proof 1.4401
PL 80 x 5 80 5 3,14
b
PL 100 x 5 100 5 3,93
PL 100 x 8 100 8 6,28
PL 100 x 10 100 10 7,85

ANGLE dimensions weight

BAR b h t r kg/m r
h

5 50 50 5 8 3,55
5 70 70 5 8 5,12
5 80 80 5 8 5,91 b
x5 100 50 5 8 5,51
x5 150 50 5 8 7,48

dimensions weight
U-profile
b h t r kg/m
r
h

50x70x50x 50 70 5 8 5,93
t

50x100x50 50 100 5 8 7,1

60x120x60 60 120 5 8 10,6
14-19 [Link]
60x140x60 60 140 5 8 11,2 b
60x160x60 60 160 5 8 12,2
 ADK900 550 320 440 30 57,8 900 450 779 900 20
ADK1100 600 320 440 30 67,5 1100 550 952 1100 30

Plates S355J2+N

B
Anchors A500HW

Bracing Connections
Sleeves MoC 210M
H

Cut and edged steel profiles

dimensions weight
FLAT BAR

t
b t kg/m stainless 1.4301
PL 50 x 5 50 5 1,96 acid-proof 1.4401
PL 80 x 5 80 5 3,14
b
PL 100 x 5 100 5 3,93
PL 100 x 8 100 8 6,28
PL 100 x 10 100 10 7,85

ANGLE dimensions weight

BAR b h t r kg/m r

t
5 50 50 5 8 3,55
5 70 70 5 8 5,12
5 80 80 5 8 5,91 b
x5 100 50 5 8 5,51

PRECAST COLUMN AND WALL SHOES, AND OTHER CONNECTION SYSTEMS

x5 150 50 5 8 7,48

dimensions weight
U-profile
b h t r kg/m
r

h
50x70x50x 50 70 5 8 5,93

t
50x100x50 50 100 5 8 7,1
60x120x60 60 120 5 8 10,6
60x140x60 60 140 5 8 11,2 b
60x160x60 60 160 5 8 12,2

[Link] 14-20
 Thermokorb Balcony
Connector System

15-1 [Link]
Contents
Thermal AVI Thermokorb® Insulated Balcony Connection System 15-3

Type TKM 15-6

Type TKA 15-7

Type TKF 15-8

Thermokorb® – Special Solutions 15-9

Designation System For AVI Insulated Balcony Connectors 15-10

Design of Compression Strut 15-10

Standard Type 15-11

Rib Type 15-12

THERMOKORB BALCONY CONNECTOR SYSTEM

Design Of AVI Insulated Balcony Connectors 15-13

10
[Link] 15-2
 Thermal AVI Thermokorb®
Insulated Balcony Connection System

Ten key benefits - Why to use AVI Balcony

Connectors?
1. Reduces heat loss and helps to reduce heating costs
and CO2 emissions.
2. Avoids condensation, damp walls, mould formation
and structural damage.
3. Reduces sound transmission to the inside of the
building.
4. If using the fire protected connector, all four sides are
protected, thus complete fire protection provided.
5. Good aesthetic appearance to blend with attached
slab.
6. UK assembly option available for quick delivery.
7. High quality due to Group owned steel mill.
8. Simple marking system for easy use on site or in
precast factory.
9. Robust units are good for site handling.
10. Installation of units is easy.

15-3 [Link]
Thermal AVI Thermokorb®
Insulated Balcony Connection System
Prevention of thermal bridges is better than cure Introduction
NIRO Thermokorbs are heat insulating, load-bearing The AVI insulated balcony connector consists of a
connection elements between structural components structural framework of independent ribs and an 80 mm
made of reinforced concrete. They are used to improve thick expanded polystyrene panel (EPS-W 30 according
heat insulation of reinforced concrete balconies from to standard OENORM B 13163).
their connection into the inside of buildings. Further
The individual ribs penetrate the EPS panel and, in order
useful areas of application are: parapet walls and corbels.
to avoid corrosion, they consist of U-shaped stainless
steel profiles with stirrups made of ribbed reinforcing
steel welded to their ends which transfer the forces
from the individual ribs to the subsequent reinforced
concrete elements.
The system is designed to resist both positive and
negative bending moments and shear forces. They
consist of a uniform U-shaped stainless steel profile
(material no. 1.4571 C 850 according to EN 10088-2).

THERMOKORB BALCONY CONNECTOR SYSTEM

The distance is ensured by 2 ribbed reinforcing steel
stirrups of 10 mm diameter each (B 550A according to
OENORM B4707) welded to the flanges of upper and
lower strut.
The individual ribs are produced by means of welding
robots with heights of 110 mm, 130 mm, 150 mm
and 170 mm. Special elements with rib heights of 190
mm are possible. These sizes can cover slab thicknesses
ranging from 160 mm to 250 mm.

Cross sectional height of a single rib element

Slab thickness (cm) ≥ 16.0 ≥ 18.0 ≥ 20.0 ≥ 22.0
Rib height RH (cm) 11.0 13.0 15.0 17.0

Description
On account of their multi-axial strength, the AVI The 10 mm bar diameter that is always used corresponds
insulated balcony connectors are suitable for numerous to the load bearing capacity of the stainless steel profiles
applications. and at the same time, it determines the connection
reinforcement to be provided on construction site.
For the use in slab-type structures with predominately
moment and/or shear force loading (Mx, Vy), standard Low deformation and good vibration behaviour is
elements of types TKM and TKA with a uniform length achieved by AVI insulated balcony connectors because
of 1.00 m and varying number of ribs (2 to 9 ribs) are the individual ribs have a high moment of inertia. The
provided. additional precambers for cantilever slabs can therefore
be very small.
For narrow spaces it is also possible to produce elements
with 1 to 9 ribs and a uniform spacing of 100 mm, hence The load bearing capacity of the ribs depends on the
the length of element depends on the number of ribs. By rib height RH. The rib height and slab thickness can be
connecting two 5-ribs elements with a length of 500 mm matched according to demand and application. The
each, it is also possible to use 10 ribs per metre. difference of slab thickness and rib height should not
be less than 5 cm in order to ensure sufficient concrete
The forces are transferred from the stainless steel profiles cover. For special fire protection requirements R90 (90
to the reinforced concrete through welded ribbed minutes), fire protection panels are glued on the thermal
reinforcing steel stirrups of steel grade B550A. insulating elements. An R120 is possible on demand.
In cantilever and terrace balconies slabs, an expansion
joint must be provided at least every 7m.

[Link] 15-4
 PATENTGESCHÜTZT

Thermal AVI Thermokorb® EMPFOHLENE ZUSÄTZLICHE ÜBERHÖHUNG IN % DE

Kräfte aus den Einzelrippen in die an-
tonbauteile erfolgt durch eine entspre-
ehrung.
Insulated Balcony Connection System
Deckenstärke Rippenhöhe RH
cm cm
d grundsätzlich so aufgebaut, dass
Recommended additional camber (% of the cantilever length) ≥ 16,0 11,0
ls auch negative Biegemomente und
Slab thickness Rib height RH ≥ Camber
18,0 13,0
en können. Sie bestehen aus einem
cm cm %
iroprofil (Werkstoff Nr. 1.4571 C 850 ≥ 20,0 15,0
≥ 16.0 11.0 0.59 %
088-2) sowie aus
≥ 18.0 zwei Betonrippen - 13.0 ≥ 0.50
22,0% 17,0
B550A nach ÖNORM
≥ 20.0 B 4707), die an die 15.0 0.43 %
AVI THERMOKORB T
d Untergurt≥angeschweißt
22.0 sind. 17.0 0.38 %

Summary
Einzelrippen erfolgt of
mittypes
Hilfeand
vonapplications THERMOGRAFIE EINERslab
Thermography of a balcony BALKONPLATTE
en Höhen 11TKM
cm, 13 cm, 15 cm und 17 cm.
AVI insulated
g ist die Rippenhöhe vonbalcony connectors for balconies,
19 cm reali-
continuous slabs etc.; special types for different levels, i.e.
in Plattendickenbereich von 16 cm bis
upstands and dowstands, and wall connections; when
en. placed vertically: for walls and deep beams
EMPFOHLENE ZUSÄTZLICHE ÜBERHÖHUNG IN % DER KRAGLÄNGE
TKA
AVI insulated Deckenstärke
balcony connectors for recessed balconies,Rippenhöhe RH Überhöhung
≥ 20,0 parapet walls≥ and special
22,0 cm solutions (e.g. floor slabs with
cm %
different levels)
15,0 17,0 ≥ 16,0 11,0 0,59 %
TKF
Split AVI insulated≥ balcony
18,0 connectors for prefabricated 13,0 0,50 %
concrete elements≥ (constructed
20,0 with latice reinforcement) 15,0 0,43 %
AT/2 ≥ 22,0 17,0 0,38 %
AVI insulated
s einzulegende balcony connectors for parapet walls
Anschlussbewehrung.
oment der Einzelrippen wirkt sich sehr Without
Ohne thermal Trennung
thermische insulationentsteht
high heateinloss at theWärmever-
großer inside- Die An
ormungs- und Schwingungsverhalten to-outside transition area. Significant heat loss from
lust im Übergangsbereich Innen-Außen. Eine starke Kälte- the Tempe
living area.
us. THERMOGRAFIE EINER BALKONPLATTE einleitung in den Wohnbereich erfolgt. verlust
wesen
mpfohlenen zusätzlichen Überhöhun-
ehr gering angesetzt werden.
ÜBERSICHT DER TYPENREIHEN UND ANWENDUNG
ippen ist abhängig von der Rippenhöhe
Plattendicken werden nach Bedarf und
TKM
Thermokörbe für auskragende Balkonplatten, durchlaufende Platten usw
nander abgestimmt. Die Differenz von
Wandanschlüsse; bei vertikaler Anordnung für Wandkonsolen und Wand
penhöhe sollte aus Gründen einer aus-
ung nicht kleiner als 5 cm sein. TKA
Thermokörbe im Auflagerbereich von Loggien, für vorgesetzte Attiken s
derungen an den Brandschutz (R90- (z. B. Decken mit Niveausprüngen)
rundum Brandschutzplatten auf die
e aufgeklebt. Eine R120-Ausführung
TKF
geteilte Thermokörbe für Fertigteile (Elementplatten)
h. Ohne thermische Trennung entsteht ein großer Wärmever- Good heat distribution
Die Anordnung pattern andTKconsiderable
von Thermokörben ergibt eine günstige
lust im Übergangsbereich Innen-Außen. Eine starke Kälte- AT/2
reduction of heat loss with AVI insulated
Temperaturverteilung und starke Reduzierung balcony
des Wärme-
enplatten sind Dehnfugen connectors. Greatly reduced risk of mould formation.
einleitung in denimWohn
Abstand
bereich erfolgt. Thermokörbe für Attikaanwendungen
verlustes. Damit wird das Risiko der Schimmelpilzbildung
nen. wesentlich herabgesetzt.

ÜBERSICHT DER TYPENREIHEN UND ANWENDUNGEN

TKM
15-5 Thermokörbe für auskragende Balkonplatten, durchlaufende Platten usw.; Sonderformen für Niveausprünge und
[Link] 3
Wandanschlüsse; bei vertikaler Anordnung für Wandkonsolen und Wandscheiben

TKA
TYPE
TypeTKM
TKM
Description
DESCRIPTION
Type TKM is used for cantilevered balconies and mainly for the transfer of bending moments and
Type TKMforces.
shear is usedWhere
for cantilevered
the load balconies and mainly
to be resisted may befor both
the transfer of bending
positive moments
and negative, theand shear forces.
connector typeWhere the load
be resisted
toTKM/G may be both
is necessary. positive and negative, the connector type TKM/G is necessary.

90 80 90
OUTSIDE EPS INSIDE

25
30

30
25
30

30
Typical arrangement with
Typical arrangement with
thermal insulation inside the wall
ø 10 mm ø 10 mm

thermal insulation inside the wall

30
30
25
30

25
30
INOX
WALL

90 80 90
OUTSIDE EPS INSIDE

25
30

30
25
30

30
Typical arrangement with
Typical arrangement with ø 10 mm ø 10 mm
thermal
thermalinsulation outside
insulation the wall
outside the wall

THERMOKORB BALCONY CONNECTOR SYSTEM

30
30
25
30

25
30

INOX
WALL

Maximum admissible
MAXIMUM ADMISSIBLE bending moments
BENDING mx max (andMcorresponding
MOMENTS X MAX (AND CORRESPONDING
shear forces vy) for types TKA and TKM according to eurocode
SHEAR FORCES V Y) FOR TYPES TKA AND TKM ACCORDING TO EUROCODE
Slab Rib Applied forces Number of ribs
Slab
thickness Rib
height Applied Number of ribs
thickness
cm height
cm forces 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
≥ cm
16 11cm Madm,max (kNm) 1 5.2 2 10.4 3 15.74 5
20.9 6
26.1 7
31.3 836.5 9 41.8 10 47.0 52.2 Service
loads
M
Vadm (kNm)
(kN)
adm,max 5.2 5.8 10.4 11.615.7 20.9
17.5 26.1
23.3 31.3
29.1 36.5
34.9 41.8
40.7 47.046.6 52.252.4 58.2
Service loads
V adm (kN)
MRd,max (kNm) 5.8 7.3 11.6 14.617.5 23.3
21.9 29.1
29.2 34.9
36.5 40.7
43.8 46.6
51.2 52.458.5 58.265.8 73.1 Design
≥ 16 11
M Rd,max (kNm) 7.3 8.1 14.6 21.9 29.2 36.5 43.8 51.2 58.5 65.865.2 73.173.3 loads
VRd (kN) 16.3 24.4 32.6 40.7 48.9 57.0 Design 81.5
loads
V Rd (kN) 8.1 16.3 24.4 32.6 40.7 48.9 57.0 65.2 73.3 81.5
≥ 18 13 Madm,max (kNm) 6.3 12.5 18.8 25.1 31.4 37.6 43.9 50.2 56.4 62.7 Service
Madm,max (kNm) 6.3 12.5 18.8 25.1 31.4 37.6 43.9 50.2 56.4 62.7 loads
Service loads
Vadm
V adm(kN)
(kN) 6.6 6.6 13.2 13.2
19.8 19.8
26.4 26.4
33.1 33.1
39.7 39.7
46.3 46.3
52.9 52.9
59.5 66.159.5 66.1
≥ 18 13
M Rd,max (kNm)
MRd,max (kNm) 8.8 8.8 17.6 26.3
17.6 35.1
26.3 43.9
35.1 52.7
43.9 61.4
52.7 70.2
61.4 79.070.2 87.879.0 87.8 Design
Design loads loads
VRdV(kN)
Rd (kN) 9.3 9.3 18.5 27.8
18.5 37.0
27.8 46.3
37.0 55.5
46.3 64.8
55.5 74.0
64.8 83.374.0 92.583.3 92.5
Madm,max (kNm) 7.3 14.6 22.0 29.3 36.6 43.9 51.2 58.6 65.9 73.2
≥ 20 15 Madm,max (kNm) 7.3 14.6 22.0 29.3 36.6 43.9 51.2 58.6 65.9Service 73.2
loads Service
V adm (kN) 7.2 14.4 21.5 28.7 35.9 43.1 50.3 57.4 64.6 71.8 loads
≥ 20 15 Vadm (kN) 7.2 14.4 21.5 28.7 35.9 43.1 50.3 57.4 64.6 71.8
MRd,max (kNm) 10.2 20.5 30.7 41.0 51.2 61.5 71.7 82.0 92.2 102.5
Design loads
MRd,max
V Rd (kN)(kNm) 10.1 10.220.1 20.5
30.2 30.7
40.2 41.0
50.3 51.2
60.3 61.5
70.4 71.7
80.4 90.582.0 100.592.2 102.5 Design
loads
M
VRd (kN)(kNm)
adm,max 8.4 10.116.8 25.1
20.1 33.5
30.2 41.9
40.2 50.3
50.3 58.7
60.3 67.0
70.4 75.480.4 83.890.5 100.5
Service loads
≥ ≥2222 17 17 V adm (kN)(kNm)
Madm,max 7.6 8.4 15.2 22.8
16.8 30.4
25.1 38.1
33.5 45.7
41.9 53.3
50.3 60.9
58.7 68.567.0 76.175.4 83.8 Service
MRd,max (kNm) 11.7 23.5 35.2 46.9 58.7 70.4 82.1 93.9 105.6 117.3 loads
Vadm (kN) 7.6 15.2 22.8 30.4 38.1 45.7 53.3 60.9 68.5Design 76.1
loads
V Rd (kN) 10.7 21.3 32.0 42.6 53.3 63.9 74.6 85.2 95.9 106.5
MRd,max (kNm) 11.7 23.5 35.2 46.9 58.7 70.4 82.1 93.9 105.6 117.3 Design
loads
Please note that for typeVRd
TKA the rib heights
(kN) of 13021.3
10.7 mm, 15032.0
mm and 170 mm
42.6 are available
53.3 63.9 only
74.6 in Variants
85.2 V195.9
and V2 (170
106.5 mm

and/or 220 mm stirrup overhang). The design of the shear resistance in the adjoining reinforced concrete slab must be checked
toPlease
EC2 bynote that for
a structural type TKA the rib heights of 130 mm, 150 mm and 170 mm are available only in Variants V1 and
engineer.
V2 (170 mm and/or 220 mm stirrup overhang). The design of the shear resistance in the adjoining reinforced concrete
slab must be checked to EC2 by a structural engineer.

[Link] 15-6
 TYPE TKA
Type TKA
TYPE TKA
DESCRIPTION
Description
DESCRIPTION
Type
Type TKATKA is usedininthe
is used thetransfer
transfer of
ofshear
shearforces, bending
forces, moments
bending momentsand axial
and forces. It is used
axial forces. forused
It is brackets, parapetparapet
for corbel walls, various
walls,
variousType TKA is usedof
connections in the transfer of shear
prefabricated forces, bending
elements moments
and different and axial
levels. Theforces. It is usedbending
admissible for brackets, parapet walls,
moments variousforces
and shear -
canmined
be determined in inwaytheassame way as type TKM. -
in in the same type TKM.
mined in in the same way as type TKM.
CONNECTION REINFORCEMENT TO BE
PROVIDED ON CONSTRUCTION
CONNECTION SITE
REINFORCEMENT TO BE
PROVIDED ON CONSTRUCTION SITE
120 80 (RH=110 mm
120 80 (RH=110 mm
Typical arrangement of of OUTSIDE

2525

3030
Typical arrangement OUTSIDE
an attached
Typical an parapet wall
attached parapet
arrangement of wall ø 10 mm ø 10 mm øø10
10mm
mm

an attached parapet wall

30
25

30
25
INOX
INOX
WALL
WALL
EPS
EPS

80 80 120* 120* * Options:

* Options:
EPS
EPS
Standard: 120 mm
Standard: 120 mm
RECESSED BALCONY

25
30
RECESSED BALCONY Variant V1: 170 mm

25
30
Typical arrangement of Variant V1: 170 mm
Typical arrangement of ø 10 mm Variant V2: 220 mm
ø 10 mm
Variant V2: 220 mm

110
a recessed balcony connection ø 10 mm ø 10 mm
Typical arrangement
balcony of * Options:

110
a recessed connection
a recessed balcony connection Standard: 120 mm

25
30
INOX

25
30
INOX
WALL
Variant V1: 170 mm
WALL Variant V2: 220 mm

MAXIMUM ADMISSIBLE SHEAR FORCES V Y MAX (AND CORRESPONDING

Maximum admissible shear forces vy max (and corresponding bending
MAXIMUM
BENDING ADMISSIBLE
MOMENTS M SHEAR FORCES
) FOR TYPES TKAVAND
Y MAX (AND
moments mx) for types TKA andX TKM according to eurocode
CORRESPONDING
TKM ACCORDING TO EUROCODE
BENDING MOMENTS MX) FOR TYPES TKA AND TKM ACCORDING TO EUROCODE
Slab Rib Applied Number of ribs
Slab Rib height Applied forces Number of ribs
thickness height forces
Slab
thickness Rib Applied Number of ribs
cm cm
thickness cm
cm height forces 1 1 22 33 44 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 910 10
≥ 16 11 V adm,max
Vadm,max (kN)(kN) 15.3
15.3 30.6
30.6 45.9 61.2 76.5 91.8 107.1 122.4 137.7 153.0
cm cm 1 2 345.9 461.2 576.5 6 91.8 7 107.1 8 122.4 9 137.710 153.0
Service loads Service
Madm (kNm) 1.2 2.4 3.7 4.9 6.1 7.3 8.5 9.8 11.0 12.2 loads
≥ 16 11 Madm (kNm)
V adm,max 1.2 2.4 3.7 4.9 6.1 7.3 8.5 9.8 11.0 12.2
V Rd,max(kN)
(kN) 15.3
21.4 30.6
42.8 45.9
64.3 61.2 107.1
85.7 76.5 128.5 91.8 149.9 107.1171.4122.4192.8137.7
214.2153.0 Service loads
Design loads
Madm
VRd,max MRd(kNm)
(kN)
(kNm) 1.2
21.4
1.7 2.4
42.8
3.4 3.7
64.3
5.1 4.9
6.885.7 8.56.1
107.110.27.3128.5
12.08.5149.9
13.79.8 171.4
15.4 11.0192.8
17.1 12.2 214.2 Design
≥ 16 11 loads
MRdV Rd,max
(kNm) (kN)
V adm,max (kN) 21.4
15.5
1.7 42.8
30.9
3.4 64.3
46.4
5.1 85.7
61.8 107.1
6.8 77.3 128.5
8.5 92.7 149.9
108.2
10.2 123.6
12.0 171.4 192.8
139.1
13.7 15.4214.2
154.5 17.1
ServiceDesign
loads loads
MM (kNm)
(kNm)
Rd adm 1.2
1.7 2.5
3.4 3.7
5.1 5.0
6.8 6.2
8.5 7.4
10.2 8.712.0 9.9 13.7 [Link] 17.1
≥ 18 ≥ 18
13 13 Vadm,max (kN) 15.5 30.9 46.4 61.8 77.3 92.7 108.2 123.6 139.1 154.5 Service
V adm,max (kN)
V Rd,max(kN) 21.6
15.5 43.3
30.9 64.9
46.4 86.5
61.8 108.277.3 129.8 92.7 151.4108.2173.0 123.6194.7139.1
216.3154.5 loads
DesignService
loads loads
Madm M (kNm) (kNm) 1.2
1.7 2.5
3.5 3.7
5.2 6.95.0 8.7 6.2 7.4 8.7 9.9 11.2 12.4
Madm Rd(kNm) 1.2 2.5 3.7 5.0 6.2 10.47.4 12.28.7 13.99.9 15.6 11.217.4 12.4
≥ 18 13 VRd,maxV adm,max
(kN) (kN) 15.6
21.6 31.2
43.3 46.8
64.9 62.486.5 78.0 93.5
108.2 109.1
129.8 124.7
151.4 140.3 155.9
V Rd,max (kN) 21.6 43.3 64.9 86.5 108.2 129.8 151.4 173.0173.0194.7194.7216.3 216.3
Service loads
Design
M adm (kNm) 1.3 2.5 3.8 5.06.9 6.3 8.7 7.5 10.48.8 12.2 10.0 13.9 11.3 12.5 Design loads
loads
≥ 20 15 M(kNm)
MRd Rd (kNm) 1.7 3.5
3.5 5.2
5.2 6.9 8.7 10.4 12.2 13.9 15.615.6 17.4 17.4
V Rd,max (kN) 21.8 43.7 65.5 87.3 109.1 131.0 152.8 174.6 196.4 218.3
≥ 20 15 V adm,max
Vadm,max (kN)
(kN) 15.6
15.6 31.2
31.2 46.8
46.8 62.4 78.0 93.5 109.1 124.7 140.3140.3155.9
Design loads Service
MRd (kNm) 1.8 3.5 5.3 7.062.4 8.8 78.010.5 93.512.3 109.1 14.0 124.715.8 17.5 155.9
Service loads
M adm (kNm) 1.3 2.5 3.8 5.0 6.3 7.5 8.8 10.0 11.3 12.5 loads
≥ 20 15 adm,max (kN)
MadmV(kNm) 15.7
1.3 31.4
2.5 47.1
3.8 62.85.0 78.66.3 94.3 7.5110.0 8.8 125.7 10.0
141.4 157.1
11.3 12.5
V Rd,max (kN) 21.8 43.7 65.5 87.3 6.3 109.1 7.6 131.0 8.8152.8 10.1 Service
174.611.3196.412.6218.3 loads
VRd,maxMadm (kNm)
(kN) 1.3
21.8 2.5
43.7 3.8
65.5 5.087.3 109.1 131.0 152.8 174.6 196.4 Design loads
218.3 Design
≥ 22 17 MV Rd (kNm) 1.8 3.5 5.3 7.0 110.0 8.8 132.0 10.5 154.0 12.3 176.0 14.0197.915.8219.9 17.5
Rd,max (kN) 22.0 44.0 66.0 88.0 loads
MRd (kNm)(kN) 1.8 3.5 5.3 7.0 8.8 94.3 10.5 110.0 12.3 125.7 Design
14.0 141.415.8 157.1 17.5loads
V adm,max
MRd (kNm) 15.7
1.8 31.4
3.5 47.1
5.3 62.8
7.1 78.6
8.8 10.6 12.3 14.1 15.9 17.6 Service loads
≥ 22 17 Madm (kNm)
Vadm,max (kN) 1.3
15.7 2.5
31.4 3.8
47.1 5.0
62.8 6.3 78.6 7.694.3 8.8110.0 10.1125.711.3141.412.6 157.1 Service
≥ 22 17 loads
V Rd,max
Please note that for Madm
type TKA (kN)
(kNm)the rib 22.0
heights
1.3 44.0
of 130
2.5 66.0
mm, 150
3.8 88.0
mm and
5.0 110.0
170 mm
6.3 132.0
are 154.0
available
7.6 176.0
only
8.8 in 197.9
Variants
10.1 V1
11.3219.9
and V2 (170
12.6 mm
Design loads
and/or 220 mm stirrup M Rd (kNm) The1.8
overhang).
VRd,max (kN) 22.0
3.5
design of
44.0
5.3
the shear 7.1
66.0resistance
8.8110.0
88.0 in the
10.6
adjoining 12.3154.0 14.1
132.0reinforced concrete15.9197.9
176.0 slab
17.6 be
must checked
219.9 Design
to EC2 by a structuralMRd
engineer. loads
(kNm) 1.8 3.5 5.3 7.1 8.8 10.6 12.3 14.1 15.9 17.6
Please note that for type TKA the rib heights of 130 mm, 150 mm and 170 mm are available only in Variants V1 and V2 (170 mm
and/or 220 mm stirrup overhang). The design of the shear resistance in the adjoining reinforced concrete slab must be checked
Please note that for type TKA the rib heights of 130 mm, 150 mm and 170 mm are available only in Variants V1 and
to EC2 by a structural engineer.
V2 (170 mm and/or 220 mm stirrup overhang). The design of the shear resistance in the adjoining reinforced concrete
5
slab must be checked to EC2 by a structural engineer.

15-7 [Link]
TYPE TKF
DESCRIPTION
TYPE
TypeTKF
TKF
Type TKF is used for cantilevered balconies, especially for the requirements of the prefabricated concrete elements industry
(with lattice reinforcement – pref. element slab). One part (compression strut) is installed in the slab with lattice reinforcement
Description
DESCRIPTION
in the precast concrete factory; the second part (tension strut) is placed on site.
Type TKF is used for cantilevered balconies, especially for the requirements of the prefabricated
Type TKF is
concrete used forindustry
elements cantilevered balconies,
(with lattice especially -for
reinforcement theelement
pref. requirements of the
slab). One partprefabricated
(compressionconcrete elements industry

30
600 600
strut) is installed in the slab with lattice reinforcement in the precast concrete factory;
(with lattice reinforcement – pref. element slab). One part80 (compression strut) is installed
260 theinsecond
the slab with lattice reinforcement
part (tension strut) is placed on site. EPS
in the precast concrete factory; the second part (tension strut) is placed on
OUTSIDE site.
INSIDE
lattice girder 250 25 250 lattice girder

120
≥ 180
30
110
100
600 600

60
260
80

25

30
EPS ø 10 mm
reinforcement in half slab OUTSIDE INOX WALL INSIDE
lattice girder 250 25 250 lattice girdermin. slab thickness 180 mm

120
≥ 180
110
100

60
25

30
MAXIMUM ADMISSIBLE
reinforcement inBENDING
half slab MOMENTS
INOX MX MAXWALL
(AND CORRESPONDING
ø 10 mm
SHEAR FORCES V Y)
min. slab thickness 180 mm

Slab Rib Applied Number of ribs

thickness height forces
MAXIMUM ADMISSIBLE
Maximum admissible BENDING
bending momentsMOMENTS MX MAX (AND shear
mx max (and corresponding CORRESPONDING
forces vy) SHEAR FORCES V Y)

THERMOKORB BALCONY CONNECTOR SYSTEM

cm cm 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Slab Rib height
Applied(kNm)
forces Number of ribs 18.8
Slab
thickness Rib Madm,max
Applied 6.3 12.5 25.1 31.4
Number 37.6 43.9
of ribs 50.2 56.4 62.7
Service loads
thickness
≥ 18
cm height Vadm forces
cm13
(kN) 3.3
1
6.6
2
9.9
3
13.2
4
16.5
5
19.8
6
23.1
7
26.4
8
29.7
9
33.1
10
MRd,max (kNm) 8.8 17.6 26.3 35.1 43.9 52.7 61.4 70.2 79.0 87.8
≥ 18 13 Madm,max (kNm) 6.3 12.5 18.8 25.1 31.4 37.6 43.9 50.2 56.4 62.7 Design
Serviceloads
cm cm V Rd (kN) 4.6 1 9.3 2 13.9 3 18.5 4 23.1 5 27.8 6 32.4 7 37.0 8 41.6 9 46.3 10 loads
Vadm (kN) 3.3 6.6 9.9 13.2 16.5 19.8 23.1 26.4 29.7 33.1
Madm,max
Madm,max(kNm) (kNm)7.38.8
6.3 14.6 12.5 22.018.8 29.325.1 36.631.4 43.937.6 51.243.9 58.6 50.2 65.9 56.4 73.2 62.7 Design
MRd,max (kNm) 17.6 26.3 35.1 43.9 52.7 61.4 70.2 79.0 87.8 Service loadsloads
Service
V (kN)
VRdadm
V(kN)
adm (kN) 3.64.6
3.3 [Link] 10.89.9 14.4
13.9
13.2 18.0
18.5
16.5 21.5
23.1
19.8 25.1
27.8 32.4
23.1 28.7
37.0
26.4 32.3
41.6
29.7 35.9
46.3
33.1 loads
≥ 20≥ 18 15 13
≥ 20 15
MMadm,max
MRd,max
Rd,max (kNm) (kNm)10.2
(kNm) 8.8 20.5
7.3 17.6 30.7
14.6 26.3 41.0
22.0 35.1 51.2
29.3 43.9 61.5
36.6 52.7 71.7
43.9 61.4 82.0
51.2
92.2 102.5 Service
58.670.2 65.979.0 73.287.8Design loadsloads
Design
V Rd V
Vadm (kN)
(kN)
Rd (kN) 5.0 4.6
3.6
10.1 9.3
7.2
15.113.9
10.8
20.118.5
14.4
25.123.1
18.0
30.227.8
21.5
35.232.4
25.1
40.2
28.737.0 45.2
32.341.6 50.3
35.946.3
loads
MMRd,max
Madm,max
adm,max (kNm)
(kNm)(kNm)8.410.2
7.3 16.8 14.6 25.1
20.5 22.0 33.5
30.7 29.3 41.9
41.0 36.6 50.3
51.2 43.9 58.7
61.5 71.751.2 67.0
82.058.6 75.4
92.265.9 83.8 73.2 Design
102.5 Service loadsloads
Service
V
VRdadm V (kN)
(kN)adm (kN) 3.8 3.6
5.0 7.6 7.2
10.1 11.410.8
15.1 15.214.4
20.1 19.018.0
25.1 22.821.5
30.2 26.6
35.225.1 30.4
40.228.7 34.2
45.232.3 38.1
50.3 35.9 loads
≥ 22≥ 20 17 15
≥ 22 17 MMadm,max
MRd,max
Rd,max (kNm) (kNm) 11.7
(kNm) 10.2 23.5
8.4 20.5 35.2
16.8 30.7 46.9
25.1 41.0 58.7
33.5 51.2 70.4
41.9 61.5 82.1
50.3 58.771.7 93.9
67.082.0 105.6
75.492.2 117.3
83.8102.5 Serviceloads
Design
Design loads
V Rd (kN)
Vadm V(kN)
Rd (kN) 5.33.8
5.0 10.7 10.1 16.0
7.6 15.1 21.3
11.4 20.1 26.6
15.2 25.1 32.0
19.0 30.2 37.3
22.8 35.2 42.6
26.6 30.440.2 47.9
34.245.2 53.3
38.150.3
loads

Madm,max
MRd,max (kNm)(kNm) 11.7
8.4 16.8 35.2
23.5 25.1 46.933.5 58.741.9 70.4
50.3 82.158.7 93.967.0 105.6 75.4 117.383.8 Design
Service loads
V adm (kN)
VRd (kN) 3.8
5.3 7.6 16.0
10.7 11.4 21.315.2 26.619.0 32.022.8 37.326.6 42.630.4 47.934.2 53.3 38.1 loads
≥ 22 17
TYPE AT/2 MRd,max (kNm)
V Rd (kN)
11.7
5.3
23.5
10.7
35.2
16.0
46.9
21.3
58.7
26.6
70.4
32.0
82.1
37.3
93.9
42.6
105.6 117.3
47.9 53.3
Design loads

Type AT/2 ±Mx

Fz
DESCRIPTION ±Vy

TYPE AT/2
300
Description 50 200 50
TypeType
AT/2AT/2is used between
is used parapet
between wall wall
parapet and floor slabsslabs
and floor for the
transfer of axial
for the forces,
transfer shear
of axial forces
forces, andforces
shear bending andmoments.
bending ±Mx
≥160 Fz
TheDESCRIPTION
moments. The distance between elements is chosen
600

distance between elements is chosen according to the ±Vy

300
according
prevailing to the prevailing
structural [Link] conditions.
The thermal insulation be - 25 110 25 50 200 50
Type AT/2 is used between parapet wall and floor slabs for the
Theinsulated
tween thermal insulation between insulated
balcony connectors balcony on site.
must be provided stirrups ø 10 mm to be provided on site
transfer
connectors of axial
mustforces, shear forces
be provided on [Link] bending moments. ≥160
600

The distance
Applied forces between
Service elements
loads is chosenDesign according
loads to the TY
120

Applied forces Service loads Design loads 25 110 25

prevailing structural conditions. The thermal insulation be -
±± Mx
Mx (kNm) 8 8 12 12
80

(kNm)
tween insulated balcony
± Vy (kN) 11
connectors must 16
be provided on site. 300
stirrups ø 10 mm to be provided on
TYPE AT/2
site
± V y (kN) 11 16
WALL
Fz (kN) 35 48
Fz (kN) forces 35 48 insulation on site TY
80

Applied Service loads Design loads

120

300
±M (kNm) 8 combination 12 axis distance
80

Example
Example of admissible
ofxadmissible load
load combination 300
TYPE AT/2
± V y (kN) 11 16
WALL
Fz (kN) 35 48 insulation on site
80

300
axis distance
Example of admissible load combination 6
[Link] 15-8
 THERMOKORB
THERMOKORB––SPECIAL
SPECIALSOLUTIONS
SOLUTIONS
BALCONIES
BALCONIESWITH
WITHUPSTAND/DOWNSTAND
UPSTAND/DOWNSTANDCONDITIONS
CONDITIONS
THERMOKORB – SPECIAL SOLUTIONS
Thermokorb® – Special Solutions
1st
1stoption:
option:Type
TypeTKA
TKAV1V1ororV2V2

BALCONIES
Balconies WITH UPSTAND/DOWNSTAND
with upstand/downstand conditions
FURTHER
FURTHER CONDITIONS
CANTILEVER
CANTILEVER
REINFORCEMENT
REINFORCEMENT
ToTobebeused
usedpreferably
preferablyfor
forup
uptotomax.
max. TOTO
BEBE
PROVIDED
PROVIDED
ONON
SITE
SITE TOTO
BEBE
PROVIDED
PROVIDED
ONON
CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION
SITE
SITE
5 5ribs 1st
ribs
per option:
per Type TKAlength
1 1mmofofelement
element V1 or V2
length
FURTHER CANTILEVER REINFORCEMENT
To be used preferably for up to max. CANTILEVER
CANTILEVER
BALCONY
BALCONY
TO BE PROVIDED ON SITE TO BE PROVIDED ON CONSTRUCTION SITE
5 ribs perType
1st option: 1 m ofTKA
element
V1 orlength
V2
SLAB
SLAB
INSIDE
INSIDE

MOUNTING
MOUNTING BAR
BAR
To be used preferably for up to max. 5 CANTILEVER BALCONY
CROSS
CROSS
BARS
BARS
TOTO
BEBE
PROVIDED
PROVIDED
ONON
SITE,
SITE,
MIN.
MIN.
Ø 10
Ø 10mm
mm

ribs per 1 m of element length SLAB INSIDE

TOTO
BEBE
PROVIDED
PROVIDED
ONON
CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION
SITE
SITE
MOUNTING BAR CROSS BARS TO BE PROVIDED ON SITE, MIN. Ø 10 mm
170
170
mmmmTKA/V1
TKA/V1
OROR220
220
mmmmTKA/V2
TKA/V2
TO BE PROVIDED ON CONSTRUCTION SITE

2nd
2ndoption:
option:Type
TypeTK-Special
TK-Specialsolution
solution 170 mm TKA/V1
OR 220 mm TKA/V2

FURTHER
FURTHER
CANTILEVER
CANTILEVER
REINFORCEMENT
REINFORCEMENT
ToTobebeused
usedfor
for6 6and
andmore
more TOTO
BEBE
PROVIDED
PROVIDED
ONON
SITE
SITE
2nd option: Type TK-Special solution
ribs
ribsper
per1 1mmofofelement
elementlength
length
FURTHER CANTILEVER REINFORCEMENT
To be used for 6 and more CANTILEVER
CANTILEVERBALCONY
BALCONY
TO BE PROVIDED ON SITE
ribs per 1Type
2nd option: m of element length
TK-Special solution SLAB
SLAB
INSIDE
INSIDE

b1 b1
To be used for 6 and more ribs per 1 m of MOUNTING
MOUNTING BAR
BAR
CANTILEVER BALCONY CROSS
CROSS
BARS
BARS
TOTO
BEBE
PROVIDED
PROVIDED
ONON
SITE,
SITE,
MIN.
MIN.
Ø 10
Ø 10mm
mm
element length SLAB INSIDE

b11 TOTO
BEBE
PROVIDED
PROVIDED
ONON
CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION
SITE
SITE
≥ 100 mm
≥ 100 mm
h1
h1

MOUNTING BAR CROSS BARS TO BE PROVIDED ON SITE, MIN. Ø 10 mm

SPECIAL
SPECIAL
TYPE
TYPE
BS8
BS8
( b(1 xb1hx1)h1)

TO BE PROVIDED ON CONSTRUCTION SITE

mm
100 mm

hh11
≥≥ 100

SPECIAL TYPE BS8 ( b11 x h11)

CANTILEVER
CANTILEVERCONNECTIONS
CONNECTIONSTO
TOWALLS
WALLS
Cantilever connections to walls
1st
1stoption:
option:Type
TypeTKA
TKAV1V1ororV2V2 2nd
2ndoption:
option:Type
TypeTK-
TK-Special
Specialsolution
solution
1st option: Type TKA V1 or V2 2nd option: Type TK- Special solution
CANTILEVER CONNECTIONS TO WALLS
1st option: Type TKA V1 or V2 2nd option: Type TK- Special solution
FURTHER
FURTHER
CANTILEVER
CANTILEVER
REINFORCEMENT
REINFORCEMENT CROSS
CROSSBARS
BARS
TOTOBEBE FURTHER
FURTHER
CANTILEVER
CANTILEVER
REINFORCEMENT
REINFORCEMENT CROSS
CROSSBARS
BARS
TOTOBEBE
PROVIDED
PROVIDEDONONSITE,
SITE, PROVIDED
PROVIDED ONON
SITE,
SITE,
TOTO
BEBE
PROVIDED
PROVIDED
ONON
SITE
SITE MIN.
MIN.
Ø 10
Ø 10
mmmm TOTO
BEBE
PROVIDED
PROVIDED
ONON
SITE
SITE MIN.
MIN.
Ø 10
Ø 10
mmmm

FURTHER CANTILEVER REINFORCEMENT CROSS BARS TO BE FURTHER CANTILEVER REINFORCEMENT CROSS BARS TO BE
PROVIDED ON SITE, PROVIDED ON SITE,
TO BE PROVIDED ON SITE MIN. Ø 10 mm TO BE PROVIDED ON SITE MIN. Ø 10 mm
CANTILEVER
CANTILEVER BALCONY
BALCONY CANTILEVER
CANTILEVER
BALCONY
BALCONY

b1 b1
CANTILEVER
MOUNTING
MOUNTINGBAR
BARBALCONY CANTILEVER
MOUNTING
MOUNTINGBARBALCONY
BAR

b11
h1
h1

MOUNTING BAR MOUNTING BAR

170
170
mmmmTKA/V1
TKA/V1 SPECIAL
SPECIAL
TYPE
TYPE
BS5
BS5
( b(1 xb1hx1 xh1hx2)h2)
2
2
hh1h
h
1

OROR220
220
mmmmTKA/V2
TKA/V2

TOTO
BEBE
PROVIDED
PROVIDED
ONON
170 mm TKA/V1 CONSTRUCTION
CONSTRUCTION SITE
SITE SPECIAL TYPE BS5 ( b11 x h11 x h22)
hh22

OR 220 mm TKA/V2

TO BE PROVIDED ON
CONSTRUCTION SITE

77

15-9 [Link]
AVI THERMOKORB TK

Designation System For AVI

Insulated Balcony Connectors
DESIGNATION SYSTEM FOR
Type/AVI INSULATED
Rn(G or E) RH/DBALCONY
(Remark) CONNECTORS

Type/ Rn(G or E) RH/D (Remark)

Type Design of ribs Number Design of Rib height Slab thickness Remark
of ribs compression strut
“empty” = element n G = straight RH (cm) D (cm) “empty” = no fire
Type Design ofmribs
length 1 Number Design of or
com- Rib height Slab thickness Remark protection
R = element length of ribs pression strut
E = bent up R90 = with fire
depending on protection R120 =
“empty” = element
number of ribs n G = straight RH (cm) D (cm) “empty” = no fire
with fire protection
length 1 m or protection
TKM R = element
–/R length depend- max. 9 ≥ R90 = with fire protection
E = bent G/E
up 11 / 13 / 15 / 17 16 / 18 / 20 / 22 –/R90
ing on number of ribs R120 = with fire protection
TKA –/R max. 9 G/E 11 (standard) and/or ≥ 16 / 18 / 20 / 22 –/R90
TKM –/R max. 9 G/E 11/ 13/ 15/ 17V1 or≥V2
1611/13/15/17
/ 18/ 20 / 22 –/R90 Special type
V1 or V2
TKF TKA –/R –/R max.9 9
max. G/E E ≥ 16/ 18/ 20 / 22 ≥ 18 / 20 / 22
13 / 15 / 17
11 (standard) –/R90 –/R90
split element and/or V1 or V2 Special type
AT/2 parapet wall –/R – G 11/13/15/1711 ≥ 16 V1 or V2 –/R90

THERMOKORB BALCONY CONNECTOR SYSTEM

element
TKF –/R max. 9 E 13/ 15/ 17 ≥ 18/ 20 / 22 –/R90
split element
Examples: 
AT/2 parapet
TKM/–/R
R6E 15/20 R90
– G
TKM/ 7G 15/22 11
R90 insulation
≥ 16
centered –/R90
wall element TKA/ 4G 11/18 TKA/ 5G 13/18 V1
TKF/ 9E 13/18
Examples: TKM/ R6E 11/16
AT/2 15/20 R90 TKM/ 7G 15/22 R90 insulation centered
TKA/ 4G 11/18 TKA/ 5G 13/18 V1

Design of Compression Strut

TKF/ 9E 13/18
AT/2 11/16

The bottom leg of the stirrup is available in two variants:

DESIGN OF COMPRESSION STRUT
G … straight (also for applied forces with +/- values)
Thebent
E… bottom
upleg of the
(e.g. forstirrup is available
lattice in two variants:
reinforcement slabs)
G … straight (also for applied forces with +/
– values)
E … bent up (e.g. for lattice reinforcement slabs)
600 mm 600 mm

TKM/G
TKM/G

600 mm 600 mm

TKM/E
TKM/E

120mm 600 mm 170mm 600 mm 220 mm 600 mm

TKA/G
TKA/G STANDARD V1 V2

120mm 600 mm 170mm 600 mm 220 mm 600 mm

TKA/E
TKA/E STANDARD V1 V2

Special stirrup
Parapet shapesAT/2
wall elements different fromwith
are available types TKMcompression
straight and TKA are possible.
struts only.
Parapet wall elements AT/2 are available with straight compression struts only.

[Link] 15-10
 STANDARD Type
Standard TYPE
Description
DESCRIPTION
Number
Numberofofribs
ribsper
per 1
1mmofofelement
element length
length (element
(element length
length without
without fire protection)
fire protection)

200 600 200

TKM/2
TKM/2
TKA/2
TKA/2

200 300 300 200

TKM/3
TKM/3
TKA/3
TKA/3

100 300 200 300 100

TKM/4
TKM/4
TKA/4
TKA/4

100 200 200 200 200 100

TKM/5
TKM/5
TKA/5
TKA/5

100 200 100 200 100 200 100

TKM/6
TKM/6
TKA/6
TKA/6

100 100 200 100 100 200 100 100

TKM/7
TKM/7
TKA/7
TKA/7

100 100 100 100 200 100 100 100 100

TKM/8
TKM/8
TKA/8
TKA/8

100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

TKM/9
TKM/9
Height of element
TKA/9
TKA/9
1000 mm

15-11 [Link]
RIB TYPE

Rib Type
DESCRIPTION
Element length depending on number of ribs (minimum length without fire protection)
Description
Element length depending on number of ribs (minimum length without fire protection)
50 50 50 100 50

TKM/R1 TKM/R2
TKA/R1 TKA/R2
100 mm 200 mm

50 100 100 50 50 200 50

TKM/R3 AT/2
TKA/R3
300 mm 300 mm

50 100 100 100 50

THERMOKORB BALCONY CONNECTOR SYSTEM

TKM/R4
TKA/R4
400 mm

50 100 100 100 100 50

TKM/R5 2 TKM/R5 or 2 TKA/R5

TKA/R5 provide 10 ribs per metre

500 mm 500 mm

50 100 100 100 100 100 50

TKM/R6
TKA/R6
600 mm

50 100 100 100 100 100 100 50

TKM/R7
TKA/R7
700 mm

50 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50

TKM/R8
Height of element
TKA/R8
800 mm

Length of element

10
[Link] 15-12
 AVI THERMOKORB T

Design Of AVI Insulated

Balcony Connectors
DESIGN OF AVI INSULATED BALCONY CONNECTORS
The design program “TK-BEM” calculates and specifies the type of AVI
insulated balcony connectors for the loads. The program is available as an
Excel spreadsheet (version 2003 or higher)
The design
This programprogram “TK-BEM”
calculates calculates
the different andofspecifies
types the AVIthe type ofbalcony
insulated AVI insulated balcony connectors for the loads. The program
connectors in all common applications and can take into account moments
and forces
balcony along all in
connectors three axes. applications and can take into account moments and forces along all three axes.
all common

Download
Download underunder [Link]
[Link]

The AVI insulated balcony connectors are designed on 3 In the start menu, the following spreadsheets can be
different calculation sheets. These sheets are launched selected:
The controlled
and AVI insulated
via balcony
a menu connectors
file. are designed on 3 dif- In the start menu, the following spreadsheets can be selected:
• Balcony connections with types AVI-TKM, AVI-TKF and
ferent calculation sheets. These sheets are launched and
It is not possible to start the spreadsheets individually. In AVI-TKA V1 and AVI-TKA V2
controlled
the via user
menu, the a menu
name file.
canIt be
is entered.
not possible to start the
Furthermore • Balcony connections with types AVI-TKM, AVI-TKF and
• AVI-TKA
Parapet V1
wall connections
AVI-TKA V2with type AVI-AT/2 or with a
the user has options for how to start a new filename
spreadsheets individually. In the menu, the user can be
and how and
transverse single rib (TKA R1)
to close the
entered. program. the user has options for how to start a
Furthermore • Parapet wall connections with type AVI-AT/2 or with a
new file and how to close the program. • transverse
Corbel connections with R1)
single rib (TKA types AVI-TKM and AVI-TKA.
• Bracket connections with types AVI-TKM and AVI-TKA

The applied moments and forces along the 3 spatial axes

may be inputted by the user.

15-13 [Link]
 15-14
THERMOKORB BALCONY CONNECTOR SYSTEM

[Link]
 Well Void Tube

16-1 [Link]
Contents
Well Void Tube Round Profile 16-3

Well Void Tube Ovalised Profile 16-4

Seal Caps for Well Void Tube 16-5

WELL VOID TUBE

10
[Link] 16-2
 Well Void Tube Round Profile
• Mild steel or galvanised finish
• Available in lengths up to 5 metres
• Length tolerance ± 5 mm up to 250 mm internal diameter

Internal External Profiling Weight Internal External Profiling Weight

1 d2 rance hp ± 10 % 1 d2 rance hp ± 10 %
CFS-WVR- 30 30 35 ± 0.8 2.5 0.20 CFS-WVR- 450 434 450 ± 2.5 8.0 5.59
CFS-WVR- 40 40 46 ± 0.8 3.0 0.20 CFS-WVR- 500 484 500 ± 2.5 8.0 6.22
CFS-WVR- 50 50 56 ± 0.8 3.0 0.34 CFS-WVR- 550 534 550 ± 2.5 8.0 6.96
CFS-WVR- 60 60 67 ± 0.8 3.5 0.46 CFS-WVR- 600 584 600 ± 2.5 8.0 7.49
CFS-WVR- 65 65 72 ± 0.8 3.5 0.56 CFS-WVR- 650 634 650 ± 2.5 8.0 8.12
CFS-WVR- 70 70 77 ± 0.8 3.5 0.57 CFS-WVR- 700 685 700 ± 2.5 8.0 10.99
CFS-WVR- 80 80 87 ± 0.8 3.5 0.77 CFS-WVR- 750 735 756 ± 2.5 8.0 11.78
CFS-WVR- 85 85 92 ± 0.8 3.5 0.80 CFS-WVR- 800 785 800 ± 2.5 8.0 12.58
CFS-WVR- 90 90 97 ± 0.8 3.5 0.95 CFS-WVR- 850 835 850 ± 2.5 8.0 13.37
CFS-WVR-100 100 108 ± 1.0 3.8 0.85 CFS-WVR- 900 885 900 ± 2.5 8.0 14.17
CFS-WVR-125 125 133 ± 1.0 3.8 1.11 CFS-WVR- 950 935 950 ± 2.5 8.0 14.96
CFS-WVR-150 150 158 ± 1.0 3.8 1.28 CFS-WVR-1000 985 1000 ± 2.5 8.0 20.16
CFS-WVR-180 180 188 ± 1.0 3.6 1.55 CFS-WVR-1050 1035 1050 ± 3.5 8.0 22.30
CFS-WVR-200 200 208 ± 1.0 3.8 1.70 CFS-WVR-1100 1086 1108 ± 3.5 8.0 24.36
CFS-WVR-250 250 260 ± 2.0 4.8 2.24 CFS-WVR-1150 1130 1158 ± 3.5 8.0 25.48
CFS-WVR-290 290 300 ± 2.0 4.8 2.50 CFS-WVR-1250 1230 1250 ± 3.5 8.0 27.70
CFS-WVR-300 300 310 ± 2.0 4.8 2.68 CFS-WVR-1350 1330 1350 ± 4.0 8.0 30.20
CFS-WVR-310 310 320 ± 2.0 4.8 2.80 CFS-WVR-1500 1480 1500 ± 4.0 8.0 33.28
CFS-WVR-350 350 360 ± 2.0 4.8 3.11
CFS-WVR-400 400 410 ± 2.0 4.8 3.55

Pull-Out Resistance
The resistance to pull out of these well-void tubes should
be considered over the length the tube within to the
punching cone of the anchor that is cast into the tube.

Part No Pull-Out Resistance

kN per 100mm length of tube
CFS-WVR-50 21
CFS-WVR-60 25
CFS-WVR-70 29
CFS-WVR-80 33
CFS-WVR-100 35
CFS-WVR-125 44
CFS-WVR-150 52
CFS-WVR-200 70

16-3 [Link]
Well Void Tube Ovalised Profile
• Mild steel or galvanised finish
• Available in lengths up to 5 metres
• Length tolerance ± 5 mm up to 250 mm internal diameter

× D epth R Pr ofiling Depth Weight

Outer a/b Tolerance ~ hp kg/m ± 10 %
CFS-WVV-132-32 132 × 32
CFS-WVV-141-41 141 × 41
CFS-WVV-150-50 149 × 49
CFS-WVV-160-60 160 × 60
CFS-WVV-157-28 157 × 28
CFS-WVV-170-70 170 × 70
CFS-WVV-170-50 170 × 50

WELL VOID TUBE

CFS-WVV-170-35 170 × 35
CFS-WVV-180-80 180 × 80
CFS-WVV-177-42 177 × 42
CFS-WVV-190-60 190 × 60
CFS-WVV-
CFS-WVV-
CFS-WVV-
CFS-WVV-
CFS-WVV-
CFS-WVV-
CFS-WVV-
CFS-WVV-
CFS-WVV-
CFS-WVV- 208 × 208
CFS-WVV-
CFS-WVV-
CFS-WVV-

[Link] 16-4
 Seal Caps for Well Void Tube
Steel / plastic without rim Plastic with rim

Steel Plastic Plastic

Without R im With R im
Internal External Internal External Internal External
Depth Diameter Diameter Depth Diameter Diameter Depth
1 d2 t d1 d2 t d1 d2 t
CFS-WVC-121 – – – 21.0 24.5 11.0 – – –
CFS-WVC-130 – – – 30.0 33.0 10.0 – – –
CFS-WVC-140 – – – 40.0 45.0 10.5 38 88 15.0
CFS-WVC-150 – – – 51.0 56.0 11.0 48 102 15.0
CFS-WVC-155 55 64 8 56.0 63.0 12.0 – – –
CFS-WVC-160 60 69 8 61.0 67.5 11.0 – – –
CFS-WVC-165 64 74 8 66.0 71.0 12.0 62 122 20.0
CFS-WVC-170 71 77 5 71.0 77.0 11.0 – – –
CFS-WVC-175 – – – 76.0 80.0 10.5 – – –
CFS-WVC-180 79 90 8 81.0 85.0 9.5 77 138 20.0
CFS-WVC-185 84 90 9 86.0 90.0 9.5 – – –
CFS-WVC-190 88 99 9 90.0 95.5 9.5 – – –
CFS-WVC-100 99 105 11 98.5 102.5 10.0 96 162 20.0
CFS-WVC-120 119 130 11 – – – – – –
CFS-WVC-125 124 129 10 123.0 127.0 15.0 122 188 20.0
CFS-WVC-150 149 155 17 147.0 153.0 15.0 147 213 20.0
CFS-WVC-200 200 210 15 199.0 204.0 20.0 193 268 25.0
CFS-WVC-250 250 265 10 249.0 254.0 20.0 247 340 25.0
CFS-WVC-290 290 310 17 – – – – – –
CFS-WVC- 300 300 320 17 298.0 314.0 23.0 303 408 22.0
CFS-WVC- 310 – – – – – – – –
CFS-WVC- 350 349 363 18 – – – 355 455 21.0
CFS-WVC- 400 384 400 19 – – – 406 510 32.0
CFS-WVC- 450 434 450 19 – – – – – –
CFS-WVC- 500 483 500 20 – – – – – –
CFS-WVC- 550 535 550 20 – – – – – –

16-5 [Link]
 WELL VOID TUBE

[Link] 16-6
rk systems

 ecostal Permanent
R
Formwork for
Construction Joints

17-1 [Link]
Contents
Structural Design 17-3

Standard Type RSH Horizontal 17-5

Standard Type RSH Vertical 17-9

Standard Type V 17-11

Jobsite Application 17-13


RECOSTAL PERMANENT FORMWORK FOR CONSTRUCTION JOINTS

10
[Link] 17-2
 Structural Design DIN EN 1992-1-1/NA § 2.8.2: Planning Principles
The type of joint must be specified in the starter pack drawings

recostal® Starter Packs DIN EN 1992-1-1/NA § 6.2.5: Transfer of Shear Forces in Joints
type RSH and type RSV
EC 2 divides the type of joint surface into 4 categories. Trapezoidally profiled construction
joints represent the highest category with regard to the transfer of shear forces.
Joint category
“key profiled” according
Roughness Friction Strength
to DIN EN 1992-1-1/NA Type of surface according
coefficient coefficient reduction
to EC 2 § 6.2.5 (2)
c 1) μ coefficient3)
key profiled joint 0.5 0.9 0.7
rough joint 0.4 2) 0.7 0.5
smooth joint 0.2 2) 0.6 0.2
very smooth joint 0 0.5 0 4)

1) In case of dynamic or fatigue loading, concrete bond (adhesion) should not be taken into
consideration (c = 0).
2) Where tension occurs perpendicular to the joint due to strain, c = 0.
3) For concrete classes ≥ C55/67 the stated values are to be multiplied by factor (1.1 - fck / 500) with fck
in [N/mm²] .
4) The friction proportion in Expression 6.25 may be allowed up to the limit of µ · σN ≤ 0.1 fcd for very
smooth joints.

Geometry of key profiled joints according to EC 2: recostal® Starter Packs meet the
EC 2 requirements for the highest category “key profiled“.

Starter Pack Requirements according to DBV Bulletin

Starter packs without key profiled surfaces are to be classified as “rough“, “smooth“ or
“very smooth“ by means of analysis. Starter packs that are not categorized should
Type RSH always be classified as joint category ”very smooth”.

Concrete Cover for Starter Packs according to DBV Bulletin

For sheet steel starter packs that remain inside the construction, the concrete cover
should be determined referring to the most unfavorable section according to DIN EN
1992-1-1, Paragraph 4.4 with Table 4.4DE. The allowance for deviations ∆cdev for the
sheet steel of the box may be reduced by 5mm.

Reduced Bar Tension

According to DIN EN 1992-1-1, 8.3 (NA.5), the reinforcement surrounding sections of
rebending, while exposed to predominantly static loading close to the limit of the bearing
capacity, has to be determined with no more than 80 % of the otherwise permissible
Type RSV values of the calculated stress-strain curve of the reinforcing steel according to DIN EN
1992-1-1, Fig. 3.8. The design value of the anchorage length lb,rqd for this type of starter
pack may, according to DIN EN 1992-1-1, 8.4.3 GL (8.3), also be determined with the
reduced rated value of the bar tension fyd,red = 0.8 fyk / γs.
4

17-3 [Link]
 Shear Force Longitudinal to the Construction Joint

[R1] Exp. 6.25: Design value of the shear capacity

Total bearing capacity = bearing contact area [concrete] + [friction] +
[reinforcement] ≤ max. bearing capacity

VRdi = c · fctd + μ · σN + VRdi,s ≤ VRdi,max [N/mm2]

Where
fctd = αct · fctk;0,05 / γc (with αct = 0.85 and γc = 1.5 according to 3.1.6 (2)P);
VEdi VEdi σN < 0.6 fcd (positive for stress and negative for tension);
a1 a1 VRdi,s = ρ · fyd,red (1.2µ · sinα + cosα) where ρ = As / Ai and
bi a2 fyd,red = 400 [N/mm2] / γs (0.8 fyk at bending);
a1 a1
bi
VRdi,max = 0.5 · v · fcd (no reduction to 0.3 VRd i,max)


a1 < 50 mm a1 < 50 mm Table 1. Classification of joint surfaces according to [R1], 6.2.5
a2 ≥ 50 mm where surface

RECOSTAL PERMANENT FORMWORK FOR CONSTRUCTION JOINTS

finish is according to DIN Type of surface Strength
Roughness Friction
EN 1992-1-1, 6.2.5 according to EC 2 reduction
coefficient coefficient
§ 6.2.5 (2) coefficient
c 1) μ
Like a2 a1 ≥ 50 mm may be taken into account for bi; v 3)
however, in this case, only the slighter roughness of key profiled joint 0.5 0.9 0.7
the starter pack box or the construction joint surface rough joint 0.4 2) 0.7 0.5
should be considered for bi. Alternatively, the
smooth joint 0.2 2) 0.6 0.2
individual width of the construction joint surface area
very smooth joint 0 0.5 0 4)
or the starter pack box with their respective surface
roughness for bi may be allowed for. 1) In case of dynamic or fatigue loading, the concrete bond (adhesion) should not be taken
into consideration (c = 0).
2) Where tension occurs perpendicular to the joint due to impact, c = 0.
3) For concrete classes ≥ C55/67, the stated values are to be multiplied by the factor
(1.1 - fck / 500) with fck in [N/mm²].
4) The friction proportion in Expression 6.25 may be allowed for up to the limit of
µ · σN ≤ 0.1 fcd.

Shear Force Transverse to the Construction Joint

[R1] Exp. (6.2): Shear resistance without shear reinforcement,
including reduction by applying roughness coefficient c
VRd,c = (c /0.5) · [0.15 / γc · k · (100ρ1 · fck)1/3 + 0.12σcp] · bw · d
where k = 1 +√(200/d [mm]) ≤ 2.0 and c according to Table 1

[R1] Exp. (6.8): Shear resistance with shear reinforcement

t ≥ 20 mm
VRd,s = (Asw / s) · fywd · z · cot θ
where z = 0.9 d and/or z ≤ d - cv,i - 30 mm and fywd = fyk / γs
Wall to floor slab Floor slab to floor slab
Maximum acceptable shear with shear reinforcement
VEd (very smooth joint not permissible): [R1] Exp. (6.9) for 90° bar
reinforcement, reduced to 30% in sections of rebending
VEd ≤ 0.30 · VRd,max = 0.30 · bw · z · v1 · fcd / (cot θ + tan θ)
with v1 = 0.75 · (1.1 - fck /500) ≤ 0.75

[R1] Exp. (6.7aDE): Reduction of the strut inclination, calculated with

reduction to θ ≤ 45° in the area le = 0.5 le · cot θ · d on either side of the joint
1.0 ≤ cot θ ≤ [(1.2 + 1.4σcd / fcd)] / [(1 - VRd,cc / Ved)] < 3.0
a2 ≥ 50 mm where
surface roughness where [R1] ] Exp. (6.7bDE): VRd,cc = 0.48 · c · fck1/3 · (1 - 1.2σcd / fcd) · bw · z
according to DIN EN with c according to Table; σcd = NEd / Ac > 0 as compressive strength!
t ≥ 20 mm 1992-1-1, 6.2.5 (see
Table 1)
Please note: The longitudinal reinforcement to be considered in Exp. (6.2)
is, according to the structural design, the one that is exposed to tensile
Edge of concrete pour area, loads (e.g. c, d or e). Fig. d and e show the effective depth d to be reduced
[R1] DIN EN 1992-1-1 with DIN EN 1992-1-1/NA by a1 due to the difficult concrete pour conditions of a1 < 50 mm in the stress
area. 5

[Link] 17-4
 Standard Type RSH RSH Starter Packs
recostal® Starter Packs type RSH meet the requirements of DIN EN 1992-1-1 for the
highest surface category “key profiled“ in the case of transverse loads.
recostal® Starter Packs
type RSH Advantages
with trapezoidal profile
for transverse stresses. ■ Strong, robust galvanised sheet metal starter packs, dimensionally stable
■ Cost and time effective installation, starter packs are simply nailed to the formwork
■ Easy removal of the sheet metal covers due to their special design
■ Trapezoidally profiled box for excellent bond
■ Various possible combinations provide a solution for all common installation details

The Decisive Factor for the Designer

recostal® Starter Packs type RSH meet the requirements of the DBV Bulletin
“Rückbiegen von Betonstahl und Anforderungen an Verwahrkästen nach Eurocode 2”
[“Rebending of reinforcement steel and requirements for continuity strips according to Eurocode 2”]
(issue January 2011) for the highest joint category “key profiled” in the case of
transverse stresses.
No national approval required!

Technical Data – RSH Starter Packs

■ Trapezoidally profiled starter packs, joint category “key profiled“ according to DIN EN
1992-1-1, highest shear force bearing capacity
■ Concrete reinforcement steel BSt 500 S or BSt 500 WR according to DIN 488,
Ø = 8 mm – 14 mm (16 mm)
■ Diameter of bending rolls dbr ≥ 6 Ds in the section of rebending
■ 8 standard profiles, bar widths 10 cm – 22 cm, smaller or larger bar widths on request
■ Standard unit length L= 1.25 m, fixed lengths up to 2.50 m on request

Application
recostal® Starter Packs ensure time-saving installation of secure connections between
steel reinforced concrete construction parts that are created with different pour
sequences. Therefore, floor slabs, walls or staircases can be installed subsequently
with rigid connections corresponding to the highest joint category “key profiled“.
The large variety of shapes offers the perfect connection for many different design
situations; special types for specific solutions are also available. The standard range
includes starter packs with 8, 10 and 12 mm diameter and L=1.25 m unit lengths. Unit
lengths exceeding 1.25 m, the production of special types and the combination with
waterproofing systems as well as solutions for entire projects are possible on request.

Increased Corrosion Protection

Type RSH is installed with a planned
25 mm recess

RSH active - Starter Pack

with active Waterproofing
RSH Starter Packs can be manufactured with an active
bentonite coating on both sides for the application in
construction joints exposed to water.
6

17-5 [Link]
 s

*) Values for Ø 12 mm

35 or 40*) 1.25 m
25 or 30*)
Reinforcement steel: BSt 500 S or BSt 500 WR

Ø (mm)/ Lap length Bar height Bar width Effective depth

Standard Type
s (cm) l0 (cm) h (cm) b (cm) d (cm)
- 8/15 32 17 10 13
- 8/20 32 17 10 13
-10/15 39 17 10 13


RSH 10
-10/20 39 17 10 13
-12/15 46 17 10 13

RECOSTAL PERMANENT FORMWORK FOR CONSTRUCTION JOINTS

-12/20 46 17 10 13
- 8/15 32 17 11 14
- 8/20 32 17 11 14
-10/15 39 17 11 14
RSH 11
-10/20 39 17 11 14
-12/15 46 17 11 14
-12/20 46 17 11 14
- 8/15 32 17 12 15
- 8/20 32 17 12 15
-10/15 39 17 12 15
RSH 12
-10/20 39 17 12 15
-12/15 46 17 12 15
-12/20 46 17 12 15
- 8/15 32 17 14 17
- 8/20 32 17 14 17
-10/15 39 17 14 17
RSH 14
-10/20 39 17 14 17
-12/15 46 17 14 17
-12/20 46 17 14 17
- 8/15 32 17 16 19
- 8/20 32 17 16 19
-10/15 39 17 16 19
RSH 16
-10/20 39 17 16 19
-12/15 46 17 16 19
-12/20 46 17 16 19
- 8/15 32 17 18 21
- 8/20 32 17 18 21
-10/15 39 17 18 21
RSH 18
-10/20 39 17 18 21
-12/15 46 17 18 21
-12/20 46 17 18 21
- 8/15 32 17 20 23
- 8/20 32 17 20 23
-10/15 39 17 20 23
RSH 20
-10/20 39 17 20 23
-12/15 46 17 20 23
-12/20 46 17 20 23
- 8/15 32 17 22 25
- 8/20 32 17 22 25
-10/15 39 17 22 25
RSH 22
-10/20 39 17 22 25
-12/15 46 17 22 25
-12/20 46 17 22 25

Other shapes on request

7

[Link] 17-6
 Standard Type RSH Shear Force Transverse to the Construction Joint
■ Highest joint category “key profiled”

recostal® Starter Packs Determination according to:

type RSH ■ DIN EN 1992-1-1/NA
with trapezoidal profile ■ DBV-Bulletin “Rückbiegen…nach Eurocode 2”
[“Rebending… according to Eurocode 2“], January 2011
for transverse stresses.

Determination Example - Acceptable Shear Force

Acceptable shear force without shear reinforcement, including reduction by applying
roughness coefficient c:

VRd,c = (c /0.5) · [CRd ,c · k · (100ρ1 · fck)1/3 + k1 · σcp] · bw · d (6.2.a)

Values Definition
h = 20 cm Height of the construction part
d = 17 cm Effective depth
bw = 1.0 m 1m width of section
C20/25 Tab. 3.1 fck = 20 N/mm²

c = 0.5 6.2.5 (2) key profiled metal base

CRd ,c = 0.15/γc = 0.10 (NA, 6.2.2(1)), Yc = 1.5

k = 1 +√(200/170) = 2.08 k = 1 +√(200/d [mm]) ≤ 2.0

ρ1 = 7.54/(100 x 17) (A sl/bw · d) ≤ 0.02

= 4.435 · 10-3 determined with Ø 12/15 cm = 7.54 cm²/m, single

K1 = 0.12 NA, 6.2.2 (1)

No compressive stress in the concrete from axial

σcp = 0
loading or prestressing

VRd,ct = (0.5/0.5) · [0.10 · 2.0 · (100 · 4.435 · 10-3 · 20)1/3 + 0] · 1.0 · 0.17 · 103
= 70.4 kN/m

Please note:
If anchorage and lap lengths are reduced,
the bearing values have to be reduced
accordingly.

17-7 [Link]
Shear Force Bearing Capacity (kN/m)
Shear force bearing capacity (kN/m) of slab to steel reinforced concrete wall connections without shear reinforcement depending
on the joint category and the steel cross section, if starter packs are used.

The values given in the table are subject to the

application of the entire anchorage and lap
lengths required according to EC 2.
d h d h
■ Tabular values VRd,c in kN/m
■ All values have been determined for σcp = 0


RECOSTAL PERMANENT FORMWORK FOR CONSTRUCTION JOINTS
Effective Bar Joint category key profiled Joint category smooth
depth Type diameter/ VRd,c,kp VRd,c,smooth
d (cm) centers C 20/25 C 25/30 C 30/37 C 20/25 C 25/30 C 30/37
Ø 8/15 40.18 43.28 45.99 16.07 17.31 18.40
11 RSH 10 Ø 10/15 46.64 50.24 53.39 18.66 20.10 21.36
Ø 12/15 52.65 56.72 60.27 21.06 22.69 24.11
Ø 8/15 42.58 45.86 48.74 17.03 18.35 19.50
12 RSH 11 Ø 10/15 49.42 53.24 56.57 19.77 21.29 22.63
Ø 12/15 55.79 60.11 63.87 22.32 24.04 25.55
Ø 8/15 44.91 48.38 51.41 17.96 19.35 20.56
13 RSH 12 Ø 10/15 52.13 56.16 59.68 20.85 22.46 23.87
Ø 12/15 58.86 63.40 67.37 23.54 25.36 26.95
Ø 8/15 49.41 53.22 56.56 19.76 21.29 22.62
15 RSH 14 Ø 10/15 57.35 61.78 65.65 22.94 24.71 26.26
Ø 12/15 64.75 69.75 74.12 25.90 27.90 29.65
Ø 8/15 53.71 57.85 70.40 21.48 23.14 28.16
17 RSH 16 Ø 10/15 62.34 67.16 71.36 24.94 26.86 28.55
Ø 12/15 70.38 75.82 80.57 28.15 30.33 32.23
Ø 8/15 57.84 62.31 66.21 23.14 24.92 26.48
19 RSH 18 Ø 10/15 67.14 72.33 76.86 26.86 28.93 30.74
Ø 12/15 75.80 81.65 86.77 30.32 32.66 34.71
Ø 8/15 61.09 65.8 69.93 24.43 26.32 27.97
21 RSH 20 Ø 10/15 70.91 76.38 81.17 28.36 30.55 32.47
Ø 12/15 80.05 86.23 91.64 32.02 34.49 36.66
Ø 8/15 63.48 68.38 72.67 25.39 27.35 29.07
23 RSH 22 Ø 10/15 73.69 79.38 84.35 29.47 31.75 33.74
Ø 12/15 83.19 89.61 95.23 33.28 35.85 38.09

Please note:
If anchorage and lap lengths are reduced, the bearing values have to be reduced accordingly.

[Link] 17-8
 Standard Type RSV Shear Force Longitudinal to the Construction Joint
■ Highest joint category “key profiled”

recostal® Starter Packs Determination Example - Shear Capacity

type RSV
Total bearing capacity =
with trapezoidal profile for bearing contact area [concrete] + [friction] + [reinforcement] ≤ max. bearing capacity
longitudinal stresses.
Example: concrete C 20/25

Values Definition
b = 17 cm Shear force area
Nominal compressive stress vertical to the joint NEd =
σN = 0 design value of the applied axial force or prestressing
which can act together with the shear force.
c = 0.5 c according to DIN EN 1992-1-1, 6.2.5(2) (key profiled)
μ = 0.9 μ according to DIN EN 1992-1-1, 6.2.5(2) (key profiled)
Design value of the axial tensile strength of concrete with
fctd = αct · fctk;0.05 / γc
fctk;0.05 = 1.5 N/mm² according to DIN EN 1992-1-1,
= 0.85 · 1.5/1.5
Table 3.1 and γc = 1.5 for concrete according to
= 0.85
DIN EN 1992-1-1, Table 2.1
αct = 0.85 according to DIN EN 1992-1-1 / NA 3.1.6 (2)P

Asl = Ø10/15 double

Cross section of the reinforcement transverse to the
= 5.24 x 2
joint, double
= 10.48 cm²/m

Design value of the reinforcement steel yield strength

fyd,red = 0.8 · 500/1.15 with fyk = 500 N/mm² according to DIN EN 1992-1-1 /
= 348 N/mm² NA 3.2.2(3P) γc = 1.15; reduced steel tension 80 % fyd
according to DIN EN 1992-1-1 / NA 8.3 (5)P
α = 90° Angle of the reinforcement transverse to the joint
v = 0.7 v according to DIN EN 1992-1-1 / NA 6.2.2(6)
Design value of the characteristic cylinder strength with
fcd = αcc · fck / γc
fck = 20 N/mm² according to DIN EN 1992-1-1, Tab.3.1 and
= 0.85 · 20/1.5
αcc = 0.85 according to DIN EN 1992-1-1, NA 3.1.6(1)P
= 11.33 N/mm²
and γc = 1.5 according to DIN EN 1992-1-1 Tab.2.1N

Bearing Contact Area - Concrete Bearing Contact Area - Friction

VRdi,c = (c · fctd) = (0.5 · 0.85) VRd,µ = (µ · σN) = (0.9 x 0)
= 0.425 N/mm² =0

Bearing Contact Area - Reinforcement

VRd,sy = ρ · fyd · (1.2μ · sin α + cos α) = 10.48/(17 · 100) · 348 · (1.2 · 0.9 · sin 90° + cos 90°)
= 2.32 N/mm²
Factor 1.2 according to DIN EN 1992-1-1, NA 6.2.5

Total Bearing Capacity

VRdi = VRdi,c + VRd,sy < VRdi,max VRdi,max = 0.5 · v · fcd
> VEd = 0.5 · 0.7 · 11.33 = 3.97 N/mm²
= 3.97 · 10³ · 0.17 = 674.9 kN/m
The values stated apply to full length
anchorage and lap lengths; if the lengths VRdi = (0.425 + 2.32) · 10³ · 0.17
are reduced, the bearing values have to be = 466.65 kN/m = applicable
reduced accordingly. < VRdi,max = 674.9 kN/m
10

17-9 [Link]
 s

17 cm

1.25 m
Reinforcement steel: BSt 500 S or BSt 500 WR

Ø (mm)/ Lap length Bar height Bar width Effective depth

Standard Type
s (cm) l0 (cm) h (cm) b (cm) d (cm)
- 8/15 32 17 8 11
RSV 8
-10/15 39 17 8 11


- 8/15 32 17 11 14

RECOSTAL PERMANENT FORMWORK FOR CONSTRUCTION JOINTS

RSV 11 -10/15 39 17 11 14
-12/15 46 17 11 14
- 8/15 32 17 14 17
RSV 14 -10/15 39 17 14 17
-12/15 46 17 14 17
- 8/15 32 17 18 21
RSV 18 -10/15 39 17 18 21
-12/15 46 17 18 21

Table of the Bearing Capacity Applicable for the Shear Force Stress Longitudinal to the Starter Pack
The values given in the table are subject to Determination according to:
the anchorage and lap lengths required ■ DIN EN 1992-1-1 § 6.2.5 (6.25)
according to DIN EN 1992-1-1. ■ DBV Bulletin “Rückbiegen von ...“ [Rebending…] (Issue 2011)
■ Type of surface “key profiled”
■ Tabular values in kN/m
■ All values have been determined for σNd = 0 Taken as:
■ σN = 0; 45° ≤ α ≤ 90°

Applicable:
■ max. Ved < VRd,i < VRd,i max
■ e. G. RSV 8 - 8/15 cm, max. Ved = 298.56 kN/m = applicable

Shear force Ø (mm)/ C 20/25 C 25/30 C 30/37

Type
area b (mm) s (cm) VRd,i galv VRd,i galv max VRd,i galv VRd,i galv max VRd,i galv VRd,i galv max
- 8/15 298.56 436.21 307.91 545.55 314.13 654.5
110 RSV 8
-10/15 440.63 436.21 449.98 545.55 456.20 654.5
- 8/15 311.31 555.17 323.21 694.33 331.12 833.00
140 RSV 11 -10/15 453.38 555.17 465.28 694.33 473.19 833.00
-12/15 626.27 555.17 638.17 694.33 646.08 833.00
- 8/15 324.06 674.90 338.51 843.12 348.12 1011.50
170 RSV 14 -10/15 466.65 674.90 480.58 843.12 490.19 1011.50
-12/15 639.02 674.90 653.47 843.12 663.07 1011.50
- 8/15 341.06 832.76 358.91 1041.50 370.78 1249.50
210 RSV 18 -10/15 483.13 832.76 500.98 1041.50 512.85 1249.50
-12/15 656.02 832.76 673.87 1041.50 685.73 1249.50

Please note:
If anchorage and lap lengths are reduced, the bearing values have to be reduced accordingly.
11

[Link] 17-10
 Standard Type V

recostal® 1.25 m
Single Bar Starter Packs Reinforcement steel: BSt 500 S or BSt 500 WR
type VHQ
Ø (mm)/ Lap length Centers-
Standard Type
s (cm) l0 (cm) s (cm)

- 8/15 32 15
- 8/20 32 20
- 8/25 32 25
- 10/15 39 15
VHQ - 10/20 39 20
- 10/25 39 25
- 12/15 46 15
- 12/20 46 20
- 12/25 46 25

Graph for the Determination of the Production-Related

required Box Widths and Max. Producible l0-Lengths
Required box width (cm)

Lap length l0 (cm)

Notes:
b: Production-related required box width for single bars. In case of double bar starter
packs, the respective value has to be doubled.

Example:
Type SB (double bar starter pack)
Ø 12, s = 15 cm, l0 = 50 cm required box width: 2 x 6.8 = 14 cm
12

17-11 [Link]
Special Types
recostal® Special Types are made to specification and are available in many different shapes.

Production-related options can be derived from the graph on page 12.

Unit
Qty. Diameter Centers Size Height Lap length Size Size
Special types length
(m) Ø (mm) s (cm) b (cm) h (cm) l0 (cm) v (cm) a (cm)
L (cm)

SHQ


SWQ

RECOSTAL PERMANENT FORMWORK FOR CONSTRUCTION JOINTS

SG

SR

SB

S2H

SRG

SKB

SKG

SKR

Special solutions and solutions for special projects on request

13

[Link] 17-12
 Jobsite Application

recostal® Starter Packs type

RSH and type RSV

Joint category “key profiled”

14

17-13 [Link]
Specification Example
Starter packs with trapezoidal profile for shear forces, “key profiled joint“ according to Eurocode 2

Project:

1.0 Starter Packs

Position Quantity/unit Price per unit Total

1.0001 Starter packs made from galvanised sheet steel with trapezoidal


profile longitudinal to the unit according to EC 2 joint category
“key profiled““, to be supplied for the horizontal connection of

RECOSTAL PERMANENT FORMWORK FOR CONSTRUCTION JOINTS

construction parts.

Bar diameter: Ø= mm

Centers: s= cm

Bar width: b= cm

Bar height: h= cm

Make: recostal® type RSH

m € €

15

[Link] 17-14
 Magnetic Formwork
Systems

18-1 [Link]
Contents
MagFly® Technology 18-3

MagFly® AP 18-4

Examples of MagFly® AP Magnets with FlyFrame® Formwork System 18-5

MAGNETIC FORMWORK SYSTEMS

10
[Link] 18-2
 MagFly® Technology
Patented system for efficient formwork

What is MagFly® technology Advantages at a glance

MagFly® technology is a robust and compact magnetic. • Extremely easy and precise positioning because the
The secret behind this technology is our patented foot & magnet seems to glide on the tilting table or steel pallet.
spring system which makes positioning magnets and/or
• Precise fixing of the magnet by lightly pushing it; only
shuttering precisely to the millimetre simple.
then does the full magnetic force come into effect.
In the “neutral” position there is an air gap between
• Simple visual checking to see if the magnet is sitting
the steel table and the magnet. This air gap means that
properly.
the full magnetic force of the magnet does not come
into play straight away, allowing it to be adjusted to the • All the painstaking hammering into position usually
desired position without clamping. required for rigging is dispensed with. This saves time,
reduces wear and saves costs.
It is then activated by applying slight pressure. Only then
does the full magnetic force become effective, which can • Compact construction without steel boxes or casings.
be more than 30,000 N per magnet.
• Full utilisation of the magnetic force by direct and
positive connection between steel table, magnet and
shuttering.

18-3 [Link]
MagFly® AP
Lightweight magnet technology

What is MagFly® AP? Advantages at a glance

MagFly®AP is a development of the well-proven • Good ergonomic design; it has low weight and the
MagFly® universal magnet. new type of lever makes carrying and handling easy.
With an aluminium casing, high performance magnet • Extremely light but strong.
materials and an integrated adapter for MultiForm and
• The new MagFly®AP also offers integrated MagFly®
FlyFrame® shuttering systems, the new system magnet is
technology for precise positioning.
powerful and lightweight.
• Accurate fixing of the magnet by light pressure of the
With a magnetic force of 22,000 N and a weight of only
hand.
5.40 kg it has the best magnetic force to weight ratio of
its class worldwide. • The permanently mounted eccentric lever makes
additional tools for releasing the magnet unnecessary.
• Compact design with integrated adapter for
MultiForm and FlyFrame®.

MAGNETIC FORMWORK SYSTEMS

[Link] 18-4
 Examples of MagFly® AP Magnets
with FlyFrame® Formwork System

18-5 [Link]
MAGNETIC FORMWORK SYSTEMS

18-6
[Link]
Version: April 2015

Construction Fixing Systems Limited

Unit 2A, Westfield Estate, Henley Road,
Medmenham, Marlow, Buckinghamshire SL7 2TA
Telephone: +44 (0) 1491 576466
Fax: +44 (0) 1491 578166
Email: sales@[Link]
[Link]